135 views

Uploaded by N C Nagesh Prasad

iitjeesol_2011

- PIL
- XtraEdge Feb 2011
- K.O.T.A (Novel on struggle of IIT aspirants of India)
- Guide to Engineering Admissions in India - 2012 Edition
- How to Crack IIT JEE
- NCERT Book Physics XI Part-I
- Physics formula-book jee
- Chemistry Study Material For CBSE Class-12
- Plane Attack The IRS
- Mathematics Paper With Answer Solution Paper2
- Sample iit jee
- Geometrical Optics Book With Special Lecture
- JEE-Main-2017-Detailed-Analysis-Resonance-v1.pdf
- JEE-Main-2017-Detailed-Analysis-Resonance-v1.pdf
- Biology
- Solutions to I.E. Irodov's Problems in General Physics [Vol. 2] (2)
- H-C-Verma-Concepts-in-Physics vol-2.pdf
- Organic Chemistry
- Bansal Classes Maths DPP - Grade 12
- 37965435 Bansal Classes Chemistry Study Material for IIT JEE

You are on page 1of 446

IIT-JEE, the most challenging of the Engineering Entrance exams in the country and probably the world has proved that it has not lost its charm at all and has retained its glory as ever. IIT-JEE 2011 was conducted on 10th April 2011 in 131 cities all over India in 1051 centres for 4,85,262 registered candidates. Paper 1 was from 9.00 12.00 hrs and paper 2 from 14.00 to 17.00 hrs.

For the first time, JEE has announced that scanned images of the Optical Response Sheets with the candidates details and their responses (answers) will be displayed on the JEE website after 25th May, 2011. Answer key to the JEE 2011 questions will be displayed on the JEE website on 15th May, 2011 after completing the evaluation of OMR sheets.

There were 10 versions for IIT-JEE 2011 0 to 9. The order of subjects in both papers were the same Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics but the total marks, the number of questions and types of questions in both papers were distinct from each other.

Paper 1

Paper1 had 69 questions in total for 240 marks - in the order of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics. Each subject had 23 questions and the pattern was exactly the same for all the subjects.

Number Type of question of questions Section I - Single Correct Answer Type Section II - Multiple Correct Answers Type Section III - Paragraph Type Section IV - Integer Answer Type 7 4 5 7

What was new in IIT-JEE 2010 in comparison with earlier years Paper 1:

NO partial marks are awarded for correct answers in Multiple Correct Type questions. Last year there were partial marks.

Part 1 - Chemistry This is a moderate level paper leaning more towards easy level of difficulty. The usual weightage of Physical > Organic > Inorganic Chemistry is maintained. Most of the questions in this paper evaluate the conceptual clarity of the student.

(on a total of 80 marks) 20% Easy 28% Medium

Difficult 53%

(on a total of 80 marks) 24% 46% Inorganic Chemistry Organic Chemistry Physical Chemistry

30%

Part 2 Physics Overall the difficulty level of the paper was moderate. Still there were a few numerical questions involving elaborate mathematical calculations making them time consuming and hence difficult. No representation of Optics in this paper. Major focus in this paper was on Mechanics (for a total marks of 31)

(on a total of 80 marks)

36% 38%

Easy

Medium

Difficult

26%

(on a total of 80 marks)

Electricity & Magnetism 8% 16% 29% Heat & thermodynamics Mechanics

Part 3 Mathematics Mathematics part of the 2011 JEE paper 1 was considered easier than the paper 1 of 2010. Few questions in Integer answer type require in-depth understanding of the concepts with perseverance in solving problems. Trigonometry had a good representation in the paper; the passage on matrices required quick thinking to interpret and solve the questions. One question about 3 3 non-singular skew symmetric matrices has a basic flaw since odd ordered skew symmetric matrices are always singular. As shown below paper 1 was a moderately difficult paper.

(on a reduced total of 76 marks) 5% Easy 41% Medium

Difficult 54%

Algebra and Matrices & Determinants, Vectors had the major shares with Calculus and Trigonometry following close. Topic wise analysis is given below.

MATHEMATICS - PAPER I - Topic wise Analysis

(on a reduced total of 76 marks) Algebra Coordinate Geometry Differential Calculus Integral Calculus Trigonometry 18% 13% 5% 9% Vectors, 3-D, Matrices & Determinants

22%

33%

Paper 2

Paper 2 had 60 questions in total - in the order of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics. Each subject had 20 questions and as in paper 1 the pattern was exactly the same across the subjects. Questions had differential markings, each subject had 80 marks and the maximum mark for the paper was 240.

Number Type of question of questions Section I - Single Correct Choice Type Section II Multiple Correct answers Type Section III - Integer Answer Type Section IV Matrix Match Type 8 4 6 2

What was new in IIT-JEE 2011 in comparison with earlier years Paper 2:

For the first time Multiple Answer Type, Integer Answer Type and Matrix Match Type appeared in one paper.

Part 1 - Chemistry Paper 2 of IIT-JEE 2011 was difficult compared to paper 1. Weightage wise the Physical > Organic > Inorganic formula is maintained. Generally the nature of the questions in Physical chemistry is calculation oriented and hence the difficulty. Also complexity of Organic questions made this paper a challenging one. The difficulty analysis and the topic wise analysis are shown below:

(on a total of 80 marks) 13% 34% Medium Easy

Difficult 54%

(on a total of 80 marks)

23% 41%

36%

Part 2 Physics Questions from certain areas which were not represented in paper 1 (gravitation, optics etc.) appeared in paper 2 thus balancing the syllabus coverage. The difficulty level of this paper was slightly less than paper 1 especially the Integer Answer Type.

(on a total of 80 marks) 5% Easy 48% Medium

Difficult 48%

And the less colourful distribution of marks across the topics in Physics shown below confirms the overall lions share of Mechanics in Physics part of the IIT-JEE 2011 paper 2.

PHYSICS - PAPER II - Topic wise Analysis

(on a total of 80 marks) 9% 5% 31%

Electricity & Magnetism Heat & thermodynamics Mechanics

Modern Physics

45%

10%

Optics

Part 3 Mathematics Paper 2 Mathematics part was tougher than the first paper for the complexity in combining topic areas, for e.g. the matrix match had questions from 4 different areas posing a challenge for the student in the exam hall. Likewise, this paper required more calculations in solving than the first paper.

Overall Mathematics part of IIT-JEE 2011 was less difficuly and less time consuming than that of 2010.

(on a total of 80 marks) 14% 26% Easy

Medium

Difficult 60%

The second paper was restricted to lesser number of areas, for e.g. there were no questions from Trigonometry. But this time Differential Calculus and Coordinate Geometry were well represented. The topic wise distribution is shown below:

MATHEMATICS - PAPER I - Topic wise Analysis

(on a total of 80 marks) Algebra

13% 14%

25%

27%

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

RCTV" /" K" *EJGOKUVT[+ UGEVKQP"/"K"*VQVCN"OCTMU"<"43+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ This section contains 9"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which QPN["QPG is correct. 30 Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral [NiCl 4 ]2- , [Ni(CN)4 ]2- , [Ni(H 2O) 6 ]2+ Cl

2

Cl

Cl sp3 tetrahedral 40

AgNO3 (aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. the plot of conductance (L) versus the volume of AgNO3 is -

A LL EN

Ni Cl

30

Cpu0*D+

NC

NC

Ni

CN

H2 O

OH2

H2 O

CN

Ni

OH2

2+

L volume (S)

(D) (S)

volume (Q)

(B) (Q)

volume (R)

(C) (R)

Number of ions are approximately constant, when AgNO3 is added till equivalence point. After equivalence point number of ions, increases and hence conductivity.

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

1 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

50

Bombardment of aluminium by a-particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products Z. "[ and \ respectively are :

27 Al 13 (i) 30 14 Si (ii) 30 P 15

+ [

+ Z

30 14Si

+ \

(B) neutron, positron, proton (D) positron, proton, neutron

(A) proton, neutron, positron (C) proton, positron, neutron 50 Cpu0*C+ (i) (ii)

27 13 4 30 1 Al + 2 He 14 Si + 1 P

X proton, Y neutron, Z positron 60 Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 60

D Ba(N3)2 Ba+ 3N2

70

Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid

70

Cpu0*E+

Most acidic

Due to ortho effect and chelation in its conjugate base, o-hydroxy benzoic acid is most acidic.

2 / 28

A LL EN

27 13 4 30 Al + 2 He 15 P+ 1 0n

30 14 0 Si + 1 e

(B) NH4NO3

(D) Ba(N3)2

O COH OH

O C

O H O Intramolecular H-bonding

Conjugate base

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

80

The major product of the following reaction is O C (i) KOH NH (ii) Br CH2Cl C O

O C

(A)

O Br C

(B)

NCH2 O

O

N O

O

CH2Cl

(C) 80

A LL EN

N (D)

OCH2

Br

Cpu0*C+

CH2Cl

O C

O C C

NH + KOH

N K

Br

CH2 Cl

O C

N CH2

Br

90

Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M Cpu0*E+ Mass of solute (urea) = 120 g Mass of solvent (water) = 1000 g Total mass of solution = (mass of solute + mass of solvent) = 120 + 1000 = 1120 g 2 1000 = 2.05 M M= 1120 /1.15

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

90

3 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQP"/" KK"*VQVCN"OCTMU"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygtu"V{rg+ This section contains 4 ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu. Each questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which QPG"qt"OQTG may be correct. :0 Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (C) removal of copper impurity :0 (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore (D) removal of iron impurity

Cpu0*C.E.F+ Extraction of tin from cassiterite (SnO2) involves reduction of ore (oxide) by carbon. When the concentrated tin stone ore SnO2 (ore of Sn) is heated strongly in a free supply of air (roasting) the impurities of CuS and FeS present in the ore are converted into CuSO4 and FeSO4 tgurgevkxgn{0"The CuSO4 and FeSO4 are water soluble which are leached out by hot water.

D D CuS + 2O2 CuSO4 ; FeS + 2O2 FeSO4

;0

Amongst the given option, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are) -

A LL EN

H CC H H2C CH2

(B) H C C C

H H CH2 CH2

H CH2

(A)

(a)

(b)

HCCC

CH2 H

Molecular plane

(c)

H C=C=O H

Molecular plane

H

(d)

H C=C=C

All atoms are not present in the same plane.

H

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

320

The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic (B) Physisorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature (C) Physisorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation

320

(B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity 330 Cpu0*C.D.E.F+ (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities. UGEVKQP"/"KKK"*VQVCN"OCTMU"<"37+

*Rctcitcrj"V{rg+ This section contains 4"rctcitcrju. Based upon one of the paragraph, 5"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu and based on the other paragraph 4"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which QPN["QPG is correct. Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqpu" Pqu0" 34" vq" 36 When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives in intense blue solution. 340 350 360 The metal rod M is (A) Fe The compound N is (A) AgNO3 (B) Zn(NO3)2 (C) Al(NO3)3 (D) Pb(NO3)2 The final solution contains (A) [Pb(NH3)4]2+ and [CoCl4]2 (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (B) [Al(NH3)4]3+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Ni(NH3)6]2+ (B) Cu (C) Ni (D) Co

A LL EN

330

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

5 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

Uqn0"qh" 34"vq"36 M - Cu , N - AgNO3 , O - AgCl Cu + 2AgNO3 Cu(NO3)2 + 2Ag + AgNO3 (unreacted) excess light Blue AgNO3 + NaCl AgCl + NaNO3 (unreacted) white ppt AgCl + 2NH3 [Ag(NH3)2]+ + Cl

Cu(NO3)2 + 4 NH3 [Cu(NH3)4]2+ + NO3

Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqpu" Pqu0" 37" vq" 38 An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reactions, in the which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

(i) conc.H2SO4 (Catalytic amount) (H2O) (ii) O3 (iii) Zn/H2O

A LL EN

P (C6H10) (ii) NaBH4/ethanol

(iii) dil.acid (i) dil H2SO4/HgSO4

H3C

O C

CH3

370

H3C (C) HCCCCH3 H3C

(B) H3CH2CCCH2CH3

H3C (D) H3CCCCH H3C

380

OH

(D) CH3CH2CH2CHCH2CH3

6 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

370 380

HgSO4/dil.H2SO4

H3 C H3 C

C CH CH 3 CH3

+

H3 C + H3C C CH CH 3 H3C O C

H2SO4

H3C H3C

*Kpvgigt"Cpuygt"V{rg+ This section contains 9"swguvkqpu. The answer to each of the questions is a ukping/fkikv"kpvgigt, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 390 Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is. Cpu0*7+

OH 3Br2 + 3Na2CO3 disproportionation reaction 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2

390

3:0 3:0

The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is. Cpu0*7+

+

Hence, the difference in oxidation states of S atom = 5 0 = 5 The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n=3, and spin quantum number, ms = 1/2, is Cpu0*;+ l=0 l=1 l=2 Total No. of e = 1 n=3, No. of e having ms=1/2 1 3 5 +3+5 =9 7 / 28

A LL EN

H3 C CH3 O O

+

CH3 H3 C C= C CH3 H3 C

O3/Zn

UGEVKQP"/"KX"*VQVCN"OCTMU"<"4:+

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

420

A decapeptide (Mol. Wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (Mol. Wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is Cpu0*8+ No. of peptide linkage = No. of water molecules added for complete hydrolysis. =n1 So, number of molecules of H2O added = 9 So total wt. of the product = Mol. wt. of polypeptide + total wt. of H2O added. = 796 + (9 16) = 796 + 162 = 958 47 ; 450 wt. of glycine obtained = 958 100 450 No. of units of glycine = = 6 units 75 To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0C is close to P =1atm Cpu0*9+ Since external pressure is 1 atm PV + PHe = 1 PHe = 1 0.68 = 0.32 atm 0.1 mol He Now from idal gas equation PV = nRT PV=0.68 atm 1 mol X(s) 0.32 V = 0.1 (R 273) V = 7 litre. The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is Cpu0*7+

Br

420

430

430

440 440

A LL EN

CCCCCC + 1 product

CCC=CCC

8 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

450

The work function (f) of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is : :Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt W f(eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75

450

Cpu0*6+ l = 300 nm

1240 E = l in nm eV

= 1240 eV 300

= 4.13 eV To show photoelectric effect E f. Total no. of metals that show photoelectric effect will be 4.

A LL EN

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

9 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

RCTV"/" KK"*RJ[UKEU+ UGEVKQPK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"43+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Rfgqqcargmlamlr_glq9"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu,C_afoscqrgmlf_qdmspafmgacq&?'*&@'*&A'_lb &B'* msr mdufgaf QPN[" QPG gq amppcar, 460 3,4jgrcpmdfcjgske_q_rQRNgq_bg_`_rga_jjwamknpcqqcbrm.,5jgrcp,R_iglerfcglgrg_jrckncp_rspcrm`c R/*rfcumpibmlcglrfcnpmacqqgq

7 &?' RT/ 6

Cpu0 *C+ Lm,mdkmjcq; n =

&A'

/3 RT 6 /

7 &B' RT/ 0

A LL EN

/R ( 1T/ ) 1 - nRDT 7 7 == - RT/ ,RfcpcdmpcU ; RT/ cvrcpl_j g -/ 20 6 6

?`_jjmdk_qq&k'.,3iegq_rr_afcbrmrfcclbmd_qrpglef_tglejclerf&J'.,3k, Rfc`_jjgqpmr_rcbml_fmpgxmlr_jagpasj_pn_rf_`msrtcprga_j_vgq,Rfck_vgksk rclqgmlrf_rrfcqrpglea_l`c_pgq102L,Rfck_vgksknmqqg`jct_jscmd_lesj_p tcjmagrwmd`_jj&glp_bg_l-q'gq &?'7 &@'/6 &A'05 &B'14 Cpu0 *F+ Rqglq;kw0p \\\\\\\\\\\\\\ 0 Rqglq;kw Jqglq q Tcosq T R;kw0J 102;

\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

/ ( 0)/ w 0 0

Tsin q

mg

0

z (a,0,a)) (a,a,a)

&@' 0 E. a 0 &B'

E . a0 0

x

(0,0,0)

(0,a,0)

Cpu0 *E+

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

10 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

v v + v. 10. 10. + /. f= f f= 6 f 6,3.iFx v v v 10. - /. 10. s

49,

4:,

V 10W

A LL EN

&@'/.,4mfk &A'/.,6mfk &@'0.# &B'6.#

++++++ Q - -- - -

&B'//,/mfk

4;,

x /. /. = 31 v;/.,4W x = 30 + / 26 + 0 3. ?0mDa_n_agrmpgqaf_pecb_qqfmulgldgespc,Rfcncpaclr_ecmdgrq

?nnjwamlbgrgmlmdufc_rqrmlc`pgbec* qrmpcbclcpewbgqqgn_rcb_drcprfcqugrafQgqrsplcbrmnmqgrgml0gq &?'.#

0 q

0m D

6m D

2m F

8m F

++++++ -----

2V- x

++++++ -----

2m F

8m F

0V 0 0V - x x 6V / 0 0 3 6V 2V 0 = * x = O/;AT, O/;0T* Vi = ( 0) V = V 9 U = + = f 0 0 6 3 3 00 3

2V 0 /.. 2V 0 Jmqq; #jmqq; 3 = 6.# 3 V0

11 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

52,

/ / / = Rz 0 0 - 0 n m l

Dgpqrjglcmd@_jkcpmdFwbpmecl8

3 = /0/3 71

UGEVKQPKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+

Rfgqqcargmlamlr_glq6"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu,C_afoscqrgmlf_qdmspafmgacq&?'*&@'*&A'_lb 530 &B'* msrmd ufgaf QPG"qt"OQTG k_w `c amppcar, ?qnfcpga_jkcr_jqfcjj?mdp_bgsqP?_lb_qmjgbkcr_jqnfcpc@mdp_bgsqP@&:P?'_pcicnrd_p_n_pr _lbc_afgqegtclaf_pec)O,Lmurfcw_pcamllcarcb`w_rfglkcr_jugpc,Rfcl

inside &?' E A =.

A LL EN

&@'O?<O@

A B &A' s = R B A

Cpu0 *CDEF+

QA

QB RA

RB

RA

RB

E inside = 0 &`ca_sqcmdcjcarpmqr_rgaamlbgrgml'Qm*?mnrgmlgqrpsc, A

0 s R s A 2 pRA R = A A = B *QmAgqrpsc 0 s B RA s B 2pRB RB

Clc_pqspd_ac; s

/ ,Qm*Bgq_jqmrpsc R

12 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

54,

Rk kN<kc Rn<Rc Qm*Bgq_jqmrpsc, 56, ?amknmqgrc`jmaigqk_bcmdqj_`q?*@*A*B_lbCmdbgddcpclrrfcpk_jamlbsargtgrgcq&egtclglrcpkq md_amlqr_lrI'_lbqgxcq&egtclglrcpkqmdjclerf*J'_qqfmulglrfcdgespc,?jjqj_`q_pcmdq_kc ugbrf,Fc_rOdjmuqmljwdpmkjcdrrmpgefrrfpmsefrfc`jmaiq,Rfclglqrc_bwqr_rc &?'fc_rdjmurfpmsef?_lbCqj_`q_pcq_kc heat 0 1L 5L 6L B 3K A E &@'fc_rdjmurfpmsefqj_`Cgqk_vgksk 1L &A'rckncp_rspcbgddcpclac_apmqqqj_`Cgqqk_jjcqr C 4K 2K 6K 3L &B'fc_rdjmurfpmsefA;fc_rdjmurfpmsef@)Fc_rdjmurfpmsefB D 5K 4L Cpu0 *CDEF+ }Glqrc_bwqr_rc8fc_rgl;fc_rmsr,Qm*?gqrpsc B 4R/3 }Mnrgml@gq_jqmrpsc`ca_sqcrmr_jfc_rgqdjmuglerfpmsefC, DT A R/24 C R/2 } Q = E R/8 R D 4R/5 O;q_kc PCgqkglgksk,Qm*DRgqkglgksk QmmnrgmlAgqrpsc R/4 R/8 R/24 DT DT DT * Q = * QD = *Qm*O@)OB; OA, } QB = 2R - 1 C 2 R - 0 2R - 3 FclacBgq_jqmrpsc,

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

p e

A LL EN

u u

?kcr_jpmbmdjclerfJ_lbk_qqkgqngtmrcb_rmlcclb,?rfglbgqimdk_qqK_lbp_bgsqP &:J'gq_rr_afcb_rgrqaclrcprmrfcdpccclbmdrfcpmb,Amlqgbcprumu_wqrfcbgqagq_rr_afcb8&a_qc?', Rfcbgqagqlmrdpccrmpmr_rc_`msrgrqaclrcp_lb&a_qc@'rfcbgqagqdpccrmpmr_rcb_`msrgrqaclrcp,Rfc pmb+bgqaqwqrckncpdmpkqQFKgltcprga_jnj_lc_drcp`cglepcjc_qcbdpmkrfcq_kcbgqnj_acbnmqgrgml, Ufgafmdrfcdmjjmugleqr_rckclr&q'gq&_pc'rpsc= &?'Pcqrmpglermposcgla_qc?;Pcqrmpglermposcgla_qc@ &@'Pcqrmpglermposcgla_qc?:Pcqrmpglermposcgla_qc@ &A'?lesj_pdpcosclawdmpa_qc?<?lesj_pdpcosclawdmpa_qc@ &B'?lesj_pdpcosclawdmpa_qc?:?lesj_pdpcosclawdmpa_qc@ Cpu0 *CF+ Rmposcdmp`mrfrfc_pp_leckclrgqq_kc, Qglacgla_qc@bgqagqlmrpmr_rgle*rfcpcgqlmqnccbmdrfcnclbsjsk_rcosgjg`pgskgla_qc&@', 55, ?lcjcarpml_lb_npmrml_pckmtglemlqrp_gefrn_p_jjcjn_rfqugrfq_kctcjmagrw,Rfcwclrcp_qckg+ gldglgrcpcegmlmdslgdmpkk_elcrgadgcjbncpnclbgasj_prmrfctcjmagrw,Ufgafmdrfcdmjjmugleqr_rckclr&q' gq-_pcrpsc= &?'rfcwugjjlctcpamkcmsrmdrfck_elcrgadgcjbpcegml &@'rfcwugjjamkcmsrrp_tcjjgle_jmlen_p_jjcjn_rfq &A'rfcwugjjamkcmsrmdrfcq_kcrgkc &B'rfcwugjjamkcmsr_rbgddcpclrrgkcq Cpu0 *DF+ @wbg_ep_k@gqrpsc,

T= 0 pm qB

13 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQPKKK" <" *Vqvcn" Octmu" <" 37+ *Rctcitcrj" V{rg+ Rfgqqcargmlamlr_glq4"rctcitcrju,@_qcbsnmlmlcmdrfcn_p_ep_nf* 5"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu _lb`_qcbmlrfcmrfcpn_p_ep_nf 4"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpuf_tcrm`c_lqucpcb,C_afmdrfcqc oscqrgmlqf_qdmspafmgacq&?'* &@'* &A'_lb &B'*msr md ufgaf QPN["QPGgqamppcar, Rctcitcrj"hqt"Swguvkqpu"Pqu0"57"vq"59 Nf_qcqn_acbg_ep_kq_pcsqcdsjrmmjqgl_l_jwxgle_jjiglbqmdbwl_kga_jnpm`jckq,Rfcw_pccqncag_jjw sqcdsjglqrsbwglerfcaf_lecqglkmrgml_qglgrg_jnmqgrgml_lbkmkclrsk_pcaf_lecb,Fcpcucamlqgbcp qmkcqgknjcbwl_kga_jqwqrckqglmlc+bgkclqgml,Dmpqsafqwqrckq*nf_qcqn_acgq_nj_lcglufgaf nmqgrgmlgqnjmrrcb_jmlefmpgxmlr_j_vgq_lbkmkclrskgqnjmrrcb_jmletcprga_j_vgq,Rfcnf_qcqn_ac bg_ep_kgqv&r'tq,n&r'asptcglrfgqnj_lc,Rfc_ppmumlrfcasptcglbga_rcqrfcrgkcdjmu,Dmpcv_knjc* rfcnf_qcqn_acbg_ep_kdmp_n_prgajckmtgleugrfamlqr_lrtcjmagrwgq_qrp_gefrjglc_qqfmulglrfc dgespc,Ucsqcrfcqgelamltclrgmlglufgafnmqgrgmlmpkmkclrsksnu_pbq&mprmpgefr'gqnmqgrgtc_lb bmulu_pbq&mprmjcdr'gqlce_rgtc,

570

Rfcnf_qcqn_acbg_ep_kdmp_`_jjrfpmultcprga_jjwsndpmkepmslbgq

Momentum

Momentum

A LL EN

Position

Momentum

Momentum

Momentum

&?'

position

&@'

position

&A'

position

&B'

position

momentum

E1 E2 2a a position

&?' E1 = 2E2 14 / 28

&@'C/;0C0

&A'C/;2C0

&B'C/;/4C0

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

Cpu0 *E+

E0 a = E/ = 2 E0 C&_knjgrsbc' qm E/ 0 a

0

590

Amlqgbcprfcqnpgle+k_qqqwqrck*ugrfrfck_qqqs`kcpecbglu_rcp*_qqfmulglrfcdgespc,Rfcnf_qc qn_acbg_ep_kdmpmlcawajcmdrfgqqwqrckgq

\\\\\\\\\\\

momentum

momentum

&?'

&A'

Cpu0 *D+ Qglac_rqr_prrgkcnmqgrgmlu_qnmqgrgtc Rctcitcrj"hqt"Swguvkqp"Pqu0"5:"cpf"5; ?bclqcamjjcargmlmdcos_jlsk`cpmdcjcarpmlq_lbnmqgrgtcgmlqgqa_jjcblcsrp_jnj_qk_,Acpr_glqmjgbq amlr_glgledgvcbnmqgrgtcgmlqqsppmslbcb`wdpcccjcarpmlqa_l`crpc_rcb_qlcsrp_jnj_qk_,JcrL`c rfclsk`cpbclqgrwmddpcccjcarpmlq*c_afmdk_qqk,Ufclrfccjcarpmlq_pcqs`hcarcbrm_lcjcarpga dgcjb*rfcw_pcbgqnj_acbpcj_rgtcjw_u_wdpmkrfcfc_twnmqgrgtcgmlq,Gdrfccjcarpgadgcjb`camkcqxcpm* rfccjcarpmlq`ceglqrmmqagjj_rc_`msrrfcnmqgrgtcgmlqugrf_l_rsp_j_lesj_pdpcosclawwr*ufgafgq a_jjcbrfcnj_qk_dpcosclaw,Rmqsqr_glrfcmqagjj_rgmlq*_rgkct_pwglecjcarpgadgcjblccbqrm`c_nnjgcb rf_rf_q_l_lesj_pdpcosclaww*ufcpc_n_prmdrfcclcpewgq_`qmp`cb_lb_n_prmdgrgqpcdjcarcb,?qw _nnpm_afcqwr*_jjrfcdpcccjcarpmlq_pcqcrrmpcqml_lacrmecrfcp_lb_jjrfcclcpewgqpcdjcarcb,Rfgqgq rfccvnj_l_rgmlmdfgefpcdjcargtgrwmdkcr_jq,

A LL EN

position

&@'

position

momentum

kmkclrsk

position

&B'

nmqgrgml

15 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

5:,

R_iglerfccjcarpmlgaaf_pec_qc_lbrfcncpkgrrgtgrw_qe.*sqcbgkclqgml_j_l_jwqgqrmbcrcpkglcrfc amppcarcvnpcqqgmldmpwr,

Ne &?' me .

Cpu0 *E+

me . &@' Ne

Ne 0 &A' me .

&B'

me . Ne 0

Ne 0 m .

/ ( 0) C L1 / = = [w] = 0 0 T ( M ) C1 T LM

Cqrgk_rcrfcu_tcjclerf_rufgafnj_qk_pcdjcargmlugjjmaaspdmp_kcr_jf_tglerfcbclqgrwmdcjcarpmlq

-// N 2 /. 05 m -1 ,R_ic e . /. _lb m /. -1. *ufcpcrfcqcos_lrgrgcq_pcglnpmncpQGslgrq

A LL EN

&@'4..lk &A'1..lk

0 pc Ne 0 m . = l = 0 pc m . l Ne0 0 1,/2 1 /.6 /,4 /. -/7

5;,

&B'0..lk

w = 0 pf =

l=

UGEVKQPKX"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"4:+ *Kpvgigt"Cpuygt"V{rg+

RfgqQcargmlamlr_glq"9"swguvkqpu,Rfc_lqucprmc_afmdrfcoscqrgmlgq_ukping"fkikv"kpvgigt."p_legle dpmk.rm7,Rfc`s``jcamppcqnmlbglermrfcamppcar_lqucpgqrm`cb_piclcbglrfcMPQ, ?`jmaigqkmtgleml_lglajglcbnj_lck_igle_l_lejc23ugrfrfcfmpgxmlr_j_lbrfcamcddgagclrmd dpgargmlgqm,Rfcdmpacpcosgpcbrmhsqrnsqfgrsnrfcglajglcbnj_lcgq1rgkcqrfcdmpacpcosgpcbrmhsqr npctclrgrdpmkqjgbglebmul,GducbcdglcL;/.m*rfclLgq Cpu0 *7+ Dmpacrmhsqrnpctclrgrdpmkqjgbgle;keqglqmkeamqq Dmpacrmhsqrnsqfsnrfcnj_lc;keqglq)mkeamqq keqglq)mkeamqq;1&keqglqmkeamqq' / 0 16 / 28 +m / m / / = 1 m; L;/.m;3 0 0 0 0

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

620

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

stick

63,

?`mwgqnsqfgle_pglemdk_qq0ie_lbp_bgsq.,3kugrf_qrgai_q qfmulglrfcdgespc,Rfcqrgai_nnjgcq_dmpacmd0Lmlrfcpgle_lbpmjjq grugrfmsrqjgnngleugrf_l_aacjcp_rgmlmd.,1k-q0,Rfcamcddgagclrmd dpgargml`crucclrfcepmslb_lbrfcpglegqj_pecclmsefrf_rpmjjgle_ju_wq maaspq_lbrfcamcddgagclrmddpgargml`crucclrfcqrgai_lbrfcpglegq&N/.',Rfct_jscmdNgq Cpu0 *6+ L/;0L m N1 L/d;k_,,,&g' &dmL/'P;kP0a;k_,,,&gg' a N1 W Dpmkcos_rgml&g'_lb&gg'ucecr L/&/m';0k_ f 0&/m';00.,1 /m;.,4 m = 0.4

Ground

64,

Dmspnmglraf_pecq*c_afmd)o*_pcpgegbjwdgvcb_rrfcdmspamplcpqmd_qos_pcnj_l_pqm_ndgjkmdqgbc a,Rfcqspd_acrclqgmlmdrfcqm_ndgjkgqg,Rfcqwqrckmdaf_pecq_lbnj_l_pdgjk_pcglcosgjg`pgsk*

q0 a k = _lb g

/- N

Cpu0 *5+

q

g 2a

A LL EN

*ufcpcigq_amlqr_lr,RfclLgq

b q q

FBD of half part

Jglc_`bgtgbcqrfcqm_ndgjkglrmrumcos_jn_prq,

Kq 0 / / 0 0+ ufcpcI; a 0 2p .

q0 Kq 0 / Kq 0 / 1 0 + 9 a = g 0a = 0 0 + 9 a = g 0 a 0 g

/- 1

/ 0 + K 0

/- 1

L;1

/ 0 + ufcpc K 0

/- 1

=k

17 / 28

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 1

65,

Dmsp qmjgb qnfcpcqc_afmd bg_kcrcp 3 ak _lb k_qq .,3 ie _pc nj_acb ugrf rfcgp aclrcpq _r rfc amplcpqmd_qos_pcmdqgbc2ak,Rfckmkclrmdglcprg_mdrfcqwqrck_`msrrfcbg_eml_jmdrfcqos_pcgq L/.2ie+k0*rfclLgq Cpu0 *;+

66,

67,

A LL EN

0

/.

Cpu0 *8+

d f m . I . pr 0 pr 0 m. I 0 p r e = = amq1..t / f;Bpp ; ; m . I . 1.. qgl 1..t L dt L L pr 0 (1.. ) p 0r 2 ( 1.. ) e 0 = m = p = m I qgl 1..t I qgl 1.. t M i r ( .. ) g; . . R LR LR

68, QrccjugpcmdjclerfJ_r2.Agqqsqnclbcbdpmkrfcacgjgle_lbrfcl_k_qqkgqfsledpmkgrqdpcc clb,Rfcugpcgqammjcbbmuldpmk2.rm1.Armpce_glgrqmpgegl_jjclerfJ,Rfcamcddgagclrmdjglc_p rfcpk_jcvn_lqgmlmdrfcqrccjgq/.3-A*Wmsleqkmbsjsqmdqrccjgq/.//L-k0_lbp_bgsqmdrfcugpc gq/kk,?qqskcrf_rJ<<bg_kcrcpmdrfcugpc,Rfclrfct_jscmdkgliegqlc_pjw Cpu0 *5+

Dx YA YA = = aDq m = L mg gaDq

m=

18 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

RCTV"/"KKK"*OCVJGOCVKEU+ UGEVKQPK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"43+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Vjku" ugevkqp" eqpvckpu" 9" ownvkrng" ejqkeg"swguvkqpu0" Gcej" swguvkqp" jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+ cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPN[" QPG" ku" eqttgev0 690 Vjg" xcnwg" qh"

1 5 *C+" np 6 4 Cpu0*C+

lp5

1 5 *D+" np 4 4

np 5

*E+" np

690

5 4

*F+" np

1 8

5 4

z ukp z 4 K= fz =" rwv" z4" ?" v" " 4zfz" ?" fv 4 4 + ukp z ukp* l p8 z + lp4

lp5

6:0

3 5 3 4K = fv K = lp 4 lp4 6 4 Ngv"vjg"uvtckijv"nkpg"z"?"d"fkxkfg"vjg"ctgc"gpenqugf"d{"{"?"*3""z+4."{"?"2"cpf"z"?"2"kpvq"vyq"rctvu

T3 *2 z d+ f" cpf" T 4 *d z 3+ " uwej" vjcv" T3 - T 4 =

6:0

5 6 Cpu0*D+

A LL EN

3 ukp v K= fv 4 lp 4 ukp v + ukp*lp8 - v+

lp5 lp5

0000*k+

0000*kk+

*C+"

*D+"

3 6

3

3 4

*E+"

y

3 5

*F+"

3 6

T3"T4"?"

d

4 4 *3 - z+ fz - *3 - z+ fz = 2 d

d 3

3 6

R1 R R2 0 x=b

2

(1,0)

*3 - z+5 *3 - z+ 5 3 - + = 5 2 5 d 6

*3 - d+5 3 *3 - d+5 3 - - = 5 5 6 5

3 2 3 - *3 - d+5 = 5 5 6 3 :

4 3 *3 - d+5 = 5 34 3 4

d=

3 4

19 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

6;0

6;0

- *E+" 5k l + 5m

*F+" k + 5 l - 5m

720

3 8

A LL EN

( 4z )

np 4

z+{-z+{-z-{ 3 = 5 5 {" " z" ?" 3 z" " {" ?" 3 0000*kk+ r - wukpi"*kk+" kp"*k+" yg"igv" x = *z + {+k l + *z + {+m Ngv" *z2. "{2+" dg" vjg" uqnwvkqp" qh" vjg" hqnnqykpi" gswcvkqpu

= *5{+np 5

5npz" ? "4np{

3 5

*D+"

*E+"

Cpu0*E+

3 4

*F+ "8

( 4z )

lp4

= *5{+ l p 5

lp4" *lp4" -" lpz+" ?" lp5*lp5" -" lp{+ 00000*k+ 5lpz" ? "4lp{ *lpz+"*lp5+" ?" *lp{+" *lp4+ 00000*kk+ wukpi" *kk+" kp" *k+

*lpz+*lp5+ lp4*lp4-lpz+? lp5 lp5 + lp4

730

z= 3 4

Ngv" a"cpf" b"dg"vjg"tqqvu"qh"z4""8z"" 4"?"2."ykvj" a > b0"Kh"cp"?" ap"" bp"hqt"p" "3."vjgp"vjg"xcnwg qh"

c32 - 4c : " ku 4c ; *C+" 3

*D+" 4

*E+" 5

*F+ "6

20 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

730

Cpu0" *E+ a.b" ctg" tqqvu" qh" z4" "8z " "4 "? "2 a4" "8a" 4 "? "2 "( "b4" "8b" "4 "? "2 c 2 - 4c : a32 - b32 - 4*a: - b: + = 4c ; 4*a ; - b; +

=

740

A LL EN

gswcvkqp" qh" nkpg" N" yjgp" q =

p . 5

{+4= 5*z - 5+

C"uvtckijv"nkpg"N"vjtqwij"vjg"rqkpv"*5."4+" ku"kpenkpgf"cv"cp"cping"82"vq"vjg"nkpg" 5z + { = 3 0"Kh"N cnuq" kpvgtugev" vjg" z/czku." vjgp" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" N" ku *D+" { - 5z + 4 + 5 5 = 2 *F+" 5{ + z - 5 + 4 5 = 2

(0,1)

2p/3

{ - 5z + 4 + 5 5 = 2

GH

1 ,0 3

JK

3x+y=1

\ 750

Ngv" R = q < ukp q - equ q = 4 equ q " cpf" S = q < ukp q + equ q = 4 ukp q " dg" vyq" ugvu0" Vjgp *C+" R S " cpf" S - R *E+" R / S *D+" S / R *F+ "R "? "S

750

Cpu0*F+ R "? "}q" <" ukpq" " equq" ?" 4 " equq vcpq" ?" 4 -3 000*k+

vcp q =

3 = 4 +3 4 -3

000*kk+

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

21 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQPKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Vjku" ugevkqp" eqpvckpu" 6" ownvkrng" ejqkeg"swguvkqpu0" Gcej" swguvkqp" jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+ cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPG" qt" OQTG" oc{" dg" eqttgev0 760

"cpf" ."cpf""rgtrgpfkewnct"vq"vjg Vjg""xgevqt*u+"yjkej"ku1ctg"eqrncpct"ykvj"xgevqtu" k+ l + 4m k + 4 l+ m " ku1ctg xgevqt" k+ l+ m *C+" l- m

*D+" - k+ l

*E+" k- l

r e " ?" k+ l+ m

*F+" -l + m

r x = 6 l* l - m+

Ngv " "< "T "" T" dg" c" hwpevkqp" uwej" vjcv *z" -" {+" ?" *z+" -" *{+." "" z." {" " T0 Kh" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" cv" z" ?" 2." vjgp *C+" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" qpn{" kp" c" hkpkvg" kpvgtxcn" eqpvckpkpi" |gtq *D+" *z+" ku" eqpvkpwqwu" "" z" " T *E+" )*z+" ku" eqpuvcpv" "" z" " T *F+" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" gzegrv" cv" hkpkvgn{" ocp{" rqkpvu Uqn0 Cpu0" *D.E+ *z" -" {+" ?" *z+" -" *{+ *2+"?" 2 770 )*z+" ?" nko j 2

= nko

j 2

*j+ *2 + j+ - *2+ = nko j 2 j j )*z+" ?" )*2+" ?" m" *m" ku" eqpuvcpv+ *z+" ?" mz." jgpeg" *z+" ku" eqpvkpwqwu" cpf" )*z+" ku" eqpuvcpv" "" z" " T 780 Ngv"O"cpf"P"dg"vyq"5""5"pqp/ukpiwnct"umgy/u{oogvtke"ocvtkegu"uwej"vjcv"OP"?"PO0"Kh"RV"fgpqvgu vjg" vtcpurqug" qh" R." vjgp" O4P4*OVP+3" *OP3+V" ku "gswcn "vq "/ *C+" O4 *D+" P4 *E+" O4 *F+" OP Uqn0 Cpu0" *E+

*Eqoogpv"<"Cnvjqwij"5""5"umgy"u{oogvtke"ocvtkegu"ecp"pgxgt"dg"pqp/ukpiwnct0"Vjgtghqtg"vjg kphqtocvkqp"ikxgp"kp"swguvkqp" ku"ytqpi0" Pqy"kh" yg"eqpukfgt"qpn{"pqp" ukpiwnct"umgy"u{oogvtke ocvtkegu" O"(" P." vjgp" vjg" uqnwvkqp" ku/+ Ikxgp OV" ? "O PV" ? "P OP" ?" PO 22 / 28

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

*z + j+ - *z+ *z+ + *j+ - *z+ = nko j 2 j j

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

ceeqtfkpi" vq" swguvkqp" O4P4*OVP+3" *OP3+V ? "O4P4P3*OV+3*P3+VOV ? "O P P *O+ *P + *O+ ?" O4" P "O3" P3" O ? " "O4" P "P3" O3" O ?" O4 790

4 4 3 3 V 3

z 4 {4 Ngv" vjg"geegpvtkekv{"qh" vjg"j{rgtdqnc" 4 - 4 = 3 "dg"tgekrtqecn"vq"vjcv"qh"vjg"gnnkrug"z4"-"6{4"?"60 c d Kh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" rcuugu" vjtqwij" c" hqewu" qh" vjg" gnnkrug." vjgp" /

*C+" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" *D+" c" hqewu" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" *4.2+

z4 { 4 =3 5 4

7 5 4 *F+" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" z " " 5{4" ? "5 Uqn0 Cpu0" *D.F+

*E+" vjg" geegpvtkekv{" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku"

z 4 {4 j{rgtdqnc" ku" 4 - 4 = 3 c d

Ikxgp

d4 3 = c4 5

5 =3 c4

htqo" *3+" (" *4+ d4" ? "3 gswcvkqp" qh" j{rgtdqnc" ku"

z 4 {4 =3 5 3

3 = 5 6 5

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

gnnkrug" ku"

z 4 {4 + =3 44 3

3 = 6

5 5 = 6 4

6 5

d4 = c4

5d4" ? "c4

00000000000*3+

c4" ? "5

000000000000*4+

23 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQPKKK" <" *Vqvcn" Octmu" <" 37+ *Rctcitcrj"V{rg+ Vjku"ugevkqp"eqpvckpu"4"rctcitcrju0"Dcugf"wrqp"qpg"qh"vjg"rctcitcrj." 5"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu cpf"dcugf"qp"vjg"qvjgt"rctcitcrj" 4"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu"jcxg"vq"dg"cpuygtgf0"Gcej"qh"vjgug swguvkqpu"jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+" cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPN[" QPG" ku" eqttgev0 Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqp" 7:" cpf" 82 Ngv" c.d" cpf" e" dg" vjtgg" tgcn" pwodgtu" ucvkuh{kpi

7:0 7;0

5 3 5 + d + e " ku" gswcn" vq" / c w w w *C+" 4 *D+" 4 *E+" 5 *F+" 5 Ngv" d" ?" 8." ykvj" c" cpf" e" ucvkuh{kpi" *G+0" Kh" a" cpf" b" ctg" vjg" tqqvu" qh" vjg" swcftcvke" gswcvkqp

A LL EN

p

3 ; 9 [c d e] : 4 9 = [ 2 2 2 ] 000*G+ 9 5 9 Kh"vjg"rqkpv"R*c.d.e+."ykvj"tghgtgpeg"vq"*G+."nkgu"qp"vjg"rncpg"4z"-"{"-"|"?"3."vjgp"vjg"xcnwg"qh"9c-d-e ku *C+" 2 *D+" 34 *E+" 9 *F+ "8 5 Ngv" w" dg" c" uqnwvkqp" qh" z " " 3" ?" 2" ykvj" Ko*w+" @" 20" Kh" c" ?" 4" ykvj" d" cpf" e" ucvkuh{kpi" *G+." vjgp" vjg

*C+" 8 Uqn0

*D+" 9

*E+"

*F+"

7:0

7;0

c "- ":d "- "9e "? "2 ;c "- "4d "- "5e "? "2 9c "- "9d "- "9e "? "2 c "? "M. "d "? "8M ". "e "? "9M Cpu0" *F+ *M." 8M." 9M+ 4z "- "{ "- "| "? "3 4M "- "8M " "9M "? "3 *Q rqkpv" nkgu" qp"vjg" rncpg+ M "? "3 9c "- "d "- "e "? "9M "- "8M " "9M "? "8 Cpu0" *C+ z5" "3 "? "2 z" ?" 3." w, w4

3 k 5 w= - + ukpeg" Ko*w+ "@ "2 4 4 Kh "c "? "4 "? "M d" ?" 34" " (" e" ?" 36

24 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

820

5 3 5 3 1 3 + d + e ? 2 + 12 + -14 " ? "5w-3-5w4 c w w w w w w ?" 5" -" 3" ?" 4 Cpu0" *D+ Q d "? "8 8M "? "8 M "? "3 c" ?" 3. d "? "8 " " "( e "? "9 4 z " - "8z " "9 " "? "2 a" -" b" ? "8 ". "ab" ? "9

Jgpeg"

*C+" 840

35 45 3; 33 *D+" *E+" *F+" 52 52 52 52 Ikxgp" vjcv" vjg" ftcyp" dcnn" htqo" W4" ku" yjkvg." vjg" rtqdcdknkv{" vjcv" jgcf" crrgctgf" qp" vjg" eqkp" ku" /

A LL EN

39 45

a +b 1 6 =7 ab = 7 = p =0 1- 6 p =0 7 Uqn0 " " Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqp" 83" cpf" 84 Ngv"W3"cpf"W4"dg"vyq"wtpu"uwej"vjcv"W3"eqpvckpu"5"yjkvg"cpf"4"tgf"dcnnu." cpf"W4"eqpvckpu"qpn{"3 yjkvg"dcnn0"C"hckt"eqkp" ku"vquugf0"Kh"jgcf"crrgctu"vjgp"3"dcnn"ku"ftcyp"cv"tcpfqo"htqo"W3"cpf"rwv kpvq"W40"Jqygxgt." kh"vckn"crrgctu"vjgp"4"dcnnu"ctg"ftcyp"cv"tcpfqo" htqo"W3"cpf"rwv"kpvq"W40"Pqy 3" dcnn" ku" ftcyp" cv" tcpfqo" htqo" W40 830 Vjg" rtqdcdknkv{" qh" vjg" ftcyp" dcnn" htqo" W4" dgkpi" yjkvg" ku" /

*C+"

*D+"

*F+"

34 45

1/2 d a He Start 1 Ta /2 il

U1 3W 2R 1 ball

U2

1W U2

U1 3W 2R 2 balls

1W

830

4 4 3 5 4 3 3 5E E 3 5E E 4 ? 03 + 0 + 7 4 03 + 7 4 0 + 7 3 3 0 4 7 7 4 4 E4 E4 5 E4 5

840

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

?"

25 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

k =3 r

Uo kpvgigt"p"ykvj"3">"p">"42."ngv"o"?"7p0"Kh" U "fqgu"pqv"fgrgpf"qp"p."vjgp"c4"ku

p

c3" ? "5 " "= " " "Ur" ? a i """ 3" " p" " 42

i =1

o" ?" 7p

Sm 5[(2a 1 - d) + 5nd] = Sn [(2a1 - d) + nd]

hqt"

860

\" 4c3" "f "? "2 " " " f" ?" 4c3" f" ?" 8" " c4" ? "; Kh " "f "? "2 " " " " c4" ? "c3" ? "5 Eqpukfgt" vjg" rctcdqnc" {4" ?" :z0" Ngv" D3" dg" vjg" ctgc"qh" vjg" vtkcping"hqtogf" d{" vjg" gpf" rqkpvu" qh" kvu

3 ncvwu"tgevwo" cpf"vjg" rqkpv" R . 4 qp" vjg"rctcdqnc." cpf" D4" dg" vjg" ctgc" qh" vjg" vtkcping" hqtogf" d{ 4

D3 ftcykpi" vcpigpvu" cv" R" cpf" cv" vjg" gpf" rqkpvu" qh" vjg" ncvwu" tgevwo0" Vjgp" D " ku 4 (2,4) Uqn0 Cpu0 "4 A D3" ?"ctgc" qh" D" RCC) y = 8x (1/2,2)

2

D4" ?"

*Wukpi" rtqrgtv{" <" Ctgc" qh" vtkcping" hqtogf" d{" vcpigpvu" ku"cnyc{u"jcnh" qh" qtkikpcn" vtkcping+ 26 / 28

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

p

Uqn0 Cpu0 "; "qt "5 *Eqoogpv"<"Vjg"kphqtocvkqp"cdqwv"vjg"eqooqp"fkhhgtgpeg"k0g0"|gtq"qt"pqp/|gtq"ku"pqv"ikxgp"kp vjg" swguvkqp0" Jgpeg" vjgtg" ctg" vyq" rquukdng" cpuygtu+ Eqpukfgt" f" " 2" vjg" uqnwvkqp" ku c3."c4."c5."000000000000."c322 "CR

a=2

3 " *D3+ 4

A' (2,4)

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

870

D3 =4 D4 Vjg" rqukvkxg" kpvgigt" xcnwg" qh" p" @" 5" ucvkuh{kpi" vjg" gswcvkqp

1 sin p n = 1 1 + 2p 3p sin sin n n

""

1 sin p n

1 1 = 3p 2p sin sin n n

2cos sin

Kh " "M "? "4o Kh " "M "? "4o "- "3

A LL EN

2p 2p 3p sin = sin n n n 4p 3p 4p 3p = sin = Kp + ( -1) K n n n n

p = 4op p

3p p 2p p - sin 2cos sin n n = 1 n n = 1 " p 3p 2p p 3p 2p sin sin sin sin sin sin n n n n n n sin

p=

3 4o

p" ?"

9 4o + 3

9 9 5 7

-3 ukp q p p f **q++ " ku Ngv" *q+ = ukp vcp . " yjgtg" - 6 < q < 6 0" Vjgp" vjg" xcnwg"qh" f*vcp q+ equ4q Uqn0 Cpu0 "3

880

ukp q -3 Ngv" * q+ = ukp a " yjgtg" a = vcp equ 4q

890

vcp a =

ukp a =

ukp q equ 4q

ukp q = vcp q equ q

p p Q q - . 6 6

* q+ = vcp q

f**q++ =3 f*vcp q+

Kh" |" ku" cp{" eqorngz" pwodgt" ucvkuh{kpi" ~|" " 5" " 4k~" >" 4." vjgp" vjg" okpkowo" xcnwg" qh" ~4|" " 8" -" 7k~ ku

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

27 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

Im

3 c -7 + c -6 + c -5 + c -5 + c -5 + c : + c32 -7 -6 -5 -5 -5 : 32 9 ( c 0c 0c 0c 0c 0c 0c ) 9

c -7 + c -6 + c -5 + c -5 + c -5 + c : + c32 -7 -6 -5 : 32 3 ( c + c + 5c + c + c ) okp ? "9 9 yjgtg" c7" ? "c6" ? "c5" ? "c:" ? "c32" k0g0 "c "? "3 *c7" - "c6" - "5c5" - "c:" - "c32" - "3+okp" ? ": " " " "yjgp "c "? "3

8;0 Ngv" " <" ]3.+" " ]4.+" dg" c" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" hwpevkqp" uwej" vjcv" h*3+" ?" 40" Kh" 8 *v+fv = 5z *z+ - z 5

3 z

hqt" cnn" z" @" 3." vjgp" vjg" xcnwg" qh" *4+" ku Uqn0 Cpu0 "8 *Eqoogpv"<"Vjg"ikxgp"tgncvkqp"fqgu"pqv"jqnf"hqt"z"?3."vjgtghqtg"kv"ku"pqv"cp"kfgpvkv{0"Jgpeg"vjgtg ku" cp" gttqt" kp" ikxgp" swguvkqp0" Vjg" eqttgev" kfgpvkv{" owuv" dg/+

8 h*v+fv ? 5zh*z+ z 5 7. " z 3

3 z

Pqy" crrn{kpi" Pgyvqp" Ngkdpkv|" vjgqtgo 8*z+" ?" 5z)*z+" " 5z4" -" 5*z+ 5*z+" ?" 5z)*z+" " 5z4 Ngv" {" ?" *z+

z f{ - { = z4 fz

{ = z+E *yjgtg" E" ku" eqpuvcpv+ z { "? "z4" -" Ez \ *z+"?" z4" - "Ez Ikxgp" *3+" ?" 4 E "? "3 \ *4+"?" 44" - "4 "? "8

28 / 28

A LL EN

"

zf{ - {fz = fz z4

7 (3,2) ?" 4" " *okpkowo" fkuvcpeg" dgvyggp" |" cpf" rqkpv" 5. - + 4 7 ?" 4" " *fkuvcpeg" dgvyggp" *5.2+" cpf" (3,0) 5. - + 4 (3,5/2) 7 ?" 4" " " ?" 7" wpkvu0 4 8:0 Vjg" okpkowo" xcnwg" qh" vjg" uwo" qh" tgcn" pwodgtu" c7. "c6." 5c5." 3." c:" cpf" c32" ykvj "c "@ "2 "ku Uqn0 Cpu0 ": Cu c "@ "2 cpf" cnn" vjg" ikxgp" vgtou" ctg" rqukvkxg jgpeg" eqpukfgtkpi" C0O0" @" I0O0" hqt" ikxgp" pwodgtu" <

|z32i| < 2

Re

= fz f z

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

RCTV" /" K" *EJGOKUVT[+ UGEVKQPK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"46+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Rfgqqcargmlamlr_glq:"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu,C_afoscqrgmlf_qdmspafmgacq&?'*&@'*&A'_lb &B'* msr mdufgaf QPN[" QPG gq amppcar, 30 Mvgb_rgmlqr_rcqmdrfckcr_jglrfckglcp_jqf_ck_rgrc_lbk_elcrgrc*pcqncargtcjw*_pc &?'GG*GGGglf_ck_rgrc_lbGGGglk_elcrgrc &@'GG*GGGglf_ck_rgrc_lbGGglk_elcrgrc &A'GGglf_ck_rgrc_lbGG*GGGglk_elcrgrc &B'GGGglf_ck_rgrc_lbGG*GGGglk_elcrgrc 30 Cpu0"*F+ F_ck_rgrcDc0M1 40 K_elcrgrcDc1M2&DcM,Dc0M1' Rfcdmjjmuglea_p`mfwbp_rcgq F

FM FM

&?' _icrmfcvmqc

&A'_l a+dsp_lmqc

40

Cpu0"*D+

F FM FM

&?jbmfcvmqc'

50 Rfck_hmpnpmbsarmdrfcdmjjmuglepc_argmlgq

PAF0MF F (_lfwbpmsq)

&?'_fckg_acr_j &A'_lcrfcp

50

Cpu0*D+

A LL EN

MF F M MF F F MF F

mvgb_rgmlQr_rcmdDc;GGG

mvgb_rgmlQr_rcmdDc;GG*GGG

&@'_l_jbmfcvmqc

&B'_l a+nwp_lmqc

MF F M MF

MF

F b-pyranose

&@'_l_acr_j &B'_lcqrcp

1 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

RCH2OH

O O (An acetal)

CH2R

+ H O

60

RCH2OH

OCH2R H

H+

OCH2R

A LL EN

&@' &A' H3C

N(CH3)2

NHCH3

NH2 &B'

CH2NH2

60

Cpu0"*E+

OH

H3 C

NH2

HCl + NaNO2

Me

N2Cl

alkaline

N=N OH

Me

70

&?' 0,1 /.0 &@' 3,5 /.0 &A' 3,5 /.1 &B' /,0 /.0 Cpu0"*C+ DRd;kIdg ;

.,/- 107 /... /,64 2 /..

70

2 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

80

0) 1

?rYDc [;/. K* N&M0';.,/_rk_lbnF;1*rfc acjjnmrclrg_j _r03Agq+ &?' /,25 T 80 Cpu0"*F+ 0Dc&q')M0&e')2F)&_o' 0Dc0)&_o,')0F0M&l'

.,.4 YDc +0 [ C;C jme l NM ,YF + [2

0

&@' /,55 T

C;/,45 ;/,45

N_qqgleF0Qe_qglrm_kgvrspcmdKl0)*Lg0)*As0)_lbFe0)gmlqgl_l_agbgdgcb_oscmsqqmjsrgml npcagngr_rcq &?' AsQ _lb FeQ &A' KlQ _lb LgQ &@' KlQ _lb AsQ &B' LgQ _lb FeQ

90

Cpu0"*C+

AsQ_lbFeQugjj`cnpcagngr_rcbufclF0Qgln_qqcbrfpmsef_oscmsqqmjsrgmlamlr_glgleKl0)*Lg0)* As0)_lbFe0)gmlqgl_agbgakcbgsk, :0 ?kmlerfcdmjjmugleamknjcvcq&MR' I1YDc&AL'4[ *M+*YAm&LF1'4[Aj1 *N+*L_1YAm&mv_j_rc'1[ *O+*YLg&F0M'4[Aj0 *P+. I0YNr&AL'2[ *Q+" _lb" YXl&F0M'4[&LM1'0 *R+ Rfcbg_k_elcrgaamknjcv_pc+ &?' I* J* K* L &A' J* K* M* N :0 Cpu0"*E+ Bg_k_lcrgaamknjcvcq_pc *N+""YAm&LF1'4[Aj1= *O+"L_1YAm&mv_j_rc'1[ *Q+"I0YNr&AL'2[= *R+""YXl&F0M'4[&LM1'0 &@' I* K* M* N &B' J* K* L* M

A LL EN

.,.4 jme/. 5 2 .,.4 5 2

3 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

UGEVKQPKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Rfgqqcargmlamlr_glq6"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu,C_afoscqrgmlf_qdmspafmgacq&?'*&@'*&A'_lb &B' msrmd ufgaf QPG"qt"OQTG k_w `c amppcar, ;0 Pcbsargmlmdrfckcr_jaclrpcgl_oscmsqncpk_le_l_rcgmlgltmjtcq+ &?'1cjcarpmlqgllcsrp_jkcbgsk &A'1cjcarpmlqgl_ji_jglckcbgsk ;0 Cpu0"*C.E.F+ &@'3cjcarpmlqgllcsrp_jkcbgsk &B'3cjcarpmlqgl_agbgakcbgsk

MnO4

7+

Mn2+ Mn6+

320

Dmprfcdgpqrmpbcppc_argml

dmpmnrgml&B'

330

Rfccosgjg`pgsk

4 / 29

A LL EN

Faintly alkaline Mn4+ or neutral

0L0M3&e' 2LM0&e')M0&e'

r/- 0

jl

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

330

Cpu0"*D.E.F+

Asm)AsGG Rfccol,0AsG

qfgdrqrmu_pbqjcdrglrfcnpcqclacmdAj*QAL*_lbALbscrmdmpk_rgmlmdAsAj&nnr', YAs&QAL'2[1_lbYAs&AL'2[1gmlqpcqncargtcjw, 340 Rfcamppcardslargml_jepmsnV_lbrfcpc_eclr-pc_argmlamlbgrgmlqWglrfcdmjjmugleqafckc_pc V&AF0'2V

(i) Y (ii) O O

amlbclq_rgmlnmjwkcp

&A' V ; AMLF0* W ; @p0-L_MF &B' V ; AL* W ; F0-Lg-fc_r 34 Cpu0*C.D.E.F+

(i) y

X(CH2)4X

A LL EN

(ii) HOOC(CH2)4COOH polymer

H2/Ni D

Condensation

HO(CH2)6OH Hexane-1,6-diol

H2/Ni D

Br2/NaOH

NC(CH2)4CN

H2/Ni D

HOOC(CH2)4COOH D

5 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

UGEVKQPKKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"46+ *Kpvgigt"Cpuygt"V{rg+ RfgqQcargmlamlr_glq"8"swguvkqpu,Rfc_lqucprmc_afmdrfcoscqrgmlqgq_ukping/fkikv"kpvgigt."p_legle dpmk.rm7,Rfc`s``jcamppcqnmlbglermrfcamppcar_lqucpgqrm`cb_piclcbglrfcMPQ, 350 Gl / J q_rsp_rcb qmjsrgml md ?eAj YIqn&?eAj' ; /,4 /./.[* .,/ kmj md AsAj YI qn&AsAj' ; /,. /. 4[ gq _bbcb, Rfc pcqsjr_lr amlaclrp_rgml md ?e ) gl rfc qmjsrgml gq /,4/.v,Rfct_jscmdvgq, 350 Cpu0*9+ ?e) ) Aj ?eAj _ _ ) ` As) ) Aj AsAj

I qn &?eAj' I qn &AsAj'

` &` ) _' ;

Qglac _::: ` Q `0 ; /.4 ` ; /.1 _lb _ ` ; /,4 /./. _ ; /,4 /.5 ; /,4 /.v 360

qm v ; 5 Rfck_vgksklsk`cpmdgqmkcpq&glajsbgleqrcpcmgqmkcpq'rf_r_pcnmqqg`jcmlkmlm+afjmpgl_rgmlmdrfc dmjjmugleamknmslbq*gq

CH3CH2

360 Cpu0*:+

AF1AF0AFAF0AF1 AF1

6 / 29

A LL EN

+ /. _&_ + `' _ Y?e [ /,4 /. ; ; ; ; /,4 /.2 + 4 ` /. YAs [ `&` + _'

CH3

CH2CH3

kmlmafjmpgl_rgmlAj0 fn

AF1

AF1AF0AFAF0AF0Aj &0gqmkcpq' ( )

Aj ( AF 1AF 0AFAFAF 1 &2gqmkcpq' ( AF1 ) Aj

AF1AF0AAF0AF1 )

AF1 AF0Aj AF1

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

AF1AF0AAF 0AF1

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

370

370 Cpu0"*6+ QM0*F0M*F0QM2*N2M/. NAj3)F0M NMAj1)0FAj 4NAj3)N2M/. /.NMAj1 F0QM2)0NAj3 0NMAj1)QM0Aj0)0FAj QM0)NAj3 NMAj1)QMAj0

380 380 Rfclsk`cp mdfcv_eml_jd_acqrf_rnpcqclrgl_rpsla_rcbmar_fcbpmlgq, Cpu0"*:+

390 Cpu0*8+ kgjjgkmjcq md ?eLM1 ; 0 kgjjgkmjcq md &Ap&F0M'3Aj'Aj0 .,/ T ; 1. 0 .,./ ; .,4 T;4kJ

3:0 Rfcrmr_jlsk`cpmdamlrpg`srgleqrpsarspcqqfmuglefwncpamlhse_rgml&gltmjtgleAF`mlbq'dmprfc dmjjmuglea_p`ma_rgmlgq, H3C CH2CH3

3:0

Cpu0"*8+ Rfcamlrpg`srglefwncpamlhse_rgleqrpsarspcq&gltmjtgleAF`mlbq'_pc;4

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

Octahedron

Truncated octahedron

7 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

Lm,mdaF;4

H HC H C

+

H C CH3 H H

UGEVKQPKX"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ocvtkz/Ocvej"V{rg+ RfgqQcargmlamlr_glq"4"swguvkqpu,C_afoscqrgmlf_qhqwt"uvcvgogpvu"&?*@*A_lbB'egtclgl Eqnwop"K_lbdgtcqr_rckclrq&n*o*p*q_lbr'glEqnwop"KK,?lwegtclqr_rckclrglAmjsklGa_lf_tc amppcark_rafgleugrfQPGmpOQTG"qr_rckclr&q'egtclglAmjsklGG,Dmpcv_knjc*gddmp_egtcl oscqrgml*qr_rckclr@k_rafcqugrfrfcqr_rckclrqegtclglo_lbp*rfcldmprfcn_prgasj_poscqrgml*_e_glqr qr_rckclr@*b_piclrfc`s``jcqamppcqnmlbglermo_lbpglrfcMPQ, 3;0 K_rafrfcrp_lqdmpk_rgmlqgl Eqnwop/Kugrf_nnpmnpg_rcmnrgmlgl Eqnwop/KK Eqnwop/K Eqnwop/KK

3;0

8 / 29

A LL EN

AM0&q' AM0&e' &n' A_AM1&e' A_M&q' ) AM0&e' &o' 0F} F0&e' &p' N&ufgrc* qmjgb' N&pcb*qmjgb' &q' &r'

DQgqnmqgrgtc

nf_qcrp_lqgrgml

_jjmrpmngaaf_lec

DFgqnmqgrgtc

DQgqlce_rgtc

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

420

aq NaOH

Eqnwop/KK

O

&n' Lsajcmnfgjgaqs`qrgrsrgml

O

CH 3MgI CH2CH2CH2Cl

&A'

A LL EN

O

18 O

H 2SO 4 CH2CH2CH2OH

&@'

CH3

&o' Cjcarpmnfgjgaqs`qrgrsrgml

18

&p' Bcfwbp_rgml

&B'

CH2CH2CH2C(CH3)2 OH

H 2SO 4

&q' Lsajcmnfgjga_bbgrgml

H3 C

CH3

&r' A_p`_lgml

420

Cpu0"*C+*t.u.v+"="*D+*r."u+"="*E+*t."u+"="*F+*s."t+

9 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

RCTV"/KK"*RJ[UKEU+ UGEVKQPK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"46+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ This section contains :"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which QPN[" QPG is correct. 430 A light ray traveling in glass medium is incident on glass-air interface at an angle of incidence q. The reflected (R) and transmitted (T) intensities, both as function of q, are plotted. The correct sketch is

100% T Intensity

100% T Intensity R

(A)

(B)

R q 90%

A LL EN

0

0 q

100% Intensity

90%

100% Intensity

(C)

(D)

90%

90%

Cpu0 *E+ When q =0, maximum light is transmitted. At q > qC (critical angle), no further light is transmitted 440 A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, n0. The block carries a charge r +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be

+Q

\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

(A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean position (B) of the same frequency and with the same mean position (C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean position (D) of changed frequency and with the same mean position Cpu0"*C+ Time period of spring block system depends on spring constant and mass of block. On applying electric field only the equilibrium position gets shifted.

10 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

450

The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9% (B) 2.4% (C) 3.1% (D) 4.2% Cpu0 *E+

P=

0.01 DP 100 = 2% + 3 100 = 3.1% P 2070

460

A LL EN

V m/s 0 20 100

A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity V of the bullet is

Cpu0 *F+ 0.01 V = 0.2 u + 0.01 5 u Time of flight t = 1 s; Range for ball = u t 20 = u 1 u = 20 m/s V = 500 m/s 470 Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Cpu0 *E+ Magnetic field lines and induced electric field lines always from closed loop.

11 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

480

2p wt + . Adding a third sinusoidal displacement x3 ( t ) = B sin ( wt + f) brings the and x2 ( t ) = A sin 3 mass to a complete rest. The values of B and f are

x2(t) A

2 A,

3p 4

(B) A,

4p 3

(C)

3 A,

5p 6

(D) A,

p 3

2p /3 A x1(t)

49.

4p from x1(t) anticlockwise. 3 A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the X-Y plane and a steady current I flows through the wire. The Zcomponent of the magnetic field at the center of the spiral is

So it should make (A) (B)

m 0 NI b ln a ( ) 2 b-a

Y

A LL EN

m 0 NI b + a ln 2 ( b - a) b - a m 0 NI b + a ln b - a 2b

m 0 NI b ln (C) a 2b

a b

Taking an elemental strip of radius x and width dx. Area of strip = 2px dx

N dx b-a

a b

dB =

a

m0

N b Idx m 0 NI ln a ( b - a) = 2x 2 ( b - a)

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

12 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

4:0

A satellite is moving with a constant speed V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is (A)

1 mV 2 2

(B) mV2

(C)

3 mV 2 2

(D) 2mV2

Cpu0 *D+

1 2 mv when it moves with satellite ; PE of object = mv2 2 At the time of ejection KE + PE = 0 to make it escape from gravitational pull. KE = mv2.

KE of object = UGEVKQPKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+

Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if

(A) dA < dF (B) dB > dF Cpu0 *CDF+ FBuoyant = (ma + mB)g ; 2vdFg = v (dA+dB)g dA + dB = 2dF. Therefore a, b, d 520

A LL EN

A B

This section contains 6"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and

(C) dA > dF

(D) dA + dB = 2dF

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct? (A) If the electric field due to a point charge varies as r2.5 instead of r2, then the Gauss law will still be valid. (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole. (C) If the electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same. (D) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA) Cpu0 *EF+ The field distribution for a dipole can not be calculated by using Gauss law only, therefore (C,D)

13 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

530

A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases ; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true?

A B (A) I R > IR A B (B) I R < IR

Cpu0 *DE+ XC decreases therefore impedence decreases and current increases. IB > IA As IB increases the voltage across R increases therefore VC decreases. 540 A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction, hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision

10m/s 20m/s 0.75m

(A) the ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM (B) the ring comes to a complete stop (C) friction between the ring and the ground is to the left (D) there is no friction between the ring and the ground Cpu0 *CE+ Since momentum of ball and ring has same magnitude but they are opposite in direction and final momentum of ball after the collision in horizontal direction is zero, therefore the ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM just after collision (assuming nonimpulsive friction). UGEVKQPKKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"46+ *Kpvgigt"Cpuygt"V{rg+

This Section contains "8"swguvkqpu. The answer to each of the questions is a ukping/fkikv"kpvgigt." ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 550 Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistances are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is 6V 1W

A 3V 2W B

Cpu0*7+ 6 3 15 + 1 2 = 2 =5 vAB = 1 1 3 + 1 2 2 14 / 29

A LL EN

1m/s

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

560

A series R-C combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency w=500 radian/s. If the

impedance of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is Cpu0 *6+ 1 1.25 R = R + wc

2 2

2 2

T=

1.15 = 5t 580

A LL EN

2v y g = 25 3 = 3 10

1 1 1 1 sec 0.25 R = ; C = ; RC = ; 0.5 R = wc 500 C 250 R 250 t = 4 millisecond; t = 4 57. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60 to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is Cpu0 *7+ Ykvj"tgurgev"vq"vtckp"< Velocity : Acceleration :

2

1 2 at a =5 m/s2 2

S

m =1.0

7 refractive index lies on water making a convex surface of radius 4 of curvature R = 6 cm as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object S is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at x cm above the bottom of the tank. Then x is Cpu0 *4+ First refraction:

m1 =1, u = 24, m2 =

R=6cm

m =7/4 m =4/3

7 m m m - m1 , R = + 6, 2 - 1 = 2 4 v u R

S

m =1.0

21 = 16 h= ( 21/16 )

So, from bottom 18 16 = 2 So, x =2

R=6cm

Denser

m =7/4 Rarer

21

h I1 m =4/3

15 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

590

A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V= N/10. Then N is

Cpu0 *6+

v2 =

5:0

A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in freespace. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A 10z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is

Cpu0 *9+

( Ne) K hc - f = eV = e l R

N (1.6 10 -19 ) 9 10 9 1240 -19 = 4.7 1.6 10 200 1 /100

2

15 10 7 = N 1.6

16 / 29

A LL EN

\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

UGEVKQPKX"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ocvtkz/Ocvej"V{rg+ This Section contains "4"swguvkqpu. Each question has hqwt"uvcvgogpvu"(A, B, C and D) given in Eqnwop"K and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Eqnwop"KK. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with QPG or OQTG"statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 5;0 One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in P-V diagram. Eqnwop"KK gives the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Eqnwop"K.

P 3P B A

Cpu0 *C+"r.t.v"*D+"r.t"*E+"s.u"*F+"t.v Hqt"*C+""< In process AB (isobaric compression) Work is negative, DU is negative , DQ is negative Hqt"*D+"< BC process (Isochoric) Work is zero, DU is negative , DQ is negative Hqt"*E+""< CD Process (Isobaric expansion) Work is negative, DU is positive , DQ is positive Hqt"*F+""< DA Process (V = decreases Isothermal) Work is negative, DU is zero , DQ is negative

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

1P 0 C D 1V 3V 9V V

Eqnwop"KK

Process AB

(p)

Process BC

(q)

Process CD

(r)

Heat is lost.

Process DA

(s) (t)

P 3P B A

1P 0

C 1V 3V

D 9V V

17 / 29

(HELD ON : 10 - 04 - 2011)

PAPER - 2

620

Col um n I shows four systems, each of the same length L, for producing standing waves. The lowest

possible natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency, whose wavelength is denoted as lf. Match each system with statements given in "Eqnwop"KK describing the nature and wavelength of the standing waves. Eqnwop"K (A) Pipe closed at one end Eqnwop"KK (p) Longitudinal waves

(B)

(q)

Transverse Waves

(D)

Hqt"*D+":

Hqt"*E+ :

Hqt"*F+ :

18 / 29

A LL EN

0 L

(C)

(r)

lf=L

(s)

lf = 2L

and at mid-point

0 L

(t)

lf = 4L

L/2

lF = L lF = 4L 4

lF = L lF = 2L 2

String wave is transverse

lF = L lF = 2L 2

lF = L so (q & r)

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

RCTV"/"KKK"*OCVJGOCVKEU+ UGEVKQPK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"43+ *Ukping"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Vjku" ugevkqp" eqpvckpu" 9" ownvkrng" ejqkeg"swguvkqpu0" Gcej" swguvkqp" jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+ cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPN[" QPG" ku" eqttgev0 690 Vjg" xcnwg" qh"

1 5 *C+" np 6 4 Cpu0*C+

lp5

1 5 *D+" np 4 4

np 5

*E+" np

690

5 4

*F+" np

1 8

5 4

z ukp z 4 K= fz =" rwv" z4" ?" v" " 4zfz" ?" fv 4 4 + ukp z ukp* l p8 z + lp4

lp5

6:0

3 5 3 4K = fv K = lp 4 lp4 6 4 Ngv"vjg"uvtckijv"nkpg"z"?"d"fkxkfg"vjg"ctgc"gpenqugf"d{"{"?"*3""z+4."{"?"2"cpf"z"?"2"kpvq"vyq"rctvu

T3 *2 z d+ f" cpf" T 4 *d z 3+ " uwej" vjcv" T3 - T 4 =

6:0

5 6 Cpu0*D+

A LL EN

3 ukp v K= fv 4 lp 4 ukp v + ukp*lp8 - v+

lp5 lp5

0000*k+

0000*kk+

*C+"

*D+"

3 6

3

3 4

*E+"

y

3 5

*F+"

3 6

T3"T4"?"

d

4 4 *3 - z+ fz - *3 - z+ fz = 2 d

d 3

3 6

R1 R R2 0 x=b

2

(1,0)

*3 - z+5 *3 - z+ 5 3 - + = 5 2 5 d 6

*3 - d+5 3 *3 - d+5 3 - - = 5 5 6 5

3 2 3 - *3 - d+5 = 5 5 6 3 :

4 3 *3 - d+5 = 5 34 3 4

d=

3 4

19 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

6;0

6;0

- *E+" 5k l + 5m

*F+" k + 5 l - 5m

720

3 8

A LL EN

( 4z )

np 4

z+{-z+{-z-{ 3 = 5 5 {" " z" ?" 3 z" " {" ?" 3 0000*kk+ r - wukpi"*kk+" kp"*k+" yg"igv" x = *z + {+k l + *z + {+m Ngv" *z2. "{2+" dg" vjg" uqnwvkqp" qh" vjg" hqnnqykpi" gswcvkqpu

= *5{+np 5

5npz" ? "4np{

3 5

*D+"

*E+"

Cpu0*E+

3 4

*F+ "8

( 4z )

lp4

= *5{+ l p 5

lp4" *lp4" -" lpz+" ?" lp5*lp5" -" lp{+ 00000*k+ 5lpz" ? "4lp{ *lpz+"*lp5+" ?" *lp{+" *lp4+ 00000*kk+ wukpi" *kk+" kp" *k+

*lpz+*lp5+ lp4*lp4-lpz+? lp5 lp5 + lp4

730

z= 3 4

Ngv" a"cpf" b"dg"vjg"tqqvu"qh"z4""8z"" 4"?"2."ykvj" a > b0"Kh"cp"?" ap"" bp"hqt"p" "3."vjgp"vjg"xcnwg qh"

c32 - 4c : " ku 4c ; *C+" 3

*D+" 4

*E+" 5

*F+ "6

20 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

730

Cpu0" *E+ a.b" ctg" tqqvu" qh" z4" "8z " "4 "? "2 a4" "8a" 4 "? "2 "( "b4" "8b" "4 "? "2 c 2 - 4c : a32 - b32 - 4*a: - b: + = 4c ; 4*a ; - b; +

=

740

A LL EN

gswcvkqp" qh" nkpg" N" yjgp" q =

p . 5

{+4= 5*z - 5+

C"uvtckijv"nkpg"N"vjtqwij"vjg"rqkpv"*5."4+" ku"kpenkpgf"cv"cp"cping"82"vq"vjg"nkpg" 5z + { = 3 0"Kh"N cnuq" kpvgtugev" vjg" z/czku." vjgp" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" N" ku *D+" { - 5z + 4 + 5 5 = 2 *F+" 5{ + z - 5 + 4 5 = 2

(0,1)

2p/3

{ - 5z + 4 + 5 5 = 2

GH

1 ,0 3

JK

3x+y=1

\ 750

Ngv" R = q < ukp q - equ q = 4 equ q " cpf" S = q < ukp q + equ q = 4 ukp q " dg" vyq" ugvu0" Vjgp *C+" R S " cpf" S - R *E+" R / S *D+" S / R *F+ "R "? "S

750

Cpu0*F+ R "? "}q" <" ukpq" " equq" ?" 4 " equq vcpq" ?" 4 -3 000*k+

vcp q =

3 = 4 +3 4 -3

000*kk+

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

21 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQPKK"<"*Vqvcn"Octmu"<"38+ *Ownvkrng"Eqttgev"Cpuygt"V{rg+ Vjku" ugevkqp" eqpvckpu" 6" ownvkrng" ejqkeg"swguvkqpu0" Gcej" swguvkqp" jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+ cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPG" qt" OQTG" oc{" dg" eqttgev0 760

"cpf" ."cpf""rgtrgpfkewnct"vq"vjg Vjg""xgevqt*u+"yjkej"ku1ctg"eqrncpct"ykvj"xgevqtu" k+ l + 4m k + 4 l+ m " ku1ctg xgevqt" k+ l+ m *C+" l- m

*D+" - k+ l

*E+" k- l

r e " ?" k+ l+ m

*F+" -l + m

r x = 6 l* l - m+

Ngv " "< "T "" T" dg" c" hwpevkqp" uwej" vjcv *z" -" {+" ?" *z+" -" *{+." "" z." {" " T0 Kh" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" cv" z" ?" 2." vjgp *C+" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" qpn{" kp" c" hkpkvg" kpvgtxcn" eqpvckpkpi" |gtq *D+" *z+" ku" eqpvkpwqwu" "" z" " T *E+" )*z+" ku" eqpuvcpv" "" z" " T *F+" *z+" ku" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" gzegrv" cv" hkpkvgn{" ocp{" rqkpvu Uqn0 Cpu0" *D.E+ *z" -" {+" ?" *z+" -" *{+ *2+"?" 2 770 )*z+" ?" nko j 2

= nko

j 2

*j+ *2 + j+ - *2+ = nko j 2 j j )*z+" ?" )*2+" ?" m" *m" ku" eqpuvcpv+ *z+" ?" mz." jgpeg" *z+" ku" eqpvkpwqwu" cpf" )*z+" ku" eqpuvcpv" "" z" " T 780 Ngv"O"cpf"P"dg"vyq"5""5"pqp/ukpiwnct"umgy/u{oogvtke"ocvtkegu"uwej"vjcv"OP"?"PO0"Kh"RV"fgpqvgu vjg" vtcpurqug" qh" R." vjgp" O4P4*OVP+3" *OP3+V" ku "gswcn "vq "/ *C+" O4 *D+" P4 *E+" O4 *F+" OP Uqn0 Cpu0" *E+

*Eqoogpv"<"Cnvjqwij"5""5"umgy"u{oogvtke"ocvtkegu"ecp"pgxgt"dg"pqp/ukpiwnct0"Vjgtghqtg"vjg kphqtocvkqp"ikxgp"kp"swguvkqp" ku"ytqpi0" Pqy"kh" yg"eqpukfgt"qpn{"pqp" ukpiwnct"umgy"u{oogvtke ocvtkegu" O"(" P." vjgp" vjg" uqnwvkqp" ku/+ Ikxgp OV" ? "O PV" ? "P OP" ?" PO 22 / 28

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

*z + j+ - *z+ *z+ + *j+ - *z+ = nko j 2 j j

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

ceeqtfkpi" vq" swguvkqp" O4P4*OVP+3" *OP3+V ? "O4P4P3*OV+3*P3+VOV ? "O P P *O+ *P + *O+ ?" O4" P "O3" P3" O ? " "O4" P "P3" O3" O ?" O4 790

4 4 3 3 V 3

z 4 {4 Ngv" vjg"geegpvtkekv{"qh" vjg"j{rgtdqnc" 4 - 4 = 3 "dg"tgekrtqecn"vq"vjcv"qh"vjg"gnnkrug"z4"-"6{4"?"60 c d Kh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" rcuugu" vjtqwij" c" hqewu" qh" vjg" gnnkrug." vjgp" /

*C+" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" *D+" c" hqewu" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" *4.2+

z4 { 4 =3 5 4

7 5 4 *F+" vjg" gswcvkqp" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku" z " " 5{4" ? "5 Uqn0 Cpu0" *D.F+

*E+" vjg" geegpvtkekv{" qh" vjg" j{rgtdqnc" ku"

z 4 {4 j{rgtdqnc" ku" 4 - 4 = 3 c d

Ikxgp

d4 3 = c4 5

5 =3 c4

htqo" *3+" (" *4+ d4" ? "3 gswcvkqp" qh" j{rgtdqnc" ku"

z 4 {4 =3 5 3

3 = 5 6 5

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

gnnkrug" ku"

z 4 {4 + =3 44 3

3 = 6

5 5 = 6 4

6 5

d4 = c4

5d4" ? "c4

00000000000*3+

c4" ? "5

000000000000*4+

23 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

UGEVKQPKKK" <" *Vqvcn" Octmu" <" 37+ *Rctcitcrj"V{rg+ Vjku"ugevkqp"eqpvckpu"4"rctcitcrju0"Dcugf"wrqp"qpg"qh"vjg"rctcitcrj." 5"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu cpf"dcugf"qp"vjg"qvjgt"rctcitcrj" 4"ownvkrng"ejqkeg"swguvkqpu"jcxg"vq"dg"cpuygtgf0"Gcej"qh"vjgug swguvkqpu"jcu" hqwt" ejqkegu" *C+." *D+." *E+" cpf" *F+." qwv" qh" yjkej" QPN[" QPG" ku" eqttgev0 Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqp" 7:" cpf" 82 Ngv" c.d" cpf" e" dg" vjtgg" tgcn" pwodgtu" ucvkuh{kpi

7:0 7;0

5 3 5 + d + e " ku" gswcn" vq" / c w w w *C+" 4 *D+" 4 *E+" 5 *F+" 5 Ngv" d" ?" 8." ykvj" c" cpf" e" ucvkuh{kpi" *G+0" Kh" a" cpf" b" ctg" vjg" tqqvu" qh" vjg" swcftcvke" gswcvkqp

A LL EN

p

3 ; 9 [c d e] : 4 9 = [ 2 2 2 ] 000*G+ 9 5 9 Kh"vjg"rqkpv"R*c.d.e+."ykvj"tghgtgpeg"vq"*G+."nkgu"qp"vjg"rncpg"4z"-"{"-"|"?"3."vjgp"vjg"xcnwg"qh"9c-d-e ku *C+" 2 *D+" 34 *E+" 9 *F+ "8 5 Ngv" w" dg" c" uqnwvkqp" qh" z " " 3" ?" 2" ykvj" Ko*w+" @" 20" Kh" c" ?" 4" ykvj" d" cpf" e" ucvkuh{kpi" *G+." vjgp" vjg

*C+" 8 Uqn0

*D+" 9

*E+"

*F+"

7:0

7;0

c "- ":d "- "9e "? "2 ;c "- "4d "- "5e "? "2 9c "- "9d "- "9e "? "2 c "? "M. "d "? "8M ". "e "? "9M Cpu0" *F+ *M." 8M." 9M+ 4z "- "{ "- "| "? "3 4M "- "8M " "9M "? "3 *Q rqkpv" nkgu" qp"vjg" rncpg+ M "? "3 9c "- "d "- "e "? "9M "- "8M " "9M "? "8 Cpu0" *C+ z5" "3 "? "2 z" ?" 3." w, w4

3 k 5 w= - + ukpeg" Ko*w+ "@ "2 4 4 Kh "c "? "4 "? "M d" ?" 34" " (" e" ?" 36

24 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

820

5 3 5 3 1 3 + d + e ? 2 + 12 + -14 " ? "5w-3-5w4 c w w w w w w ?" 5" -" 3" ?" 4 Cpu0" *D+ Q d "? "8 8M "? "8 M "? "3 c" ?" 3. d "? "8 " " "( e "? "9 4 z " - "8z " "9 " "? "2 a" -" b" ? "8 ". "ab" ? "9

Jgpeg"

*C+" 840

35 45 3; 33 *D+" *E+" *F+" 52 52 52 52 Ikxgp" vjcv" vjg" ftcyp" dcnn" htqo" W4" ku" yjkvg." vjg" rtqdcdknkv{" vjcv" jgcf" crrgctgf" qp" vjg" eqkp" ku" /

A LL EN

39 45

a +b 1 6 =7 ab = 7 = p =0 1- 6 p =0 7 Uqn0 " " Rctcitcrj" hqt" Swguvkqp" 83" cpf" 84 Ngv"W3"cpf"W4"dg"vyq"wtpu"uwej"vjcv"W3"eqpvckpu"5"yjkvg"cpf"4"tgf"dcnnu." cpf"W4"eqpvckpu"qpn{"3 yjkvg"dcnn0"C"hckt"eqkp" ku"vquugf0"Kh"jgcf"crrgctu"vjgp"3"dcnn"ku"ftcyp"cv"tcpfqo"htqo"W3"cpf"rwv kpvq"W40"Jqygxgt." kh"vckn"crrgctu"vjgp"4"dcnnu"ctg"ftcyp"cv"tcpfqo" htqo"W3"cpf"rwv"kpvq"W40"Pqy 3" dcnn" ku" ftcyp" cv" tcpfqo" htqo" W40 830 Vjg" rtqdcdknkv{" qh" vjg" ftcyp" dcnn" htqo" W4" dgkpi" yjkvg" ku" /

*C+"

*D+"

*F+"

34 45

1/2 d a He Start 1 Ta /2 il

U1 3W 2R 1 ball

U2

1W U2

U1 3W 2R 2 balls

1W

830

4 4 3 5 4 3 3 5E E 3 5E E 4 ? 03 + 0 + 7 4 03 + 7 4 0 + 7 3 3 0 4 7 7 4 4 E4 E4 5 E4 5

840

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

?"

25 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

k =3 r

Uo kpvgigt"p"ykvj"3">"p">"42."ngv"o"?"7p0"Kh" U "fqgu"pqv"fgrgpf"qp"p."vjgp"c4"ku

p

c3" ? "5 " "= " " "Ur" ? a i """ 3" " p" " 42

i =1

o" ?" 7p

Sm 5[(2a 1 - d) + 5nd] = Sn [(2a1 - d) + nd]

hqt"

860

\" 4c3" "f "? "2 " " " f" ?" 4c3" f" ?" 8" " c4" ? "; Kh " "f "? "2 " " " " c4" ? "c3" ? "5 Eqpukfgt" vjg" rctcdqnc" {4" ?" :z0" Ngv" D3" dg" vjg" ctgc"qh" vjg" vtkcping"hqtogf" d{" vjg" gpf" rqkpvu" qh" kvu

3 ncvwu"tgevwo" cpf"vjg" rqkpv" R . 4 qp" vjg"rctcdqnc." cpf" D4" dg" vjg" ctgc" qh" vjg" vtkcping" hqtogf" d{ 4

D3 ftcykpi" vcpigpvu" cv" R" cpf" cv" vjg" gpf" rqkpvu" qh" vjg" ncvwu" tgevwo0" Vjgp" D " ku 4 (2,4) Uqn0 Cpu0 "4 A D3" ?"ctgc" qh" D" RCC) y = 8x (1/2,2)

2

D4" ?"

*Wukpi" rtqrgtv{" <" Ctgc" qh" vtkcping" hqtogf" d{" vcpigpvu" ku"cnyc{u"jcnh" qh" qtkikpcn" vtkcping+ 26 / 28

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

A LL EN

p

Uqn0 Cpu0 "; "qt "5 *Eqoogpv"<"Vjg"kphqtocvkqp"cdqwv"vjg"eqooqp"fkhhgtgpeg"k0g0"|gtq"qt"pqp/|gtq"ku"pqv"ikxgp"kp vjg" swguvkqp0" Jgpeg" vjgtg" ctg" vyq" rquukdng" cpuygtu+ Eqpukfgt" f" " 2" vjg" uqnwvkqp" ku c3."c4."c5."000000000000."c322 "CR

a=2

3 " *D3+ 4

A' (2,4)

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

870

D3 =4 D4 Vjg" rqukvkxg" kpvgigt" xcnwg" qh" p" @" 5" ucvkuh{kpi" vjg" gswcvkqp

1 sin p n = 1 1 + 2p 3p sin sin n n

""

1 sin p n

1 1 = 3p 2p sin sin n n

2cos sin

Kh " "M "? "4o Kh " "M "? "4o "- "3

A LL EN

2p 2p 3p sin = sin n n n 4p 3p 4p 3p = sin = Kp + ( -1) K n n n n

p = 4op p

3p p 2p p - sin 2cos sin n n = 1 n n = 1 " p 3p 2p p 3p 2p sin sin sin sin sin sin n n n n n n sin

p=

3 4o

p" ?"

9 4o + 3

9 9 5 7

-3 ukp q p p f **q++ " ku Ngv" *q+ = ukp vcp . " yjgtg" - 6 < q < 6 0" Vjgp" vjg" xcnwg"qh" f*vcp q+ equ4q Uqn0 Cpu0 "3

880

ukp q -3 Ngv" * q+ = ukp a " yjgtg" a = vcp equ 4q

890

vcp a =

ukp a =

ukp q equ 4q

ukp q = vcp q equ q

p p Q q - . 6 6

* q+ = vcp q

f**q++ =3 f*vcp q+

Kh" |" ku" cp{" eqorngz" pwodgt" ucvkuh{kpi" ~|" " 5" " 4k~" >" 4." vjgp" vjg" okpkowo" xcnwg" qh" ~4|" " 8" -" 7k~ ku

Corporate Office : ALLEN CAREER INSTITUTE, SANKALP, CP-6, INDRA VIHAR, KOTA-324005 PHONE : +91 - 744 - 2436001, Fax : +91-744-2435003, E-mail: info@allen.ac.in Website: www.allen.ac.in

27 / 28

(HELD ON : 10-04-2011)

PAPER - 1

Im

3 c -7 + c -6 + c -5 + c -5 + c -5 + c : + c32 -7 -6 -5 -5 -5 : 32 9 ( c 0c 0c 0c 0c 0c 0c ) 9

c -7 + c -6 + c -5 + c -5 + c -5 + c : + c32 -7 -6 -5 : 32 3 ( c + c + 5c + c + c ) okp ? "9 9 yjgtg" c7" ? "c6" ? "c5" ? "c:" ? "c32" k0g0 "c "? "3 *c7" - "c6" - "5c5" - "c:" - "c32" - "3+okp" ? ": " " " "yjgp "c "? "3

8;0 Ngv" " <" ]3.+" " ]4.+" dg" c" fkhhgtgpvkcdng" hwpevkqp" uwej" vjcv" h*3+" ?" 40" Kh" 8 *v+fv = 5z *z+ - z 5

3 z

hqt" cnn" z" @" 3." vjgp" vjg" xcnwg" qh" *4+" ku Uqn0 Cpu0 "8 *Eqoogpv"<"Vjg"ikxgp"tgncvkqp"fqgu"pqv"jqnf"hqt"z"?3."vjgtghqtg"kv"ku"pqv"cp"kfgpvkv{0"Jgpeg"vjgtg ku" cp" gttqt" kp" ikxgp" swguvkqp0" Vjg" eqttgev" kfgpvkv{" owuv" dg/+

8 h*v+fv ? 5zh*z+ z 5 7. " z 3

3 z

Pqy" crrn{kpi" Pgyvqp" Ngkdpkv|" vjgqtgo 8*z+" ?" 5z)*z+" " 5z4" -" 5*z+ 5*z+" ?" 5z)*z+" " 5z4 Ngv" {" ?" *z+

z f{ - { = z4 fz

{ = z+E *yjgtg" E" ku" eqpuvcpv+ z { "? "z4" -" Ez \ *z+"?" z4" - "Ez Ikxgp" *3+" ?" 4 E "? "3 \ *4+"?" 44" - "4 "? "8

28 / 28

A LL EN

"

zf{ - {fz = fz z4

7 (3,2) ?" 4" " *okpkowo" fkuvcpeg" dgvyggp" |" cpf" rqkpv" 5. - + 4 7 ?" 4" " *fkuvcpeg" dgvyggp" *5.2+" cpf" (3,0) 5. - + 4 (3,5/2) 7 ?" 4" " " ?" 7" wpkvu0 4 8:0 Vjg" okpkowo" xcnwg" qh" vjg" uwo" qh" tgcn" pwodgtu" c7. "c6." 5c5." 3." c:" cpf" c32" ykvj" c" @"2" ku Uqn0 Cpu0 ": Cu c "@ "2 cpf" cnn" vjg" ikxgp" vgtou" ctg" rqukvkxg jgpeg"eqpukfgtkpi" C0O0"@" I0O0" hqt" ikxgp" pwodgtu" <

|z32i| < 2

Re

= fz f z

DATE : 10/04/2011

Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No.-4, Sec-11, MLU, Dwarka, New Delhi-110075 Ph.: 011-47623456 Fax : 011-47623472

Time : 3 hrs.

Solutions

for IIT-JEE 2011

PAPER - 1 (Code - 4)

INSTRUCTIONS

1. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 2. In Section I (Total Marks : 21), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 3. In Section II (Total Marks : 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. 4. In Section III (Total Marks : 15), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 5. In Section IV (Total Marks : 28), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section.

PARTI : CHEMISTRY

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M Answer (C) Hints : M

wt. of solute 1000 mol. wt. of solute volume of solution

(B) 2.00 M

(C) 2.05 M

(D) 2.22 M

2.

AgNO3(aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance () versus the volume of AgNO3 is

volume (P)

(A) (P) Answer (D) Hints : (B) (Q)

volume (Q)

vi s

of A

sh a ka

(C) (R) Ed

volume na o i t ca (R)

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

volume (S)

(D) (S)

conc. of KCl

3.

Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid

Answer (C)

O H C

Hints :

O H

(2)

O H O Most acidic

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

4.

O C NH C O

O C

(A)

(i) KOH

(ii) Br

CH2 Cl

O C Br

(B)

NCH2 C O

N C O

CH2Cl

O C

(C)

O C

(D)

N OCH2 Br

N O CH2Cl

Answer (A)

More reactive site for SN2

O C

Hints :

O C N H OH C O N K Br

C O

5.

(A) NH3 with CuO (B) NH4NO3

i on

of A

sh a ka

du

i on t a c

CH2

e rvic e S lCl

td sL

.)

N CH2 Br

(C) (NH4)2Cr2O7

(D) Ba(N3)2

Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O, respectively are (A) Octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) Tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) Square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) Octahedral, square planar and octahedral

[NiCl4]2 (tetrahedral) Ni+2 + 4Cl Ni(CN)42 (square planar) Ni+2 + 4CN Ni(H2O)6+2 (octahedral) Ni+2 + H2O

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(3)

7.

Bombardment of aluminium by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are

27 13Al (i) (ii) 30 15P

+Y

30 14 Si

+X

(A) Proton, neutron, positron (C) Proton, positron, neutron Answer (A) Hints :

27 13

30 14Si

2 Al

He4

30 14

Si 1H1

(X)

27 13

Al

4 2 He

30 15

P n

1 0

(Y)

30 14

Si 0 1e

(Z)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 8.

Ltone plane in all the possible Amongst the given options the compound(s) in which all the atoms aresin e c conformations (if any), is(are) vi

H H CC H 2C CH2

d. )

(A)

H

Hints :

vi s (D i

H sp2 H H

i on

a of A

s (D) ka

i t CC (B) HC ca d hE u

er SH l a on

CH2

H2C = C = CH2

C

C

2 sp C

Planar

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(4)

9.

According to kinetic theory of gases (A) Collisions are always elastic (B) Heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container (C) Only a small number of molecules have very high velocity (D) Between collisions the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities

Answer (A, B, C) Hints : According to Kinetic theory of gases (i) Collisions are always elastic (ii) Momentum transferred on wall by one collision along x component = 2 mvx

Velocity

10. The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface vice is(are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic

hE s a (C) Physisorption increases with increasing temperature ak but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature A f o (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic that physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation i on s i v i Answer (B, D) (D

Hints : At high temperature, sufficient activation energy for chemical adsorption is provided. Hadsorption for chemical lies between 200-400 kJ/mole. Chemisorption of H2 on glass is an endothermic process. 11. Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) Carbon reduction of an oxide ore (B) Self reduction of a sulphide ore (C) Removal of copper impurity (D) Removal of iron impurity Answer (A, C, D) Hints :

a ti

lS on a

er

td sL

.)

SnO2 Sn CO

If after contain Fe and Cu as impurity,

1200 1300C

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(5)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based upon the second paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Questions Nos. 12 and 13 An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of ractions, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

(i) conc. H2 SO4 (catalytic amount) (H2 O) (ii) O3 (iii) Zn /H2O

O 2 H3C C CH3

P

(C6H10)

(i) dil. H2SO4 / HgSO4 (ii) NaBH4 /ethanol (iii) dil. acid

H3C

(C) H C C C CH3

H3C

(D) H3C C C C H

H3C

Answer (D) 13. The structure of the compound Q is

H3C

H3C H3C

OH

(A) H C C CH2CH3

H3C H3C

Answer (B) Hints :

OH

(C) H C CH2CHCH3

vi s (D i

i on

of A

sh a ka

(B) Hd u C C CH3 3C

H3C H3C

i on t a c

a OH

H

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

OH

(Q. 12 to Q.13)

CH

Hg /H3O

2+

H3C

H3C C H3C C

CH3 CH3

2 CH3

(6)

Paragraph for Questions Nos. 14 to 16 When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution. 14. The metal rod M is (A) Fe Answer (B) 15. The compound N is (A) AgNO3 Answer (A) 16. The final solution contains (A) [Pb(NH3)4] 2+ and [CoCl4]2 (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4 ] 2+ Answer (C) Hints : (Q. 14 to Q.16)

Cu Ag Cu2 Ag

(B) Cu

(C) Ni

(D) Co

(B) Zn(NO3)2

(C) Al(NO3)3

(D) Pb(NO3)2

Ag NaCl AgCl

White ppt

Cu2 NH3 Cu(NH3 )2 4 (Blue)

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 17. The work function () of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is

Metal (eV) Li 2.4 Na 2.3 K 2.2 Mg 3.7 Cu 4.8 Ag 4.3 Fe 4.7 Pt 6.3 W 4.75

Answer (4) Hints : Energy of incident photon should be higher than work function to slow photoelectric effect Energy of photon =

6.62 1034 3 108 300 109 1.6 1019 4.14 eV

(7)

18. To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0C is close to Answer (7)

1 atm 1 atm

Hints :

PHeV = nHeRT V=

19. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is Answer (5)

Hints :

Br2 + 5Br2 10NaBr + 2NaBrO3 + 6CO2 + 6Na2CO3 3Br2 + 3Na2CO3 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2

20. The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two k types as of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is Answer (5) Hints : Structure of S4O62 is

v (D i

i si o

fA no

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

O

+5 0

OSSSSO O O

Difference in oxidation state is +5 0 = +5. 21. A decapeptide (Mol. Wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (Mol. Wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is Answer (6) Hints : A decapeptide will have (9) peptide linkage Mass of hydrolyzed product is (796 + 162) gm/mole Number of glycine molecule =

0.47 958 6 75

(8)

22. The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is Answer (5) Hints :

Br

3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane

Alc. KOH

+ (E + Z) 1 Total + 2 =5

+ (E + Z) + 2

Note : Dehydrobromination of alkyl bromides in the presence of alc. KOH follows E2 mechanism. Hence no rearrangement in alkylchain is possible 23. The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, and spin quantum number, 1 ms , is 2 Answer (9) Hints :

3s

3p

1 2

3d

PARTII : PHYSICS (D

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 24. The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 . The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singly-ionized helium atom is (A) 1215 Answer (A) Hints :

1 1 1 R 1 4 9 1 1 1 4R 2 4 16 2 5 1 27

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(B) 1640

(C) 2430

(D) 4687

2 = 1215

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(9)

25. A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is

m

(A) 9 Answer (D) Hints : Tsin = m2l sin max =

Tmax ml

(B) 18

(C) 27

(D) 36

= 36 rad/s

T sin 26. A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance X using a standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping key is at 52 cm mark. The end corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of X is 10

A

(A) 10.2 ohm Answer (B) Hints : (B) 10.6 ohm

X 10 53 50

X = 10.6

v (D i

i si o

no

s ka (C) a fA

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

B

(D) 11.1 ohm

10.8 ohm

27. A 2 F capacitor is charged as shown in the figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is

1 S

2 F

8 F

(A) 0%

(B) 20%

(D) 80%

1 U1 C1V 2 2

q = C1V

C1V q C1 C2 C1 C2

Uf

V 5

1 (C1 C2 )V 2 2

1 C1V 2 10

U 100 80% Ui

28. A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is (A) 8.50 kHz Answer (A) Hints : (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz

v v u f = f0 v u v 320 10 = 8 320 10

33 = 8 21

(D 29. 5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is

(A)

= 8.5 kHz

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

9 RT1 8

(B)

3 RT1 2

(C)

15 RT1 8

(D)

9 RT1 2

V T2 = T1 1 V2 = 4T1 { = 5/3}

= no. of moles = ext =

1 4

R(T2 T1) 1

9 = RT1 8

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(11)

, where E is a constant. The flux through the shaded area (as shown in the 30. Consider an electric field E E0 x 0 figure) due to this field is z

(a, 0, a)

(a, a, a)

(0, 0, 0) x

(A) 2E0a2 Answer (C) Hints : (B)

(0, a, 0)

2E0 a 2

(C) E 0 a 2

(D)

E0 a 2 2

1 A = d1 d 2 2 1 ai aj ak ai aj ak = 2 = E A E is constant = E0a2

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which sL e c i v ONE OR MORE may be correct. r 31.

t d. )

l Se a n A metal rod of length 'L' and mass 'm' is pivoted at one end. A thin odisk of mass 'M' and radius 'R' (< L) is attached atidisc at its center to the free end of the rod. Consider two waysuthe is attached. ((case A): The disc is not free c d E to rotate about its center and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about its center. The rod-disc system performs sh displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) a SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same k is (are) true? f Aa o n i si o v i (D

(A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring torque in case B (B) Restoring torque in case A < Restoring torque in case B (C) Angular frequency for case A > Angular frequency for case B (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular frequency for case B Answer (A, D) B =

mgl mgl ; A 2 1 ml ml 2 mr 2 2

Hints :

(12)

32. A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat 'Q' flows only from left to right through the blocks. Then in steady state

0

Heat

1L A

(B) Heat flow through slab E is maximum

5L 6L B 3K E C 4K 6K D 5K

2K

(C) Temperature difference across slab E is smallest (D) Heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D Answer (A, C, D)

(D )

Hints :

5K 4L2 K 4L2 3K 4L2 ( B ) 4K 8L2 (C ) (T2 T1) (T1 T0 ) = (T2 T1) + (T2 T1 ) + 4L L 4L 4L

(C) = (B) + (D) 33. An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true? (A) They will never come out of the magnetic field region (B) They will come out travelling along parallel paths (C) They will come out at the same time (D) They will come out at different times Answer (B, D) Hints :

mv qvB r mv r= qB

me < mp re < rp te < tp

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

p e

34. A spherical metal shell A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB(< RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge '+Q'. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then

inside (A) E A 0

(B) QA > QB

A RB (C) R B A

qA qB R R A B

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(13)

EA (inside) = 0 qA > qB

A q A RB 2 RB B qB RA 2 RA

E A A RB EB B R A

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Questions Nos. 35 and 36 A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let N be the number density of free electrons, each of mass m. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency p, which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p, all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals. .)

s 35. Taking the electronic charge as e and the permittivity as 0, use dimensional ice analysis to determine the correct v r expression for p e

(A)

Ne m 0

Lt d

(B)

m 0 Ne

Answer (C)

Hints :

( m3 C2 Nm2 2} {N = kg ms kg C2

=

s 2

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

(C)

sh

Ne uc Ed m

na o i t a

lS

(D)

m 0 Ne 2

36. Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for a metal having the density of electrons N 4 1027 m3. Take 0 1011 and m 1030, where these quantities are in proper SI units (A) 800 nm Answer (B) Hints : =

2c

(B) 600 nm

(C) 300 nm

(D) 200 nm

2c Ne2 m0

600 nm

(14)

Paragraph for Questions Nos. 37 and 39 Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momentum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in one-dimension. For such systems, phase space is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x(t) vs. p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use the sign convention in which position or momentum upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative.

Momentum

Position

37. The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically up from ground is

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

Momentum

(D

(C)

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

(D)

d hE

na o i t a Momentum c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Position

Position

38. The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies respectively. Then (A) E1 2E2 (C) E1 4E2 Answer (C) (B) E1 2E 2 (D) E1 16E2

Momentum E1 E2 2a a Position

(15)

Hints :

p1 = 2p2

2 1 E2 p2 2 = 4 E1 p1

E1 = 4E2 39. Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

Momentum

(C)

Position

( Answer (B) Hints : Because of viscosity of water, momentum will not be same but less when it returns back.

SECTION - IV (Total Marks : 28) (Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 40. Steel wire of length 'L' at 40C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass 'm' is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40C to 30C to regain its original length 'L'. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105/C, Young's modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >> diameter of the wire. Then the value of 'm; in kg is nearly. Answer (3)

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

(D)

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

Momentum sL

t d. )

Position

Hints :

F A y

(16)

mg y A

(i)

After cooling

10

So, m 3 kg

(ii)

41. The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is Answer (1) Hints :

dN N 1010 dt

1 N 1010

mtotal = N m1 = 1010 109 1025 106mg = 1mg 42. A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45 with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is .) just prevent it from sliding . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required tdto L s down. If we define N = 10 , then N is i ce Answer (5) Hints : F1 = mg(sin cos) F2 = mg(sin + cos) = 3F 1

1 = tan 2

10 = N = 5

v (D i

i si o

fA no

h k as

Ed

ti o u ca

e al S

rv

43. A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficient of friction between the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is

Stick

Ground

Answer (4)

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(17)

Hints :

Fx 2 Fy 2 22 4

(i)

P Using F Fx y 10

(ii)

Fx mg Fy Fs

we get P 4

5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the corners of a square of side 4 cm. The moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is N 104 kg-m2, then N is

2

2 md 5 4

45. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as I = I0cos(300 t) where I0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N0I0 sin(300 t), then 'N' is

I B 0 L

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hEI

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

0I L

= B r 2

(d / dt ) i Rs Rs

r 20 dI Rs L dt

Magnetic moment = i r 2 =

2 r 40 dI Rs L dt

= 6 0 I0 sin(300t)

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(18)

46. Four point charges, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side 'a'. The

q2 surface tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planar film are in equilibrium, and a k

where 'k' is a constant. Then N is Answer (3) Hints : (2 a ) c

1/ N

kq 2 Kq 2 1 = 2 2 2 2a 2 a

q 2 1 a3 = k 1 2 2

a3

q2 K =

1

q 2 3 a = K

PARTIII : MATHEMATICS

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

r This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices Se(A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY l a ONE is correct. on

47. Let P { : sin cos (A) P Q and Q P (C) P Q Answer (D) Hints : We have

sin cos 2 cos

vice

td sL

.)

2 cos } and Q

(D i

vi s

sin ( 2 1)cos

1 2 1 sin cos

( 2 1)sin cos

2 sin sin cos

2 sin sin cos sin cos 2 cos

2 sin

are identical. Hence their solution sets are equal P=Q (19)

48. Le the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by y = (1 x)2, y = 0 and x = 0 into two parts R1(0 x b)

(A)

3 4

(B)

1 2

(C)

1 3

(D)

1 4

x=b

(1, 0)

According to the question,

( x 1) dx ( x 1) dx 4

2 2 0 b

b 1 (b 1)3 1 3 ( b 1) 0 3 3 4

1 (b 1)3 8

b 1

1 2

b 1

49.

o i on s i v = 0, with > . If an = n n for n 1, then the value of Let and be the roots of x2 6x( Di2

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

1 1 2 2

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

6 an 2 an 2 an 1 an 2an 2 , n 2 2an 1

a10 2a8 3 2a9

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(20)

50. A straight line L through the point (3, 2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line the x-axis, then the equation of L is (A) y 3 x 2 3 3 0 (C) (B) y 3 x 2 3 3 0 (D)

3x y 1. If L also intersects

3y x 3 2 3 0

3y x 3 2 3 0

Answer (B) Hints : The question is too simple from the diagram, the given line

(0, 1)

120 60 1 ,0 3

1 , 0 . A line making an angle 60 with 3x y 1 makes an angle 120 with x-axis and intersects at 3 the given line is either x-axis or different from x-axis. By observation it is clear that the straight line

Second Solution The equation of the line through (3, 2) may be written as y + 2 = m(x 3) which will make 60 with

3x y 1 if

tan60

m 3 1 3m

m 3 1 3m

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

3 or m 0

Since the line intersects x-axis also, hence m 0 consequently m 3 and the required line is

y 2

3( x 3)

y 3x 2 3 3 0

(2 x )ln 2 (3 y )ln3 3ln x 2ln y

Then x0 is (A)

1 6

(B)

1 3

(C)

1 2

(D) 6

(21)

(2x )ln 2 (3y )ln 3

x 1 2

ln 3

dx is

ln 2

(A)

1 3 ln 4 2

(B)

1 3 ln 2 2

(C) ln

3 2

ln3

1 = 2

ln 3

dx

ln 2

ln 2

no

ka a A f

d hE

uc

na o i t a

lS

ic e rv

es

.) (D) Lt d

1 3 ln 6 2

1 1 1 3 [ln3 ln2)] ln 2 2 4 2

k , b i j k and c 53. Let a i j i j k be three vectors. A vector in the plane of a and b , whose

1 projection on c is , is given by 3

3k (A) i 3 j

Answer (C) Hints :

(B) 3i 3 j k

(C) 3i j 3k

(D) i 3 j 3k

(22)

1=1 = 0 or = 2

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 54. Let f : be a function such that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), x, y . If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f(x) is continuous x (C) f(x) is constant x (D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many points Answer (B, C) Hints : We have, f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) and f(x) is differentiable at x = 0

Clearly f(x) = kx serves our purpose and hence f(x) is continuous nafor all x and f (x) = k = constant. 55. Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola

x2 y2

2 iv (xD

i si o 2

5 3

fA no

a du c

ti o

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(C) The eccentricity of the hyperbola is Answer (B, D) Hints : The equation of the given ellipse is

x2 y 2 1 4 1

Whose eccentricity e Foci of ellipse are

3, 0 and 3, 0

3 2

x

2

2 3

y2 b2 1 passes through

a2

3, 0 ,

(23)

Hence

3 a

2

0 b2

a2 = 3 b2 = a2(e2 1)

4 2 1 b 3 1 3

Thus, the equation of the hyperbola is

x2 y 2 1 3 1

x2 3y2 = 3 Foci of the hyperbola are ( 2, 0). 56. Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. If PT denotes the transpose of P, then M 2N 2(M TN) 1(MN 1) T is equal to (A) M 2 (B) N 2 (C) M 2 (D) M N

Answer (Statement of the question is incorrect) Hints : Every skew-symmetric matrix of odd order is always singular and inverse of a singular matrix does not exist. The statement of the given question seems incorrect. If the matrix is given to be symmetric and non-singular, then MT=M (MN) T = MN (as MN = NM given) M 2 N 2(M T N) 1 (MN 1)T = M 2N 2(M N)1((NT)1 M T)

1M) = M 2N 2(N 1 M 1)(N a ka 1M = M 2NM 1N o no

=M

v (D i

i si

fA

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

If there may exist a non-singular skew-symmetric matrix (which does not exist), then M 2N 2 (M TN)1(MN 1) T = M 2N 2 ( MN)1((N 1) TM T) = M 2NM

1(

1(

M)) = M 2

and i 2 , and perpendicular to the vector i j k 57. The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors i j 2k j k

is/are

(A) j k

Answer (A, D) Hints :

(B) j k

(C) i j

(D) j k

i j k (i j 2k) (i 2 j k ) 2k 4 i 2 j k 4 i j

4 j 4k

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(24)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based upon the second paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Questions Nos. 58 and 59 Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. However, if tail appears then 2 balls are drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U2. 58. The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being white is (A)

13 30 23 30 19 30 11 30

(B)

(C)

(D)

Answer (B) Hints : We have the following tree-diagram under given conditions. 3 5 U 1 1 2 H 2 5 3C2 1 T 5C2 2 U1 3C

W R WW

2C2 5C2

Probability of drawing white ball from U2 =

1 3 1 2 1 1 3 1 3 2 1 1 s 1 h 1 1 ka 2 5 2 5 2 2 10 2 5 3 2Aa 10 3

1, 2C1 5C2 WR

a du c

RR na

ti o

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

3 1 3 1 1 = 10 10 20 5 60

= =

18 6 9 12 1 60

(D i

n i si o

of

23 30 59. Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is

(A)

17 23

(B)

11 23

(C)

15 23

(D)

12 23

1 3 1 2 1 2 5 2 5 2 Required probability = 23 30 4 10 12 = 23 = 23 30

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(25)

Paragraph for Questions Nos. 60 and 62 Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying

[a

1 c] 8 7

9 2 3

7 7 [0 7

0]

...(E)

60. If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7a + b + c is (A) 0 Answer (D) Hints : From the given condition, a + 8b + 7c = 0 9a + 2b + 3c = 0 7a + 7b + 7c = 0 a+ b+c=0 Also, 2a + b + c = 1 a=1 7a + b + c = 6a + (a + b + c) = 6 (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6

61. Let be a solution of x3 1 = 0 with Im() > 0. If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of

3

a

1

b

3 c

b + c = 2

Also, 8b + 7c = 2 b = 12 and c = 14

Thus,

3

a

1

b

3

c

3

2

12

(D 14

i on ivis3

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(D) 3

= 1 + 3 + 32 =13 = 2 62. Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then

1 1 n 0

(B) 7

(C)

6 7

(D)

For b = 6 a + c = 6 a + 7c = 48 a + c = 6 whence a = 1, c = 7

(26)

1 1 6 7

1 1 6 6 1 1 ...... 6 7 7 7 n 0 1 7

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

x

f ( t ) dt 3 x f ( x ) x 3 for all x 1, then 63. Let f : [1, ) [2, ) be a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If 6

1

the value of f(2) is Answer (6) Hints : From the given condition, we have

6 f ( t ) dt 3 x f ( x ) x 3

1

3x 2

f ( x )

1 f (x) x x

f (x) 1 x

(D

i vi

ka a A f

d hE

1 dx

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

1 x

x x dx c

c=1

f(x) = x 2 + cx

64. If z is any complex number satisfying | z 3 2i | 2, then the minimum value of | 2z 6 + 5i | is Answer (5) Hints : From the given condition, | z 3 2i | 2 | 2z 6 4i | 4 4 | (2z 6 + 5i) 9i |

(27)

|| 9i | | 2z 6 + 5i || 4 9 | 2z 6 + 5i |

| 2z 6 + 5i | 5 Minimum value of | 2z 6 + 5i | is = 5

Sp 65. Let a1, a2, a3, ..., a100 be an arithmetic progression with a1 = 3 and

i i 1

Sm Sn 5(6 + m 6 (m 1) d k , which is independent of m and n n 6 (n 1) d (m 1)d) = k(6 + (n 1)d)

30 + 25nd 5d = 6k + nkd kd

which is independent of n Hence, on comparing the coefficients of like terms, we get k = 25 30 5d = 150 25d 20d = 120 d=6 a2 = 9

66.

du E Consider the parabola = 8x. Let 1 be the area of ashthe triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum k a 1 A and the point P , 2 on the parabola, and o f2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P and n 2 io vis 1 i D ( Then at the end points of the latus rectum. is

y2

2

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

R A P 1, 2 2

B (2, 4)

y2 = 8x

Q (2, 4) C

1 2 2

(28)

sin d (f ()) is sin tan1 67. Let f () , where . Then the value of cos 2 4 4 d (tan ) Answer (1)

Hints :

We have,

sin f() = sin tan1 cos 2 x tan1 x sin ; = sin 1 2x 2 x = 1 x2 sin = = tan cos

df () 1 d tan

68. The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a5, a4, 3a3, 1, a8 and a10 with a > 0 is Answer (8) Hints : For a > 0,

a 5 a 4 3a 3 1 a8 a10 8 5 4 9 a a a 1 a8 a10 8 a5 + a4 + 3a3 + 1 + a8 + a10 8 min(a5 + a4 + 3a3 + 1 + a8 + a10) = 8

1 a ti o 1 1 c 69. The positive integer value of n > 3 satisfying the equation is u d 2 3 E sin sin sin h n n n k as Answer (7) a A

na

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Hints :

1 1 1 2 3 sin sin sin n n n

(D i

n i si o

of

Let

2 3 3 2 sin sin sin sin sin sin n n n n n n 5 2 4 3 cos cos cos cos cos n n n n n n 9 5 sin sin sin sin 2n 2n 2n n 9 5 sin sin 2n 2n 9 5 (2k 1), say 2n 7 n , k is an integer 2k 1 us put k = 0

Hence n = 7

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(29)

DATE : 10/04/2011

Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No.-4, Sec-11, MLU, Dwarka, New Delhi-110075 Ph.: 011-47623456 Fax : 011-47623472

Time : 3 hrs.

Solutions

to IIT-JEE 2011

PAPER - 2 (Code - 8)

Instructions :

1. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 2. In Section I (Total Marks : 24), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 3. In Section II (Total Marks : 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. 4. In Section III (Total Marks : 24), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no no negative mark in this section. 5. In Section IV (Total Marks : 16), for each question you will be awarded 2 marks for each row in which you have darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY And zero marks otherwise. Thus, each question in this section carries a maximum of 8 marks. There are no negative marks in this section.

PARTI : CHEMISTRY

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. The following carbohydrate is

H HO HO H

(A) A ketohexose (C) An -furanose Answer (B)

OH H O H HO OH H

OH O

Hints :

HO HO

OH

HO

na o i t 2. Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals haematite and magnetite, respectively, are u ca dIII E (A) II, III in haematite and III in magnetite (B) II, in haematite and II in magnetite h s a (C) II in haematite and II, III in magnetite ak (D) III in haematite and II, III in magnetite A f o Answer (D) i on s i v Hints : (D i

Haematite Magnetite 3. Fe2O3 Fe3O4 Fe+3 Fe+2 and Fe+3

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Among the following complexes (K P), K3[Fe(CN)6](K), [Co(NH3)6]Cl3(L), Na3[Co(oxalate)3]3(M), [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2(N), K2[Pt(CN)4](O) and [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2(P) the diamagnetic complexes are (A) K, L, M, N (C) L, M, O, P (B) K, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O

Answer (C) Hints : [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 Na3[Co(OX)3] K2[Pt(CN)4] [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 d2sp3 d2sp3 dsp2 sp3d2 diamagnetic diamagnetic diamagnetic diamagnetic

(2)

4.

Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous solution precipitates (A) CuS and HgS (C) MnS and NiS (B) MnS and CuS (D) NiS and HgS

Answer (A) Hints : Cu+2 and Hg+2 belong with 2nd group of basic radical. 5.

2 2H O(l) 2Fe(aq) Consider the following cell reaction: 2Fe(s) O 2(g) 4H(aq) ; E = 1.67 V 2

At [Fe2+] = 103 M, P(O2) = 0.1 atm and pH = 3, the cell potential at 25C is (A) 1.47 V (C) 1.87 V Answer (D)

Ecell 1.67 0.0591 [Fe2 ]2 log 4 pO2 [H ]4

Hints :

1.67

1.67

1.67

0.0591 10 6 log 4 1013

0.0591 log107 4

6.

The freezing point (in C) of a solution containing 0.1 d guof K3[Fe(CN) 6] (Mol. Wt. 329) in 100 g water E 1 (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol ) is sh (A) 2.3 102 (C) 5.7 103

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Answer (A)

vi s (D i

i on

(D) 1.2 102

Hints :

Tf 4 1.86 0.1 1000 0.023 329 100

7.

Amongst the compounds given, the one that would form a brilliant colored dye on treatment with NaNO2 in dil. HCl followed by addition to an alkaline solution of -naphthol is

N(CH3)2 NHCH3

(A)

(B)

NH2

(C)

CH2NH2

H3C

(D)

(3)

Answer (C)

Hints :

OH

Note : Only primary aromatic amines will give benzenediazonium chloride chloride at 0C, which will react with -naphthol to give an azo dye. The major product of the following reaction is

8.

RCH OH

(anhydrous)

H H

Hints :

:O CH2 R : O O H

O H

CH2

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 9. The correct functional group X and the reagent/reaction conditions Y in the following scheme are

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

X (CH2)4 X

(i) Y O

condensation polymer

(A) X = COOCH3, Y = H2/Ni/Heat (C) X = CONH2, Y = Br2/NaOH Answer (A, B, C, D) Hints : (B) X = CONH2, Y = H2/Ni/Heat (D) X = CN, Y = H2/Ni/Heat

(CH2)4 X

when x = COO Me and Y = H2/Ni will give diol. Diol will form polyester with dicarboxylic acid. In B, C and D diamine is obtained which will give polyamide with dicarboxylic acid.

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(4)

10. For the first order reaction, 2N2O5 (g) 4NO2 (g) O2 (g) (A) The concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time (B) The half life of the reaction decreases with increasing temperature (C) The half life of the reaction depends on the initial concentration of the reactant (D) The reaction proceeds to 99.6% completion in eight half-life duration Answer (A, B, D) Hints :

t 2.303 A log m 0.4 102

2.303log

103 4

2.303 (3 2 0.3010)

11. Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous permanganate ion involves (A) 3 electrons in neutral medium (C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium Answer (A, D) Hints :

MnO4 MnO2 aq

n transfer respecitvely. Therefore in aqueous and in acidic mediums 3 and 5 electrons tiowill

12. The equilibrium 2CuI CuO CuII in aqueous medium kas at 25C shifts towards the left in the presence of

(A) NO3

MnO 4 Mn2

acidic

(B) Cl

Answer (B, C, D)

(D i

i si o

f Aa o (C) n

d hE

u ca

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

SCN

(D) CN

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 13. The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions present in 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as silver chloride is close to Answer (6) Hints : Applying equation N1V1 = N2V2 0.1 V = 2 0.01 30

2 30 10 6 100 1

(5)

14. The number of hexagonal faces that are present in truncated octahedron is Answer (8) Hints : Truncated octahedron contain 14 faces out of that eight are hexagonal and six are square. 15. The total number of contributing structures showing hyperconjugation (involving C-H bonds) for the following carbocation is H3C CH2CH3 +

H3C

CH2CH3

Total number of hyperconjugative structures = 7 16. The maximum number of isomers (including stereoisomers) that are possible monochlorination of the following compound, is

CH3 C CH3CH2

Answer (8) Hints :

CH2CH3

Total Number = 8

Cl

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Cl

17. Among the following, the number of compounds than can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10. Answer (5) Hints : O2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4 and P4O10 convert PCl5 to POCl3. 18. In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl[KSP(AgCl) = 1.6 1010], 0.1 mol of CuCl [KSP(CuCl) = 1.0 106] is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6 10x. The value of "x" is. Answer (7) Hints :

AgCl Ag Cl

x

x y

(6)

CuCl Cu Cl

y yx

...(i)

K sp2 1 10 6 y(x y)

...(ii)

K sp1 K sp2 1.6 104 x y

...(iii)

x = 1.6 104 y K sp1 1.6 10 10 1.6 10 4 y(1.6 104 y y) 106 = y2(1.6 104 + 1) y = 103 x = 1.6 107 [Ag+] = x = 1.6 107

This section contains 2 questions. Each Question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q are r, then for that particular question, against statement B, darken the bubble corresponding .) to q and r in the ORS.

s involved in these reactions 19. Match the reactions in Column-I with appropriate types of steps/reactive intermediate i ce v r as given in Column-II e

Column I

Lt d

H3C O

(A)

aq NaOH

(D i

vi s

o i on

fA

sh a ka

O

du c

na o i t a

lS

Column II

(p)

Nucleophilic substitution

O

(B)

O CH2CH2CH2Cl

CH3Mgl

CH3

(q)

Electrophilic substitution

O CH2CH2CH218OH

H2SO4

18

(C)

(r)

H2SO4

Dehydration

CH2CH2CH2C(CH3)2

(D)

OH H3C CH3

H CH2 O

Hints : A.

O OH

H2C O

O O

Nucleophilic addition

Carbanion O

Dehydration H2O

OH

HO H

O

B.

Cl CH3MgBr Carbanion

O CH3

Cl

Nucleophilic substitution

O CH3

Nucleophilic addition

H .. .O . HO

C.

O HO Nucleophilic addition

18

H H +H

H HO

vi s (D i

D.

i on

of A

sh a ka

18

OH Me Me

+H Dehydration

Electrophilic substitution

20. Match the transformations in Column-I with appropriate options in Column-II. Column I (A) CO 2 (s) CO2 (g) (B) CaCO3 (s) CaO(s) CO2 (g) (C) 2H H2 (g) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) Column II Phase transition Allotropic change H is positive S is positive S is negative

(8)

Dehydration

du

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

H

18

Lt d sO

.)

Answer : A(p, r, s), B(p, r, s), C(p, t), D(p, q, t) Hints : Phase is the part which is physically and chemically uniform throughout. During phase transition from solid to liquid or gas, S = +ve.

PARTII : PHYSICS

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 21. A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, 0. The block carries a charge +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be

E +Q

(A) Of the same frequency and with shifted mean position (B) Of the same frequency and with the same mean position (C) Of changed frequency and with shifted mean position (D) Of changed frequency and with the same mean position Answer (A) Hints : Frequency does not depend on constant external force. Mean position will shift to x

n 22. A light ray travelling in glass medium is incident isio on glass-air interface at an angle of indcidence . The reflected v i (R) and transmitted (T) intensities, both (D as function of , are plotted. The correct sketch is

100% Intensity T R 90

(B)

qE . k

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

100% Intensity T R 90

(A)

100% Intensity T R 90

(D)

100% Intensity T R 90

(C)

Answer (C) Hints : When < C partial transmission and reflection will occur. When > C, only reflection takes place.

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(9)

23. A satellite is moving with a constant speed V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is (A)

1 mV 2 2

(B) mV2

(C)

3 mV 2 2

(D) 2 mV2

24. A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the X-Y plane and a steady current I flows through the wire. The Z-component of the magnetic field at the center of the spiral is

a b

(A)

0 NI b ln 2(b a ) a

(B)

0 NI ba ln 2(b a ) b a

(C)

0 NI b ln 2b a

(D)

0 NI b a ln 2b ba

dB

0dNI NI dr 0 2r (b a ) r

25. A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous sinusoidal displacements in x-direction, x1(t) = A sin t and k as

NI b ln B 0 (b a ) a

f 2 no x2 (t ) A sin t . Adding a third s sinusoidal displacement x3(t ) = B sin(t + ) brings the mass to a o i 3 vi i D complete rest. The values of B and( are

(A)

2A, 3 4

Aa

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(B) A,

4 3

(C)

3 A,

5 6

(D) A,

A A

2 /3

/3 t

+ /3

(10)

26. Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Answer (C) Hints : Induced electric field and magnetic field can form closed loops.

27. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. t d. ) The initial velocity V of the bullet is L es V m/s rvic

(D

(A) 250 m/s Answer (D) Hints : (B) 250 2 m/s

io i vi s

0

no

ka a A f

d hE

u ca

al ti o n

Se

20

(C) 400 m/s

100

(D) 500 m/s

2h 1s g

Vball = 20 m/s and Vbullet = 100 m/s By conservation of linear momentum, 0.01 V = 0.2 20 + 0.01 100 V = 500 m/s 28. The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9% (B) 2.4% (C) 3.1% (11) (D) 4.2%

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

r 2.5 mm 20

0.5 0.01 mm 50

r 0.01 r 2.70

d m v

d m 3 r d m r

2% 3 1 2.7

= 2% + 1.11% = 3.11%

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 29. A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction, td.) hits the ring at a height of L 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision s

( m 0.75

io i vi s

20 m/s

no

ka a A f

10 m/s h

Ed

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

1 m/s

(A) The ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM (B) The ring comes to a complete stop (C) Friction between the ring and the ground is to the left (D) There is no friction between the ring and the ground Answer (A, C) Hints : The data is incomplete, if we assume that the friction is not impulsive during impact then the solution is as follows 2 = 2 v (2 1) v=0 Thus centre of mass becomes stationary

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(12)

1 Ns

3 1 1 2 1 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 2 2 2

1.732 0.5 0.5 1 4

0.5 = 0.5 + 0.433 >0 (i.e. anticlockwise)

1 0.5

2 Ns v

30. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct? (A) If the electric field due to a point charge varies as r 2.5 instead of r 2, then the Gausss law will still be valid (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole. (C) If he electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same (D) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA) Answer (C) Hints :

31. The solid spheres A and B of equals volume but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. The y are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state .) as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if Lt d

(A) dA < dF (C) dA > dF Answer (A, B, D) Hints : For string to be taught,

(D

io i vi s

no

k as a fA B

d hE

uc

na o i t a

lS

ic e rv

es

Also, vd F g vdF g vd A g vd B g 32. A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true?

A B (A) IR IR A B (C) VC VC A B (B) IR IR A B (D) VC VC

Answer (B, C)

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(13)

Hints :

XC XC

1 C 1 C

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 33. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V = N/10. Then N is

1 1 mv 2 mgx kx 2 2 2

1 1 0.18 v 2 0.1 0.18 10 0.06 2 (0.06)2 2 2

108 104 36 104 0.9v 2 144 104 0.3v 12 10 2 v 40 102 0.4 m/s

34. Water (with refractive index =

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

4 7 ) in a tank is 18 cm deep. Oil of refractive index lies on water making a convex 3 4 surface of radius of curvature 'R = 6 cm' as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object 'S' is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at 'x' cm above the bottom of the tank. Then 'x' is

Answer (2)

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(14)

S 24 cm

Hints :

7/4 I 18 cm

4/3

7 1 4/3 1 4 (18 x ) 24 6

4 1 3 1 3(18 x ) 24 24 12

48 54 3 x

3x = 6 x = 2 cm 35. A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulting thread in free-space. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A 10Z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is Answer (7) Hints :

hc ev 0

v0

ne 40 r

6.2 4.7 n 9 199

eV

10 19

n 1.6 10 2

1.04 107

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

36. A series R-C combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency = 500 radian/s. If the impedance of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is Answer (4) Hints : Z=

2 R 2 XC 1.25 R

R2 4

R 2

1 R c 2

RC =

2 2 s = 4 ms. 500

(15)

37. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60 to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is Answer (5) Hints :

2 10sin60 3s g g 1 R = 1.15 m = u x t at 2 2 1 1.15 = 10cos60 3 a 3 2 a = 5 m/s2 2uy

T=

38. Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistance are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is 1 6V

A

Answer (5)

6 3 7.5 5 V= 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 2

B 2

3V

Hints :

S B, C and D) given in Column I and five This section contains 2 questions. Each Question has four statements al(A, n o ti I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column uca statement B matches with the statements given in statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, d E q are r, then for that particular question, against statementa B, shdarken the bubble corresponding to q and r in the ORS. f 39. Column I shows four systems, each of the same L, for producing standing waves. The lowest possible n o length o i natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency, wavelength is denoted as f. Match each vis II describing the nature whose i system with statements given in Column and wavelength of the standing waves. D (

Column I (A) Pipe closed at one end (p) Column II Longitudinal waves

Aa

L

(q) Transverse waves

L

(r) f = L

L

(s) f = 2L

0 L

L /2

(t)

f = 4L

(16)

Answer : A(p, t), B(p, s), C(q, s), D(q, r) Hints : In organ pipes, longitudinal wares exist. In strings, transverse waves exist. Open end is antinode, fixed end is antinode. Least distance between node and antinode is /4 and between two nodes is /2

40. One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V diagram. Column II gives the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Column I.

P 3P 1P 0

Column I (A) Process A B (B) Process B C (C) Process C D (D) Process D A Answer : A(p, r, t), B(p, r), C(q, s), D(r, t) Hints : In AB temperature and volume are decreasing. In BC temperature decreases, volume does not change In CD temperature and volume increase es In DA final temperature equals initial temperature. Also, volume decreases rvic For all processes use U = nCvT, W =

C 1V 3V

D V 9V Column II

(p) Internal energy decreases (q) Internal energy increases (r) Heat is lost (s) Heat is gained (t) Work is done on the gas

Lt d

.)

pdV ,

Q = U + W

PARTIII : MATHEMATICS k as a fA

i SECTION ivis - I (Total Marks : 24)

(Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 41. Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y2 = 4x. Let P be the point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to (x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of P is (A) x2 = y Answer (C) Hints : Let P(, ) be the point intersecting the line-segment joining O(0, 0) and Q(t2, 2t) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then (B) y2 = 2x (C) y2 = x (D) x2 = 2y

d hE

u ca

al ti o n

Se

(D

on

t2 0 2t 0 , 4 4

t2 t , 4 2

4 = (2)2 2 =

Locus of (, ) is y 2 = x.

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(17)

42. Let P(6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola then the eccentricity of the hyperbola is (A)

5 2

x2 a2

y2 b2

(B)

3 2

(C)

(D)

Answer (B) Hints : The equation of the normal at P(6, 3) to the given hyperbola

a2 x b 2 y a2 b 2 6 3

x2 a2 y2 b2 1 is

9a2 a2 b2 6

P(6, 3)

N O (9, 0)

b2 3 1 2 e2 2 a

3 2

43. A value of b for which the equations x2 + bx 1 = 0 x2 + x + b = 0, have one root in common is (A) 2 Answer (B) Hints : (B) i 3

2 b2 1 2 1 1 b 1 b

ka a A f

s i 5 (C)

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(D)

b2 1 1 b and 1 b 1 b

2

b2 1 1 b 1 b 1 b

b2 1 (1 b )2 1 b

b2 b3 + 1 b = 1 + 2b + b2 b3 + 3b = 0

b 0, b 3i

b 3i

(18)

44. Let 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-singular matrices of the form

1 2 a 1 b c 1

where each of a, b and c is either or 2. Then the number of distinct matrices in the set S is (A) 2 Answer (C) Hints : We have,

1 M 2 a 1 b c 1

(B) 6

(C) 4

(D) 8

0

|M| =

a 2 1

b c 1 c 1

45.

of A n io The circle passing through the point (1, 0) vis and touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through the point i D ( 3 5 3 5

(A) , 0 2 (B) , 2 2 (C) , 2 2

(D) (4, 0)

as

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Answer (D) Hints : The equation of the circle directing y-axis at (0, 2) can be put in the form (x h)2 + (y 2)2 = h2 which will pass through ( 1, 0) if ( 1 h)2 + 4 = h2

(h, 2) 2 2

( 1, 0)

5 h= 2

(0, 2)

5 5 2 x ( y 2) 2 2

(19)

2 1/ x 2 46. If lim [1 x ln(1 b )] 2b sin , b > 0 and (, ], then the value of is x 0

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

lim 1 x ln(1 b2 ) x 2b sin2 , x 0

1

b > 0 and ( , )

x 0

lim

x ln(1 b2 ) x

2b sin2

1 + b2 = 2bsin2 2b

2

47. Let f : [1, 2] [0, ) be a continuous function such that f(x) = f(1 x) for all x [1, 2]. Let R1 and R2 be the area of the region bounded by y = f(x), x = 1, x = 2, and the x-axis. Then (A) R1 = 2R2 Answer (C) Hints : We have,

2

x f ( x ) dx ,

(B) R1 = 3R2

(C) 2R1 = R2

R1

x f ( x )dx (1 x )f (1 x )dx

1

2 2 1

xo f (1 x )d x x f (1 x )id on 1 s i v (D i = R2 R1

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.) (D)

3R1 = R2

2R1 = R2

48. Let f(x) = x 2 and g(x) = sin x for all x . Then the set of all x satisfying (fogogof ) (x) = (gogof ) (x), where (fog)(x) = f(g(x)), is (A) n , n {0, 1 , 2, ...} (C)

2n , n {..., 2, 1, 0, 1, 2, ...} 2

Answer (A) Hints : We have, f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sinx, x f(g(g(f(x)))) = g(g(f(x))) g(f(x)) = g(x2) = sinx2 g(g(f(x))) = g(sinx2) = sin(sinx2) f(g(g(f(x)))) = (sin(sinx2))2 (20)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct. 49. Let f : (0, 1) be defined by

f (x) bx 1 bx

where b is a constant such that 0 < b < 1. Then (A) f is not invertible on (0, 1) (B) f f 1 on (0, 1) and f (b ) (C) f = f 1 on (0, 1) and f (b ) (D) f 1 is differentiable on (0, 1) Answer (A) Hints : Let f : (0, 1) defined by

f (x) bx , where 0 < b < 1 1 bx

1 f (0) 1 f (0)

We observe that

f ( x )

1 b

(1 bx )2

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

f(x) is strictly increasing x (0, 1) It is obvious that f(x) does not take all real values for 0 < b < 1 f : (0, 1) is into function, and hence its increase does not exist. 50. Let L be a normal to the parabola y2 = 4x. If L passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (A) y x + 3 = 0 (C) y + x 15 = 0 Answer (A, B, D) Hints : The equation of the normal to the given parabola y2 = 4x in slope form is y = mx 2m m3 which will pass through (9, 6) if 6 = 9m 2m m3 m3 7m + 6 = 0 m = 1, 2, 3 (B) y + 3x 33 = 0 (D) y 2x + 12 = 0

(21)

x , x 2 , 2 f ( x ) cos x, x 0 2 0 x 1 x 1, ln x, x 1,

yx+3=0 y 2x + 12 = 0 y + 3x 33 = 0

(C) f (x) is differentiable at x = 1 Answer (A, B, C, D) Hints : The given function f is defined as

x 2 , x 2 f ( x ) cos x, x 0 2 0 x 1 x 1, ln x, x 1

3 2

We have,

h 0

lt f h lt h 0 h 0 2 2 2

lt f h lt cos h 0 h 0 2 h0 2 f 0 2 2 2

f(x) is continuous at x =

2

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

2 (0, 1)

From graph we observe that all the options are correct.

(1, 0)

(22)

52. Let E and F be two independent events. The probability that exactly one of them occurs is of none of them occurring is (A) P (E ) (C) P (E ) Answer (A, D) Hints : We have,

P ( E ) P ( F ) 2P (E F ) 11 25

4 3 , P (F ) 5 5 2 1 , P (F ) 5 5

(B) P (E ) (D) P (E )

1 2 , P (F ) 5 5 3 4 , P (F ) 5 5

P (E c F c ) (1 P (E ))(1 P (F ))

2 25

P (E ) 4 3 , P (F ) 5 5 3 4 , P (F ) 5 5

or

P (E )

na o i t This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions cais a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The du E bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. as h k a 2 + x 1 = 0 is A 53. The number of distinct real roots of x4 4x3 + 12 of x n io Answer (2) vi s i D ( Hints : The given equation is

x4 4x 3 + 12x 2 + x 1 = 0 x4 4x 3 + 6x 2 4x + 1 + 6x 2 + 5x 2 = 0 (x 1)4 = 6x 2 5x + 2

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

In order to find the number of solutions of the given equations, it is sufficient to find the number of point of intersections of the given curve y = (x 1)4 and y = 6x 2 5x + 2.

(23)

0 1 1 1 1 0 M 1 2 , M 1 1 , and M 1 0 0 3 0 1 1 12

Then the sum of the diagonal entries of M is Answer (9)

Hints :

a11 a 21 a31

1 1 Also, M 1 1 0 1

a11 a12 = 1 a21 a22 = 1 a31 a32 = 1 a11 = 0

1 0 Moreover, M 1 0 1 12

a11 + a12 + a13 = 0 a21 + a22 + a23 = 0 a31 + a32 + a33 = 12 Using above results, we get a33 = 7

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Finally, the sum of elements of leading diagonals = a11 + a22 + a33 =0+2+7 =9

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(24)

55. The straight line 2x 3y = 1 divides the circular region x2 + y 2 6 into two parts. If

3 5 3 1 1 1 1 S 2, , , , , , , , 4 2 4 4 4 8 4

then the number of point(s) in S lying inside the smaller part is Answer (3) Hints :

3 5 3 1 1 We observe that the points 2, , , , , 4 3 4 4 4

(10, 6 )

( 6 , 0)

( 6 , 0)

t d. ) L lie on the opposite side of origin with respect to the given line. Hence there c es exactly three points of the set i are v r lie in the smaller part l Se a n be three given vectors. io If r is a vector such that r b 56. Let a i k , b i j and c i 2 j 3k t c b and a uc d r .a 0, then the value of r .b is hE s a ak Answer (9) A f o Hints : We have i on s i v (D i

r b cb

(r c ) b 0 r c b, 0

r c b Since r a 0 (c b ) a 0

= 4

r .b (c 4b ) b

3k ) ( i j ) = (3i 6 j

=3+6=9

(25)

a b c2 y

a b 2 c

| x |2 | y |2 | z |2 Then the value of is | a |2 | b |2 | c |2

Similarly

| z |2 zz (a b2 c )(a b 2 c )

On adding them, we get |x|2 + |y|2 + |z|2 = 3(|a|2

3

|b|2

|c|2)

| x |2 | y |2 | z |2 | a |2 | b |2 | c |2

o i on s i g ( x )g ( x ), y iv = 0, x , where (D(0)

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

f ( x ) denotes

differentiable function on with g(0) = g(2) = 0. Then the value of y (2) is Answer (0) Hints : y (x) + y(x)g (x) = g(x)g (x) which is linear differential equation

I.F. e

g ( x )dx

eg ( x )

Solution is

y ( x )eg ( x ) e g ( x ) g ( x )g ( x )dx

y(x)eg(x) = eg(x)(g(x) 1) + k where k is a constant of integration For x = 0, k = 1 For x = 2, y(2) = 0

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(26)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement (s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 59. Match the statements given in Column I with the intervals/union of intervals given in Column II Column I (A) The set

2iz : z is a complex number , f | z | 1, z 1 is Re 2 1 z

Column II

(p) (q)

(, 1) (1, )

(, 0) (0, )

8(3)x 2 f ( x ) sin1 2( x 1) is 1 3

1

(C) If f () tan

tan 1 tan

(r)

[2, )

f ():0 is 2

(D) If f ( x ) x 2 (3 x 10), x 0, then f ( x ) is increasing in

3

Answer : A(p, s), B(r, t), C(r), D(r) Hints : (A) We have |z| = 1 and z 1 z = cos + isin

2z 1 z

2

(D i

vi s

o i on

fA

sh a ka

du

a n o (s) i t ca

(t)

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

(, 1] [1, )

(,0] [2, )

1 cos i sin i sin cos i sin

1 i i sin sin

(27)

1 8.3 x 2 1 32( x 1) 1

|8.3x2| |1 32(x1|

8.3 x 32 x 32 x , 1 1 9 9 9

8a 9 a2, a = 3x 9 a 1 3x 30 x0

(C) We have

1 f () tan 1

tan 1 tan

1 tan 1

= (1 + tan2) tan( tan + tan) + 1(tan2 + 1) = 2(1 + tan2) = 2sec2 Df = [2, ) (D) We have

3

f ( x ) x 2 (3 x 10)

3 f ( x ) x 2 (3 x 10) 3 x 2 2

1 2 = 3 x (3 x 10 2 x ) 2

1 3

15 2 = x ( x 2) 2

(D

io i vi s

no

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

Since f(x) is increasing, hence f (x) 0 x 2 as x 0 Df is [2, ) 60. Match the statements given in Column I with the values given in Column II Column I Column II (p)

6

,b j 3k and c (A) If a j 3k 2 3k

form a triangle, then internal angle of the triangle between a and b is (B) If

(f ( x ) 3 x )dx a2 b 2 ,

(q)

2 3

Aakash IIT-JEE - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, Plot No. 4, Sector-11, Dwarka, New Delhi-75 Ph.: 011-47623417/23 Fax : 47623472

(28)

6

(r)

(s)

| z | 1, z 1 is given by

(t) Answer : A(r), B(p), C(s), D(s) Hints : (A) We have, 3k a j 3k b j c 2 3k We observe that ab c | a |2 | b |2 2a b | c |2 4 + 4 + 8 cos = 12

A(0, 1, 3)

(0, 1, 3)B

C(0, 0, 2 3)

cos

1 2

(B) We have,

(f ( x ) 3 x ) dx a 2 b 2

o Keeping a constant and differentiating on both sides w.r.t. b, we get i s i f(b) 3b = 2b v (D i f(b) = b

(C) Using

ka a A f

d hE

i on t a c

e rvic e lS

td sL

.)

f 6 6

2 ln 3

5/6 7/6

sec x dx

(1, 0)

(D)

(29)

FIITJEE Solutions to

IIT-JEE-2011

CODE

PAPER 1

Time: 3 Hours

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

INSTRUCTIONS A. General: 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet and on the back page (page No. 36) of this booklet. 2. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. 3. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. 4. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. 5. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. 6. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MULTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET. 7. Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. 8. This question Paper contains 36 pages having 69 questions. 9. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible. B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. 11. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match ask for a change of the booklet. 12. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your Registration No. with a good quality HB pencil. C. Question paper format and Marking scheme: 13. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 14. In Section I (Total Marks: 21), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 15. In Section II (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks other wise. There are no negative marks in this section. 16. In Section III (Total Marks: 15), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 17. In Section IV (Total Marks: 28), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. Write your name, registration number and sign in the space provided on the back of this booklet.

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-2

SECTION I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) Ba ( N 3 ) 2 Ba + 3N 2 Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M (C) Total mass of solution = 1000 + 120 = 1120 g 1120 Total volume of solution in (L) = 103 1.15 W 1 120 1.15 103 M= = = 2.05 M M V ( in L ) 60 1120 Bombardment of aluminium by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are,

27 13

Sol.

2.

Sol.

3.

(i )

( ) Al 15 P + Y

ii 30

Sol.

(A) 27 4 30 1 13 Al + 2 14 Si + 1 p ( X )

27 13 30 15 30 P 14 Si + +1 0 ( Z ) 30 Al + 2 4 15 P + 0 n1 ( Y )

4.

Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl , CN and H2O, respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-3

Sol.

(B)

2

Ni ( H 2 O )6

5.

2+

Octahedral

C NH C O

O C

()

i KOH

(ii) Br

CH2Cl

O C

Br

(A)

C

N CH2 O O

(B)

C

N O O

C N C O

CH2Cl

(C)

N O CH2 Br

(D)

CH2 Cl

Sol.

(A)

O O

NH

()

i KOH

CH2

Br

(ii ) Br

CH2 Cl

[Reason: Due to partial double bond character along CBr bond prevents the attack of nucleophile at phenylic position] 6. Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid (C) Due to ortho effect o-hydroxy benzoic acid is strongest acid and correct order of decreasing Ka is

COOH OH > > > COOH COOH OH

Sol.

CH3

OH

NO2

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-4

7.

AgNO3(aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance ( ) versus the volume of AgNO3 is

volume (P)

volume (Q)

volume (R)

volume (S)

(A) (P) (C) (R) Sol. (D) AgNO3 + KCl ( aq ) AgCl ( s ) + KNO3 ( aq )

Initially there is aq. KCl solution now as solution of AgNO3 is added, AgCl(s) is formed. Hence conductivity of solution is almost compensated (or slightly increase) by the formation of KNO3. After end point conductivity increases more rapidly because addition of excess AgNO3 solution.

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 8. Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are) H H H (A)

C H2C

C CH2 C O

(B)

C CH2

(D) H2C

CH2

(B, C) Along CC single bond conformations are possible in butadiene in which all the atoms may not lie in the same plane. Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore (C) removal of copper impurity (D) removal of iron impurity (A, C, D) SnO 2 + 2C 2CO + Sn The ore cassiterite contains the impurity of Fe, Mn, W and traces of Cu. According to kinetic theory of gases (A) collisions are always elastic (B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities

9.

Sol.

10.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-5

Sol. 11.

(A, B, C, D) The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic (B) Physisorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature (C) Physiosorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation (A, B, D)

Sol.

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reaction, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

( i ) conc. H 2SO4 ( catalytic amount ) ( i ) dil. H 2SO4 / HgSO4 ( H2O ) P Q 2 ( ii ) NaBH 4 / ethanol ( ii ) O3 ( C6 H10 ) ( iii ) dil.acid ( iii ) Zn / H 2 O

O C CH3

H3C

12. The structure of compound P is (A) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C C H H3C (C) H

CH3

H3C

Sol. 13. (D) The structure of the compound Q is OH H3C (A) H

H3C

H3C

(B) H3C

OH C C H OH CH3

C H

CH2 CH3

H3C H3C

(C) H

H3C OH

CH2CHCH3

(D)

H3C

Sol. (B)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-6

H3C H3C H3C C C (P) C H3C

dil. H2 SO4 H3C H HgSO4

O

( i ) NaBH 4 / EtOH

ii dil. H +

H3C C

OH CH (Q) CH3

( ) H3C CH3

H3C

H3C

H 2 SO 4 ( conc.)

H3C C H3C O+ O C

CH3

H3C

O3 / Zn / H 2 O

CH3 C C CH3

CH3

H3C

When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution. 14. The metal rod M is (A) Fe (C) Ni (B) Cu + 2AgNO3 Cu ( NO3 ) 2 + 2Ag

M N Blue

(B) Cu (D) Co

Sol.

While Cu partially oxidizes to Cu(NO3)2 and remaining AgNO3 reacts with NaCl. 15. The compound N is (A) AgNO3 (C) Al(NO3)3 (A) The final solution contains (A) Pb ( NH 3 )4

2+ +

Sol. 16.

and [ CoCl 4 ]

2 2+

(B) Al ( NH 3 ) 4

3+ +

and Cu ( NH 3 ) 4

2+

(N) ( O)

AgCl + 2NH 3 Ag ( NH 3 )2 Cl +

(D) Ag ( NH 3 )2 and Ni ( NH 3 )6

2+

Cu ( NO3 ) 2 + 4NH 4 OH Cu ( NH 3 )4

2+

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-7

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct is to be darkened in the ORS. 17. Sol. The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is (5)

O Na O S S S

O S O Na

18. A decapeptide (Mol. Wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (Mol. Wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is (6) For n-units of glycine, n 75 100 = 47 796 ( + 9 18 ) n=6

19. The work function

Sol.

( )

of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show Fe 4.7 Pt 6.3 W 4.75

photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 (eV)

Sol.

(4)

The energy associated with incident photon =

hc

E=

6.6 1034 3 108 J 300 109 6.6 1034 3 108 E in eV = = 4.16 eV 300 109 1.6 1019 So, number of metals showing photo-electric effects will be (4), i.e., Li, Na, K, Mg

20.

Sol.

The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, and spin quantum 1 number, ms = , is 2 (9) For principal quantum number (n = 3) Number of orbitals = n2 = 9 1 So, number of electrons with ms = will be 9. 2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-8

21.

Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is (5) 3Br2 + 3Na 2 CO3 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2 So, number of NaBr molecules = 5

Sol.

22.

To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm, 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0oC) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0oC is close to (7) For any ideal gas, PV = nRT 0.32 V = 0.1 0.0821 273 V = 7 litre (unknown compound X will not follow ideal gas equation)

Sol.

1 atm

He + X

For He, n = 0.1, P = 0.32 atm., V = ?, T = 273

23.

The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is (5) Total no. of alkenes will be = 5 Br

Sol.

CH3

alc. KOH

CH3

(E & Z)

H3C CH2 CH C CH2 CH3

(E & Z) ( only 1)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-9

SECTION I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 24. A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is (A) 8.50 kHz (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHZ (A) f=

Sol.

25.

The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 A0. The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singly-ionized helium atom is (A) 1215 A0 (B) 1640 A0 0 (C) 2430 A (D) 4687 A0 (A) 1 1 1 5R = R = 6561 4 9 36 1 1 1 3R 4 = 4R = 16 4 16

= 1215A 0

Sol.

26.

where E0 is a constant. The flux Consider an electric field E = E 0 x through the shaded area (as shown in the figure) due to this field is (A) 2E0a2 (B) 2E 0 a 2

(C) E0 a2 (D)

z (a,0,a) (a,a,a)

E0 a 2 2

x

(0,0,0)

(0,a,0)

Sol.

27.

5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is 9 3 (A) RT1 (B) RT1 2 8 15 9 (C) RT1 (D) RT1 2 8

Sol.

T2 = T1(8)2/3 = 4T1

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-10

nRT 9 = RT1 1 8

A 2 F capacitor is charged as shown in the figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is (A) 0 % (B) 20 % (C) 75 % (D) 80 %

1 2 S V 2 F 8 F

Sol.

(D) Ui =

=

2V-q

4V 2 5

X

29.

A meter bridge is set up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance X using a standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of A X is (A) 10.2 ohm (B) 10.6 ohm (C) 10.8 ohm (D) 11.1 ohm (B) X (48 + 2) = (10) (52 + 1) 530 X= = 10.6 50

10

Sol.

30.

A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is (A) 9 (B) 18 (C) 27 (D) 36

m

Sol.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-11

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 31. A metal rod of length L and mass m is pivoted at one end. A thin disk of mass M and radius R (<L) is attached at its center to the free end of the rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached: (case A). The disc is not free to rotate about its centre and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about its centre. The rod disc system performs SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) true? (A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring torque in case B (B) restoring torque in case A < Restoring torque in case B (C) Angular frequency for case A > angular frequency for case B. (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular frequency for case B. (A, D) In case A

Sol.

A = B, A < B 32. A spherical metal shell A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB (<RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge +Q. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then (A) E inside =0 (B) QA > QB A (C) Sol.

A R B = B R A

(D) E on A

surface

< E on B

surface

2QR B RA + RB

0 A 1L B 3K 5L E 6L

33.

A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of heat different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as 1L shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat Q flows only from left to right through the blocks. Then 3L in steady state (A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same. 4L (B) heat flow through slab E is maximum. (C) temperature difference across slab E is smallest. (D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D.

2K

4K

6K

5K

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-12

Sol.

(A, C, D) or (A, B, C, D) Let width of each rod is d 1 4 R1 = , R2 = 8kd 3kd 1 4 , R4 = R3 = 2kd 5kd 1 R5 = , 24kd

2 5 1 3

R2 R1 R3 R4 R5

34.

An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semiinfinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is / are true? (A) They will never come out of the magnetic field region. (B) They will come out travelling along parallel paths. (C) They will come out at the same time. (D) They will come out at different times. (B, D) Both will travel in semicircular path (r 2 ) dI d t = E ind = = 0 time period of semi circular path dt L dt m is different, hence time will be different

Sol.

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let N be the number density of free electrons, each of mass m. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency p which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals. 35. Taking the electronic charge as e and the permittivity as 0. Use dimensional analysis to determine the correct expression for p. m0 Ne (A) (B) m0 Ne (C)

Ne 2 m 0

(D)

m 0 Ne 2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-13

Sol. 36.

(C) Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for a metal having the density of electrons N 4 1027 m-3. Taking 0 = 10-11 and mass m 10-30, where these quantities are in proper SI units. (A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm (C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm (B) = 2c /

Sol.

Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momenum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in onedimension. For such systems, phase space is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x(t) vs. p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use the sign convention in which positon or momentum upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative. 37. The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically up from ground is

Momentum Momentum

Momentum

Position

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

Position

(D)

Position

Sol. 38.

(D) The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies respectively. Then (A) E1 = 2E 2 (B) E1 = 2E2 (C) E1 = 4E2 (D) E1 = 16E2

Momentum E1 E2 2a a Position

Sol.

(C) E A2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-14

39.

Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is

(A)

Momentum

(B)

Momentum

Position

Position

(C)

Momentum

(D)

Momentum

Position

Position

Sol.

(B)

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct is to be darkened in the ORS. 40. A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applies a force of 2N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficeint of friction between the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is

Ground Stick

Sol.

(4) Now N fs = ma fs = 1.4 N and (fs fK)R = I, a = R fK = 0.8 N P So, = = 0.4 10 P=4

R a

fk fs Mg

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-15

41.

Four solid spheres each of diameter 5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the corners of a square of side 4 cm. The moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is N 104 kgm2, then N is (9)

2 2 a 2 I = 2 mr 2 + 2 mr 2 + m 5 2 5 4 2 I = 9 10 kg-m N=9

Sol.

m, r

42.

Steel wire of lenght L at 40C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass m is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40C to 30C to regain its original length L. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105/C, Youngs modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L diameter of the wire. Then the value of m in kg is nearly (3) Change in length L = m 3 kg

Sol.

MgL = LT YA

43.

Four point charges, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side a. The surface tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planar film are in equilibrium, and

q2 a = k

Sol. (3)

1/ N

Since Felectric

q2 a a2

q2 a = k N=3

44.

1/3

A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45 with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 , then N is (5) mg(sin + cos) = 3mg(sin cos) = 0.5 N=5 The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is (1)

Sol.

45.

Sol.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-16

46. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as I = I0cos(300 t) where I0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N0I0sin(300 t), then N is

I

Sol.

(6)

Binside = 0ni = = 60I0sin(300t) Therefore, n = 6

2 r

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-17

SECTION I (Total Marks : 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 47. Let (x0, y0) be solution of the following equations (2x)ln2 = (3y)ln3 3lnx = 2lny Then x0 is 1 (A) 6 1 (C) 2 (C) (2x)ln2 = (3y)ln3 (i) 3lnx = 2lny (ii) (logx) (log3) = (logy)log2 (log x )(log 3) logy = (iii) log 2 In (i) taking log both sides (log2) {log2 + logx} = log3{log3 + logy} (log2)2 + (log2) (logx) = (log3)2 + (log2)2 (log3)2 = x= 48.

(B)

1 3

(D) 6

Sol.

from (iii)

1 1 x0 = . 2 2

Let P = { : sin cos = 2 cos } and Q = { : sin + cos = 2 sin } be two sets. Then (A) P Q and Q P (B) Q P (C) P Q (D) P = Q (D) In set P, sin = In set Q,

Sol.

( )

2 + 1 cos tan =

2 +1

1 2 1

= 2 + 1 P = Q.

49.

projection on c is

1 3

, is given by

(A) i 3 j + 3k (C) 3 i j + 3k

(B) 3 i 3 j+ k (D) i + 3 j 3k

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-18

Sol.

(C) v = a + b

+ = i+ j+ k i j+ k

) (

) (

v = ( 2 1) i j + ( 2 1) k . At = 2, v = 3i j + 3k

ln 3

50.

The value of

ln 2

sin x 2 + sin ( ln 6 x 2 )

x sin x 2

dx is 1 3 ln 2 2 1 3 (D) ln 6 2

1 3 ln 4 2 3 (C) ln 2

(A) Sol.

(B)

ln 3 1 3 1 1dt I = ln . 4 2 2 ln 2

51.

A straight line L through the point (3, 2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line intersects the x-axis, then the equation of L is (A) y + 3x + 2 3 3 = 0 (B) y 3x + 2 + 3 3 = 0 (C)

3x + y = 1 . If L also

3y x + 3 + 2 3 = 0

(D)

3y + x 3 + 2 3 = 0

Sol.

(B) m+ 3

1 3m

= 3

y =- 3x + 1 m

m+ 3 =

3 3m

(0, 1) 60

4m = 0 m = 0 or 2m = 2 3 m =

52.

3 Equation is y + 2 = 3 ( x 3) 3x y 2 + 3 3 = 0

(3, 2)

Let and be the roots of x2 6x 2 = 0, with > . If an = n n for n 1, then the value of is (A) 1 (C) 3 (B) 2 (D) 4

a10 2a 8 2a 9

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-19

Sol.

(C) an = n n 2 6 2 = 0 Multiply with 8 on both sides 10 69 28 = 0 (i) (ii) similarly 10 69 28 = 0 (i) and (ii) 10 10 6(9 9) = 2(8 8) a 2a 8 a10 6a9 = 2a8 10 =3. 2a 9 Let the straight line x = b divides the area enclosed by y = (1 x)2, y = 0 and x = 0 into two parts R1(0 x 1 b) and R2(b x 1) such that R1 R2 = . Then b equals 4 3 1 (A) (B) 4 2 1 1 (C) (D) 4 3 (B)

(1 x ) dx (1 x ) dx =

2 2 0 b b 1

53.

Sol.

1 4

( x 1)

3

3 b

( x 1)3

3

R1 o

1 = 4

3

R2 b 1

( b 1) 1 ( b 1) 1 + 0 = 3 3 3 4 3 2 ( b 1) 1 1 1 = (b 1)3 = b = . 2 3 12 8

3

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct. 54. Let f: R R be a function such that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), x, y R. If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f(x) is continuous x R (C) f(x) is constant x R (D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many points

Sol.

(B, C) f(0) = 0

and f(x) = lim = = lim

h 0 h 0

f (x + h ) f (x) h

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-20

55.

and , and perpendicular to the vector The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors i+ j + 2k i + 2 j+ k is/are i+ j+ k (A) j k (C) i j

(B) i+ j (D) j+ k

Sol.

56.

= 1 be reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If the a 2 b2 hyperbola passes through a focus of the ellipse, then

(A) the equation of the hyperbola is

x2

y2

x 2 y2 =1 3 2 5 3

(B) a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0) (D) the equation of the hyperbola is x2 3y2 = 3

x 2 y2 + =1 2 2 12

12 = 22 (1 e2) e =

3 2 2 4 b2 = a 2 1 3b2 = a2 3 3

3, 0 and 3, 0 .

3, 0

57.

Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. If PT denotes the transpose of P, then M2N2 (MTN)1 (MN1)T is equal to (A) M2 (B) N2 2 (C) M (D) MN

Sol.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-21

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. However, if tail appears then 2 balls are drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U2. 58. The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being white is 13 (A) (B) 30 19 (D) (C) 30 (B) H 1 ball from U1 to U2 T 2 ball from U1 to U2 E : 1 ball drawn from U2 P/W from U2 =

23 30 11 30

Sol.

1 3 1 2 1 1 3 C 2 1 2 C 2 1 1 3 C1 2 C1 2 23 1 + + 5 1 + 5 + 5 = 30 . 2 5 2 5 2 2 3 C2 C2 2 C2 3 2

59.

Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is 17 11 (A) (B) 23 23 15 12 (C) (D) 23 23 (D)

Sol.

13 2 1 1 + 12 P( W / H) P( H) H 25 5 2 P = = = . 23 / 30 23 W P (W / T ) P ( T ) + ( W / H ) P ( H )

1 9 7 Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying [ a b c ] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] 7 3 7

60.

(E)

If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7a + b + c is (A) 0 (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6

Sol.

(D) a + 8b + 7c = 0 9a + 2b + 3c = 0

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-22

a+b+c=0 Solving these we get b = 6a c = 7a now 2x + y + z = 0 2a + 6a + (7a) = 1 a = 1, b = 6, c = 7. 61. Let be a solution of x3 1 = 0 with Im( ) > 0. If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of 3 1 3 + + is equal to a b c (A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 3 (A) a = 2, b and c satisfies (E) b = 12, c = 14 3 1 3 3 1 3 + b + c = 2 + 12 + 14 = 2. a

Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then

Sol.

62.

1 1 + n =0

is (B) 7 (D)

(A) 6 6 (C) 7

Sol.

(B) ax2 + bx + c = 0 x2 + 6x 7 = 0 = 1, = 7

1 1 1 1 = 7. + = 1 7 n =0 n =0

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct is to be darkened in the ORS. 63. Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let 1 be the area of the triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum 1 and the point P , 2 on the parabola, and 2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P 2 and at the end points of the latus rectum. Then 1 is 2

Sol.

L A (2, 4)

B(0, 2)

P(1/2, 2)

(0, 0) C (2, 0)

x=2

M (2, 4)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-23

64.

d sin Let f() = sin tan 1 , where 4 < < 4 . Then the value of d ( tan ) ( f ( ) ) is cos 2

(1)

Sol.

d ( tan )

d ( tan )

=1.

65.

Let f: [1, ) [2, ) be a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If 6 f ( t ) dt = 3xf ( x ) x 3 for all x

1

1, then the value of f(2) is Sol. (6) 6 f ( t ) dt = 3x f(x) x3 6f(x) = 3f(x) + 3xf(x) 3x2

1

x dx = e loge x

1 x

66. The positive integer value of n > 3 satisfying the equation

Sol.

(7)

2 2 3 2sin cos sin sin 1 1 1 n n n n n = 1 =1 = 3 2 3 3 2 sin sin sin sin sin sin sin sin n n n n n n n n 4 3 4 3 sin = sin + = n = 7. n n n n

sin

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 1-CPM-24

67.

Let a1, a2, a3, , a100 be an arithmetic progression with a1 = 3 and Sp = n with 1 n 20, let m = 5n. If

a

i =1

Sol.

a

i =1

, 1 p 1 00

5n ( 6 + ( 5n 1) d ) Sm S5n = = 2 n Sn Sn ( 6 d + nd ) 2 Sm is independent of n of 6 d = 0 d = 6. Sn

68. Sol. If z is any complex number satisfying |z 3 2i| 2, then the minimum value of |2z 6 + 5i| is (5) Length AB =

5 2 Minimum value = 5.

(0, 0)

C (3, 2)

69. Sol.

The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a5, a4, 3a3, 1, a8 and a10 with a > 0 is (8) a 5 + a 4 + a 3 + a 3 + a 3 + a 8 + a10 + 1 1 8 minimum value = 8.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

FIITJEE Solutions to

IIT-JEE-2011

CODE

PAPER 2

Time: 3 Hours

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

5

Time: 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS A. General: 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet and on the back page (page No. 36) of this booklet. 2. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. 3. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. 4. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. 5. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. 6. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MULTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET. 7. Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. 8. This question Paper contains 36 pages having 69 questions. 9. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible. B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. 11. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match ask for a change of the booklet. 12. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your Registration No. with a good quality HB pencil. C. Question paper format and Marking scheme: 13. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 14. In Section I (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 15. In Section II (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks other wise. There are no negative marks in this section. 16. In Section III (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise There are no negative marks in this section. 17. In Section IV (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 2 marks for each row in which you have darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. Thus each question in this section carries a maximum of 8 Marks. There are no negative marks in this section.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-2

SECTION I (Total Marks : 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This Section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. The freezing point (in oC) of a solution containing 0.1 g of K3[Fe(CN)6 (Mol. Wt. 329) in 100 g of water (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol1) is (A) 2.3 102 (B) 5.7 102 3 (D) 1.2 102 (C) 5.7 10 (A)

+ K3 Fe ( CN )6 3K + Fe ( CN )6 i=4 m 1000 0.1 1000 Tf = K f i = 1.86 4 = 2.3 102 M W 329 100 Tf' = 2.3 102 3

Sol.

2.

Amongst the compounds given, the one that would form a brilliant colored dye on treatment with NaNO2 in dil. HCl followed by addition to an alkaline solution of -naphthol is

N(CH3 )2 NHCH3

(A)

NH2

(B)

CH2 NH2

(C)

H3C

(D)

Sol.

(C)

H3C

Cl

HO HO H H3C N N Cl +

OH ( coupling ) H3C

( Nepthol )

Brilliant Colour Dye

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-3

3.

RCH 2 OH H ( anhydrous )

Sol. (B)

R

+ H O

O Acetal

CH2 R

4.

H O HO HO OH H OH H

(B) an aldohexose (D) an -pyranose

Sol. 5. (B)

Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals haematite and magnetite, respectively, are (A) II, III in haematite and III in magnetite (B) II, III in haematite and II in magnetite (C) II in haematite and II, III in magnetite (D) III in haematite and II, III in magnetite (D) Haematite : Fe2O3 : 2x + 3 (-2) = 0 x =3 Magnetite : Fe3O4 [an equimolar mixture of FeO and Fe2O3] FeO : x 2 = 0 x = 2 Fe2O3 : x = 3 Among the following complexes (KP) K3[Fe(CN)6] (K), [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (L), Na3[Co(oxalate)3] (M), [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 (N), K2[Pt(CN)4] (O) and [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 (P) (A) K, L, M, N (B) K, M, O, P (C) L, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O (C) Following compounds are diamagnetic. L : [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 M : Na3[Co(Ox)3] O : K2[Pt(CN)4] P : [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2

Sol.

6.

6.

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-4

7.

Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous solution precipitates (A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS (C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS (A) H2S in presence of aqueous acidified solution precipitates as sulphide of Cu and Hg apart from Pb+2, Bi+3, Cd+2, As+3, Sb+3 and Sn+2. Consider the following cell reaction: 2Fe(s ) + O 2( g ) + 4H + ( aq ) 2Fe 2 + ( aq ) + 2H 2 O( ) E o = 1.67 V At [Fe2+] = 10-3 M, P(O2) = 0.1 atm and pH = 3, the cell potential at 25oC is (A) 1.47 V (B) 1.77 V (C) 1.87 V (D) 1.57 V

Sol.

8.

Sol.

(D) 2Fe ( s ) + O 2 ( g ) + 4H + ( aq ) 2Fe+2 ( aq ) + 2H 2 O ( ) N = 4 (no. of moles of electron involved) From Nernsts equation, 0.0591 Ecell = E o log Q cell n

2

= 1.67 0.106 = 1.57 V

{ H

pH = 10

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 9. Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous permanganate ion involves (A) 3 electrons in neutral medium (B) 5 electrons in neutral medium (C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium (D) 5 electrons in acidic medium (A, D) In acidic medium

M nO 4 + 8H + + 5e M n 2 + + 4H 2 O

Sol.

In neutral medium MnO MnO2 + 4OH 4 + 2H 2 O + 3e Hence, number of electron loose in acidic and neutral medium 5 and 3 electrons respectively. 10. The correct functional group X and the reagent/reaction conditions Y in the following scheme are

() X ( CH 2 ) 4 X condensation polymer

i Y

( ii )

HO

(CH2 ) 4

heat

C OH

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-5

Sol.

(A, B, C, D) Condensation polymers are formed by condensation of a diols or diamine with dicarboxylic acids.

O

||

O

||

Hence, X may be C OR or C NH 2 or C N

O O H3CO C (CH2)4

O H2N C (CH2 )4

O C OH

O C OH Polyamide Poly ester

O

H 2 / Ni OH H 2 C ( CH 2 ) 4 CH 2 OH C OCH3 O H 2 / Ni NH2 H 2 N CH 2 ( CH 2 )4 CH 2 NH 2

HO C (CH2 )4

O HO C (CH2)4

O H2N (CH2)4 NH2 HO C (CH2)4 O C OH

Polyamide

O

H2 / Ni N C ( CH 2 )4 C N H 2 N CH 2 ( CH 2 ) CH 2 NH 2

HO C (CH2)4 C OH Polyamides

11.

For the first order reaction 2N 2 O5 ( g ) 4NO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) (A) (B) (C) (D) the concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time the half-life of the reaction decreases with increasing temperature the half-life of the reaction depends on the initial concentration of the reactant the reaction proceeds to 99.6% completion in eight half-life duration

Sol.

(A, B, D) For first order reaction [A] = [A]0ekt Hence concentration of [NO2] decreases exponentially. 0.693 Also, t1/2 = . Which is independent of concentration and t1/2 decreases with the increase of K temperature. 2.303 100 t 99.6 = log K 0.4 2.303 0.693 t 99.6 = = 8 t1/ 2 ( 2.4 ) = 8 K K

The equilibrium 2Cu I Cu o + Cu II in aqueous medium at 25oC shifts towards the left in the presence of (A) NO3 (B) Cl (D) CN

12.

(C) SCN

Sol.

(B, C, D) Cu2+ ions will react with CN and SCN forming [Cu(CN)4]3 and [Cu(SCN)4]3 leading the reaction in the backward direction.

Cu 2 + + 2CN Cu ( CN ) 2

2Cu ( CN )2 2CuCN + ( CN )2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-6

CuCN + 3CN Cu ( CN )4

3 3

Cu 2 + + 4SCN Cu ( SCN )4 2+ Cu also combines with CuCl2 which reacts with Cu to produce CuCl pushing the reaction in the backward direction. CuCl2 + Cu 2CuCl

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 13. The maximum number of isomers (including stereoisomers) that are possible on monochlorination of the following compound is CH3

C CH3 CH2 H

Sol. (8)

CH3 CH2 C CH2 CH2 Cl Enantiomeric pair = 2 H CH3 CH3 CH2 C CHCH3 H CH3 CH3 CH2 C CH2 CH3 Cl CH2 Cl CH3 CH2 C CH2 CH3 H Total = 2 + 4 + 1 + 1 = 8

14. The total number of contributing structure showing hyperconjugation (involving CH bonds) for the following carbocation is

H3C CH 2 CH 3

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-7

(6) 6 Hatoms are there Among the following, the number of compounds than can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10 (5) The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions present in 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as silver chloride is close to (6) Number of ionisable Cl in [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2 is 2 Millimoles of Cl = 30 0.01 2 = 0.6 Millimoles of Ag+ required = 0.6 0.6 = 0.1 V V = 6 ml In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl [Ksp(AgCl) = 1.6 1010], 0.1 mol of CuCl [Ksp(CuCl) = 1.0 106] is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6 10x. The value of x is (7) Let the solubility of AgCl is x mollitre-1 and that of CuCl is y mollitre-1

Sol.

17. Sol.

AgCl Ag + + Cl x x + CuCl Cu + Cl y y

Ksp of AgCl = [Ag+][Cl1] 1.6 10 -10 = x(x + y) (i) Similarly Ksp of CuCl = [Cu+][Cl-] 1.6 10-6 = y(x + y) (ii) On solving (i) and (ii) [Ag+] = 1.6 10-7 x=7

18. Sol. The number of hexagonal faces that are present in a truncated octahedron is (8)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 19. Match the transformations in column I with appropriate options in column II Column I Column II (A) CO 2 ( s ) CO 2 ( g ) (p) phase transition (B) (C) (D)

CaCO3 ( s ) CaO ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) 2H i H 2 ( g )

allotropic change

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-8

Sol. 20.

(A) (p, r, s)

(B) (r, s)

(C) (t)

(D) (p, q, t)

Match the reactions in column I with appropriate types of steps/reactive intermediate involved in these reactions as given in column II Column I Column II

O H3C O O

(A)

aq. NaOH

(p)

Nucleophilic substitution

(B)

CH2 CH2CH2Cl

CH 3 MgI

(q)

CH3

Electrophilic substitution

O 18 CH2 CH2CH2OH

H 2 SO 4

18 O

(C)

(r)

Dehydration

(D)

OH

H 2 SO 4

(s)

H3C CH3

Nucleophilic addition

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-9

SECTION I (Total Marks : 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This Section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 21. Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field? (A) (B)

(C)

(D)

Sol. 22.

(C) A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The velocity V of the bullet is (A) 250 m/s (C) 400 m/s (B) 250 2 m/s (D) 500 m/s

V m/s

20

100

Sol.

(D) 5=

1 (10)t 2 t = 1 sec 2 vball = 20 m/s vbullet = 100 m/s 0.01 V = 0.01 100 + 0.2 20 v = 100 + 400 = 500 m/s

23.

The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2 %, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9 % (B) 2.4 % (C) 3.1 % (D) 4.2 % (C) diameter = 2.5 +

Sol.

0.5 20 50

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-10

= 2.70 mm dr dm % error = + 3 100 r m 0.01 =2+3 100 2.70 = 3.1 % 24. A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, 0. The block carries a charge +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be (A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean position. (B) of the same frequency and with the same mean position (C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean position. (D) of changed frequency and with the same mean position. (A)

A light ray travelling in glass medium is incident on glass-air interface at an angle of incidence . The reflected (R) and transmitted (T) intensities, both as function of , are plotted. The correct sketch is (A) (B)

E +Q

Sol.

25.

100%

Intensity

100%

T R 0

Intensity

90

R 0

90

(C)

(D)

100% T

100% T

R 0

Sol.

Intensity

Intensity

90

90

A satellite is moving with a constant speed V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is 1 (A) mV 2 (B) mV2 2 3 (C) mV 2 (D) 2mV2 2

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

26.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-11

Sol.

(B) mV 2 GMm GMm = mV2 = 2 r r r A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the XY plane and a steady current I flows through the wire. The Z-component of the magnetic field at the centre of the spiral is 0 NI b (A) ln 2(b a) a 0 NI b+a (B) ln 2(b a) b a

Y

27.

I a b

0 NI b ln 2b a 0 NI b + a (D) ln 2b ba

(C) Sol. (A)

2r(b a) dr

a

0 IN

0 IN b dr IN b = 0 ln 2(b a) a r 2(b a) a

28.

A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous sinusoidal displacements in x-direction, x1(t) = A sin t and 2 x2(t) = A sin t + . Adding a third sinusoidal displacement x3(t) = B sin (t + ) brings the mass to a 3 complete rest. The values of B and are 3 4 (B) A, (A) 2 A, 4 3 5 (C) 3 A, (D) A, 6 3 (B)

2/3

Sol.

2/3 4/3

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-12

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 29. Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if (A) dA < dF (B) dB > dF (C) dA > dF (D) dA + dB = 2dF

Sol.

(A, B, D)

2dF Vg

B

30.

(dA +dB)Vg

A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision (A) the ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM. (B) the ring comes to a complete stop. (C) friction between the ring and the ground is to the left. (D) there is no friction between the ring and the ground.

Sol.

(C) During collision friction is impulsive and immediately after collision the ring will have a clockwise angular velocity hence friction will be towards left.

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct? (A) If the electric field due to a point charge varies as r2.5 instead of r2, then the Gauss law will still be valid. (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole (C) If the electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same. (D) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA).

31.

Sol.

32.

(C) or (C, D*) (D) is correct if we assume it is work done against electrostatic force

A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true? B B (A) I A (B) I A R > IR R < IR

A B (B) VC > VC A B (D) VC < VC

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-13

Sol.

(B, C) V I= Z

I 2 2 V 2 = VR + VC = (IR) 2 + C 1 z2 = R 2 + C

2

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 33. A series R-C combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency = 500 radian/s. If the impedance of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is (4)

Sol.

1 R 1.25 = R 2 + C RC = 4 ms

34.

A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in freespace. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A 10z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is (7) Stopping potential =

Sol.

hc W

= 6.2 eV 4.7 eV = 1.5 eV Kq V= = 1.5 r 1.5 102 n= = 1.05 107 9 109 1.6 1019 Z=7

35.

A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60 to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is (5)

Sol.

(i)

(ii)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-14

36.

A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V = N/10. Then N is (4) Applying work energy theorem 1 1 kx 2 mgx = mV 2 2 2 4 V= 10 N=4 Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistances are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is

A 3V 2 6V 1

Sol.

37.

Sol.

(5)

i=

3 = 1 ampere 3 VA 6 + 1 VB = 0 VA VB = 5

38.

7 lies on water making a convex surface of radius of 4 curvature R = 6 cm as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object S is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at x cm above the bottom of the tank. Then x is

Sol. (2)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-15

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 39. One mole of a monatomic gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V diagram. Column II give the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Column I.

P 3P B A

1P 0

C 1V 3V

D 9V V

Column II Internal energy decreases Internal energy increases. Heat is lost Heat is gained Work is done on the gas

Sol.

(A) (p, r, t) (B) (p, r) (C) (q, s) (D) (r, t) Isobaric compression Process A B Isochoric process Process B C Isobaric expansion Process C D Polytropic with TA = TD Process D A Column I shows four systems, each of the same length L, for producing standing waves. The lowest possible natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency, whose wavelength is denoted as f. Match each system with statements given in Column II describing the nature and wavelength of the standing waves. Column I Column II (A) Pipe closed at one end (p) Longitudinal waves

O L

40.

(B)

O L

(q)

Transverse waves

(C)

O L

(r)

f = L

(D)

O L/2 L

(s)

f = 2L

(t) Sol. (A) (p, t) (B) (p, s) (C) (q, s) (D) (q, r)

f = 4L

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-16

(Single Correct Answer Type)

This Section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 41.

2 If lim 1 + x ln (1 + b ) x0 1/ x

4 (C) 6

(A) Sol.

3 (D) 2

e

ln 1+ b2

(D)

= /2. 42. Let f : [1, 2] [0, ) be a continuous function such that f(x) = f(1 x) for all x [1, 2]. Let

R1 =

xf (x)dx , and R

be the area of the region bounded by y = f(x), x = 1, x = 2, and the x-axis. Then (B) R1 = 3R2 (D) 3R1 = R2

R1 =

2 1

xf ( x ) dx =

( 2 1 x ) f ( 2 1 x ) dx

2 1

(1 x ) f (1 x ) dx = (1 x ) f ( x ) dx

1

Hence 2R1 =

f ( x ) dx = R

43.

Let f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sinx for all x R. Then the set of all x satisfying (f o g o g o f) (x) = (g o g o f) (x), where (f o g) (x) = f(g(x)), is (A) n , n {0, 1, 2, ....} (C) (B) n , n {1, 2, ....} (D) 2 n, n {..., 2, 1, 0,1, 2, ....}

Sol.

(A) (fogogof) (x) = sin2 (sin x2) (gogof) (x) = sin (sin x2) sin2 (sin x2) = sin (sin x2) sin (sin x2) [sin (sin x2) 1] = 0

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-17

sin (sin x2) = 0 or 1 sin x2 = n or 2m + /2, where m, n I sin x2 = 0 x2 = n x = n , n {0, 1, 2, }. 44. Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y2 = 4x. Let P be the point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to (x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of P is (A) x2 = y (B) y2 = 2x 2 (C) y = x (D) x2 = 2y (C) y2 = 4x and Q will lie on it (4k)2 = 4 4h k2 = h y2 = x (replacing h by x and k by y) Let P(6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola

(h, k) P (4h, 4k) Q

Sol.

O (0, 0)

45.

x2

y2 b2

(B) (D)

3 2 3

a 2 a2 3 x 6) =1 e = . 2 ( 2b 2b 2 2

A value of b for which the equations x2 + bx 1 = 0 x2 + x + b = 0, have one root in common is (A) 2 (C) i 5

(B) i 3 (D)

Sol.

( b + 1) b + 1 + +b =0 2 ( b 1) b 1

2

b=

3i, 3i, 0 .

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-18

47.

1 Let 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-singular matrices of the form 2 where each of a, b, and c is either or 2. Then the number of distinct matrices in the set S is (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 8

(A) For being non-singular 1 a b

b 1 c , 1 a

Sol.

c 0

ac2 (a + c) + 1 0 Hence number of possible triplets of (a, b, c) is 2. i.e. (, 2, ) and (, , ). 48. The circle passing through the point (1, 0) and touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through the point 3 5 (B) , 2 (A) , 0 2 2 3 5 (C) , (D) (4, 0) 2 2 (D) Circle touching y-axis at (0, 2) is (x 0)2 + (y 2)2 + x = 0 passes through ( 1, 0) 1+4=0=5 x2 + y2 + 5x 4y + 4 = 0 Put y = 0 x = 1, 4 Circle passes through ( 4, 0)

Sol.

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

49.

x x 2 , 2 If f ( x ) = cos x, < x 0 , then 2 0 < x 1 x 1, ln x, x >1 (A) f(x) is continuous at x = /2 (C) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1

(A, B, C, D) lim f ( x ) = 0 = f ( / 2 )

x 2

Sol.

lim + f ( x ) = cos = 0 2 x

2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-19

x / 2 1, sin x, / 2 < x 0 f ( x ) = 0 < x 1 1, 1/ x, x >1 Clearly, f (x) is not differentiable at x = 0 as f(0) = 0 and f(0+) = 1. f (x) is differentiable at x = 1 as f (1) = f (1+) = 1. 50. Let f : (0, 1) R be defined by f (x) = (A) f is not invertible on (0, 1) (C) f = f1 on (0, 1) and f ( b ) =

bx , where be is a constant such that 0 < b < 1. Then 1 bx 1 (B) f f1 on (0, 1) and f ( b ) = f (0)

(D) f1 is differentiable on (0, 1)

1 f (0)

Sol.

(A)

bx 1 bx by bx Let y = x= 1 by 1 bx

f(x) =

0<x<10<

by <1 1 by

51. Let L be a normal to the parabola y2 = 4x. If L passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (A) y x + 3 = 0 (B) y + 3x 33 = 0 (C) y + x 15 = 0 (D) y 2x + 12 = 0

Sol.

Let E and F be two independent events. The probability that exactly one of them occurs is probability of none of them occurring is then

52.

11 and the 25

4 3 , P( F) = 5 5 2 1 (C) P( E) = , P( F) = 5 5

(A) P( E) =

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-20

Sol.

(A, D) Let P (E) = e and P (F) = f 11 P (E F) P (E F) = 25 11 e + f 2ef = 25 2 P ( E F) = 25 2 (1 e) (1 f) = 25 2 1 e f + ef = 25 From (1) and (2) 12 7 ef = and e + f = 25 5 Solving, we get 4 3 3 4 e = , f = or e = , f = . 5 5 5 5

(1)

(2)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 53.

and r a = 0 , then the value of r b is

Sol.

a ( r b) = a (c b) (a b) r (a r ) b = a ( c b) + 6 r = 3i j + 3k

r b = 3+6 = 9.

54. The straight line 2x 3y = 1 divides the circular region x2 + y2 6 into two parts. If 3 5 3 1 1 1 1 S = 2, , , , , , , , 4 2 4 4 4 8 4 then the number of point(s) in S lying inside the smaller part is

Sol.

(2) L: 2x 3y 1 S: x2 + y2 6 If L1 > 0 and S1 < 0 Then point lies in the smaller part. 1 3 1 2, and , lie inside. 4 4 4

L: 2x 3y 1

S: x2 + y2 6

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-21

55.

Let = ei/3, and a, b, c, x, y, z be non-zero complex numbers such that a+b+c=x a + b + c 2 = y a + b 2 + c = z. Then the value of

x +y +z a +b +c

2 2

2 2

is

Sol.

(3) The expression may not attain integral value for all a, b, c If we consider a = b = c, then x = 3a y = a (1 + + 2) = a (1 + i 3 ) z = a (1 + 2 + ) = a (1 + i 3 ) |x|2 + |y|2 + |z|2 = 9 |a|2 + 4 |a|2 + 4 |a|2 = 17 |a|2

2 2 2

17 3

( 2 / 3)

The number of distinct real roots of x4 4x3 + 12x2 + x 1 = 0 is (2) Let f (x) = x4 4x3 + 12x2 + x 1 = 0 f (x) = 4x3 12x2 + 24x + 1= 4 (x3 3x2 + 6x) + 1 f (x) = 12x2 24x + 24 = 12 (x2 2x + 2) f(x) has 0 real roots f (x) has maximum 2 distinct real roots as f (0) = 1. Let y(x) + y(x)g(x) = g(x)g(x), y(0) = 0, x R, where f(x) denotes

57.

constant differentiable function on R with g(0) = g(2) = 0. Then the value of y(2) is Sol. (0) y(x) + y(x) g(x) = g(x) g(x) eg(x) y(x) + eg(x) g(x) y(x) = eg(x) g(x) g(x) d ( y ( x ) eg( x ) ) = eg(x) g(x) g(x) dx y(x) = eg(x) =

=

t

g( x )

g ( x ) g ( x ) dx

= (t 1) et + c y(x) eg(x) = (g(x) 1) eg(x) + c Put x = 0 0 = (0 1) . 1 + c c = 1 Put x = 2 y(2) . 1 = (0 1) . (1) + 1 y(2) = 0. 58. Let M be a 3 3 matrix satisfying 0 1 1 1 1 0 M 1 = 2 , M 1 = 1 , and M 1 = 0 . 0 3 0 1 1 12 Then the sum of the diagonal entries of M is

FIITJEE Ltd., FIITJEE House, 29-A, Kalu Sarai, Sarvapriya Vihar, New Delhi -110016, Ph 46106000, 26569493, Fax 26513942

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-22

Sol.

(9)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 59. Match the statements given in Column I with the values given in Column II Column I (A) Column II (p)

the internal angle of the triangle between a and b is

b

(B)

If

( f ( x ) 3x ) dx = a

a

(q)

2 3 3

(C)

The value of

2 ln 3

5/ 6

sec ( x ) dx is

(r)

7/6

(D)

(s)

(t) Sol. (A). (A) (q) (B) (p) a b = 1 + 3 = 2 (C) (s) (D) (t)

a = 2, b = 2

cos =

2 1 = 2 2 2

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-23

=

b

2

(B).

( f ( x ) 3x ) dx = a

a a b

b2

f ( x ) dx =

3( 2 a 2 + b 2 b a 2 ) + a 2 b2 = 2 2

f(x) = x.

5/6 2 ln ( sec x + tan x ) 7 / 6 ln 3

(C).

(D).

1 1 z=1 1 z u 1 |z| = 1 1 = 1 u |u 1| = |u| locus of u is perpendicular bisector of line segment joining 0 and 1 maximum arg u approaches but will not attain. 2

Let u = Match the statements given in Column I with the intervals/union of intervals given in Column II

60.

Column I

(A)

Column II

(p) (, 1) (1, ) (, 0) (0, )

: z is a complex number , z = 1, z 1 is

(B)

(q)

(C)

f () : 0 <

is 2

(s) (t) (, 1] [1, ) (, 0] [2, )

(r)

[2, )

(D)

Sol.

(A).

(A) (s) (B) (t) (C) (r) 2i(x + iy) 2i(x + iy) z= = 1 (x + iy) 2 1 (x 2 y 2 + 2ixy) Using 1 x2 = y2 2ix 2y 1 Z= = . y 2y 2 2ixy

(D) (r)

website: www.fiitjee.com.

IITJEE2011-Paper 2-CPM-24

1 y 1

(B).

1 1 1 or 1 . y y

For domain 8 3x 2 1 1 1 32(x 1) 3x 3x 2 1. 1 1 32x 2 3x 3x 2 1 0 Case I: 1 32x 2 (3x 1)(3x 2 1) 0 (32x 2 1) x ( , 0] (1, ). 3x 3x 2 +1 0 Case II: 1 32x 2 (3x 2 1)(3x + 1) 0 (3x 3x 2 1) x ( , 1) [2, ) So, x ( , 0] [2, ).

(C).

R1 R1 + R3 0 f () = tan

0 1 tan

2

2 tan 1

1

2

(D).

website: www.fiitjee.com.

(Code: 6)

Time: 3 Hours

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

INSTRUCTIONS

A. General: 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet. 2. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. 3. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. 4. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. 5. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. 6. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MULTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET. 7. Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. 8. This Question Paper contains 69 questions. 9. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible. B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. 11. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match, ask for a change of the booklet. 12. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your registration No. with a good quality HB pencil. C. Question paper format and Marking Scheme: 13. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 14. In Section I (Total Marks: 21), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 15. In Section II (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. 16. In Section III (Total Marks : 15), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 17. In Section IV (Total Marks: 28), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section.

PART I Useful Data

R = 8.314 JK1 mol1 or 8.206 102 L atm K1 mol1 h = 6.626 1034 Js c = 3.0 108 m s1 SECTION I (Total Marks: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type) This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Note: Questions with (*) mark are from syllabus of class XI. *1. Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid 1 F = 96500 C mol1 1 eV = 1.602 1019 J NA = 6.022 1023

Sol.:

o-Hydroxybenzoic acid is most acidic among the given compounds due to ortho effect and stabilization of its conjugate base by intramolecular hydrogen bonding. Correct choice: (C) The major product of the following reaction is O

C NH C O O (A)

C NCH2 C O O (C)

C N OCH2 Br

(i) KOH (ii) Br CH2Cl

2.

Br

(B)

O C N C O O

C N O

CH2Cl

(D)

CH2Cl

O C C O O C C O N K+ H2O

+

Sol.:

C NH + KOH C O O C C N K+ Br

+

CH2Cl

NCH2

Br

3.

Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 Nitrogen gas is obtained in the following reactions:

2NH3(g) + 3CuO(s) (NH4)2 Cr2O7(s) Ba(N3)2(s)

Sol.:

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

Extra pure N2 is obtained by heating Ba(N3)2 in vacuum as no gaseous by-product is formed in the reaction. Correct choice: (D)

4.

Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O, respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar. (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral. (C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral. (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral. Ni2+ forms [NiCl4]2 with Cl, whereas it forms [Ni(CN)4]2 with CN and [Ni(H2O)6]2+ with H2O. The hybridisation of Ni2+ in [NiCl4]2, Ni(CN)4]2 and [Ni(H2O)6]2+ is sp3, dsp2 and sp3d2 respectively. Hence, the shapes of [NiCl4]2, [Ni(CN)4]2 and [Ni(H2O)6]2+ are tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral respectively.

Sol.:

Bombardment of aluminium by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are

27 13 Al

(ii)

30 15 P

+Y

(i)

30 14 Si

+X

30 14 Si

+Z

27 13 Al

4 2 He

30 15 P

+ 1 n 0

(Y)

Sol.:

4 2 He

30 14 Si

+ 1 1H

(X)

30 14 Si

0 e +1

(Z)

Dissolving 120 g of urea (molecular weight 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M Mass of solution = 1120 g. Volume of solution =

Sol.:

1120 120 = 2. ml . ; Number of moles of solute = 1.15 60 2 1000 1.15 = 2.05 M 1120

Molarity of solution =

AgNO3 (aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance () versus the volume of AgNO3 is

Volume

Volume

Volume

Volume

(P)

(A) (P) (C) (R)

(Q)

(R)

(B) (Q) (D) (S)

(S)

Sol.:

When AgNO3 is added to KCl, the first part of the curve shows no increase in conductivity as there is only replacement of Cl ions with NO 3 ions. (Ionic conductivity of Cl ions is 76 and that of NO 3 ions is 71). As the AgCl is precipitated, it does not contribute to conductivity. The second part of the curve i.e., after the point of equivalence, conductivity increases ions. because of increase in concentration of Ag+ and NO 3

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

SECTION II (Total Marks: 16) (Multiple Correct Answers Type) This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 8.

The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic. (B) Physisorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature. (C) Physisorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature. (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation. Adsorption of a gas on the surface of a solid is generally exothermic but not always. e.g. adsorption of H2 on glass surface is endothermic. Physiosorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature because chemisorption involves energy barrier. Chemisorption is more exothermic than physiosorption as the formation of covalent bonds in former case results in release of energy. Correct choice: (B) & (D) Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (C) removal of copper impurity (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore (D) removal of iron impurity

Sol.:

Sol.:

SnO2 is reduced to the metal by heating with carbon at 12001300C in an electric furnace. The crude tin contains impurities. It is purified by liquation and poling. The crude metal is heated gently on a sloping hearth when pure tin flows down leaving behind iron and copper as impurities. Correct choice: (A), (C) & (D) According to kinetic theory of gases (A) collisions are always elastic. (B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container. (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity. (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities. As per kinetic theory of gases, gas molecules are presumed to be point particles, moving in random motion colliding with each other as well as with the walls of container. Collisions between such particles are taken to be perfectly elastic. Molecules travel in straight lines in between the collisions. According to Maxwells distribution only a small number of molecules have very high velocity. Heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of container. Correct choice: (A), (B), (C) & (D) Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are) H H H (A) (B) HCCC CC CH2 H2C CH2 (D) H2C=C=CH2 (C) H2C=C=O Both s-cis and s-trans structures of 1,3-butadiene are planar. Structures (B) and (C) are also planar. Propadiene has terminal hydrogens lying perpendicular to each other and hence dont lie in the same plane. Correct choice: (A), (B) & (C)

SECTION III (Total Marks: 15) (Paragraph Type)

*10.

Sol.:

*11.

Sol.:

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph for Question Nos. 12 to 13

An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reaction, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

(i) conc. H2SO4 (catalytic amount) (H2O) (ii) O3 (iii) Zn/H2O

O 2 H 3C C CH3

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

9.

*12.

H3C HCCCCH3 H3C

H3C

O CCCH3 OH CCHCH3 (Q)

Sol.:

CH3 CCCH (P) CH3 CH3 CCH

+ 1) HgSO4/H+

CH3

CH3

CH3 CH 3

CH3 CH 3

Methyl Shift

CH3

H+

CH3 CH3

CH3

CH3

Acetone

The structure of the compound Q is (A)

H3C OH HCCCH2CH3 H3C H

OH H3C (B) H3CCCCH3 H3C H

OH

(D) CH3CH2CH2CHCH2CH3

When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution.

14.

(M) (N)

(B) Cu (D) Co

Cu(NO3)2 + 2Ag

Sol.:

Blue Solution

AgNO3 + NaCl

White ppt (O)

AgCl

+ NaNO3

Cu+2 + 4NH3 Ag+ + 2NH3

Intense blue solution Soluble solution

[Cu(NH3)4]+2 [Ag(NH3)2]+

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

C=C

CH3 CH 3 CH3

CCHCH3 CH3

O3 Zn/H2O

C=O

15.

The compound N is (A) AgNO3 (C) Al(NO3)3

Sol.: 16.

The final solution contains (A) [Pb(NH3)4]2+ and [CoCl4]2 (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (B) [Al(NH3)4]3+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Ni(NH3)6]2+

Sol.:

Correct choice: (C) SECTIONIV (Total Marks: 28) Integer Answer Type This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each questions is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

CH3CH2CCH2CH2CH3

Alc. KOH

CH3CH=CCH2CH2CH3

CH3CH2C=CHCH2CH3

CH3CH2CCH2CH2CH3

*17. Sol.:

The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is The following possible alkenes will be formed for the given reaction: Br

CHCH3 CH2CH2CH3

CH2CH3 CH2CH2CH3

CH2CH3 CH2CH2CH3

CH2CH2CH3 CH2CH3

CHCH2CH3 CH2CH3

The answer is 9.

18.

A decapeptide (molecular weight 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glylcine (molecular weight 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is For hydrolysis of a peptide number of water molecules required = (n 1). Where n is number of peptide linkages. So, for a decapeptide total H2O molecules needed = 9. Now total molecular mass of all amino acids forming the decapeptide = 796 + 9 (18) = 796 + 162 = 958 Mass contribution of Glycine = 47 % of 958 = 450.26 Number of glycine units in the decapeptide =

The answer is 6.

Sol.:

450.26 =6 75

*19.

Sol.:

To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0C is close to External pressure = 1 atm. Vapour pressure of unknown compound at 0C = 0.68 atm. Partial pressure of He = 1 0.68 = 0.32 atm. If V is the total volume of gases at 0C then 0.32 V = 0.1 0.0821 273

V = 7 litres. The answer is 7.

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

*20.

The work function () of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is

Metal (eV) Li 2.4 Na 2.3 K 2.2 Mg 3.7 Cu 4.8 Ag 4.3 Fe 4.7 Pt 6.3 W 4.75

Sol.:

hc

6.6 10 19 1.6 10 19 = 4.1 eV

6.634 10 34 3 10 8

Now, Li, Na, K, Mg have work function () less than 4.1 eV. So, they will show photoelectric emission. The answer is 4.

*21. Sol.:

The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, and spin quantum number, ms = 1/2, is Total number of electrons in 3rd shell = 2 (32) = 18. Now, 9 electrons have ms = +1/2 and 9 electrons have ms = 1/2. The answer is 9. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is 3Na2CO3 + 3Br2 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2 This is disproportionation reaction of bromine. Five molecules of NaBr are involved in the reaction. The answer is 5.

22. Sol.:

23. Sol.:

The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is Na2S4O6 (Sodium tetrathionate) has structure Na OSSSSO Na

O

+5 +

O O

+5

The answer is 5.

PART II

SECTION I (Total Marks: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This Section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

24.

A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance X using a standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of X is (A) 10.2 ohm (C) 10.8 ohm (B) 10.6 ohm (D) 11.1 ohm

A

10

Sol.:

X =

Rl 10 53 = l 0 l 103 53

530 50

= 10.6

A 2 F capacitor is charged as shown in figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is (A) 0 % (C) 75 % (B) 20 % (D) 80 %

V 2F 8F 1 2 S

Sol.:

Uf =

1 V2 V 10 = 2 5 5

Ui U f Ui

% loss of energy

100 = 80%

A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is (A) 8.50 kHz (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz

Sol.:

Correct choice (A)

*27.

5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is (A) 9 R T1 8

1

(B)

5.6 3 = T1 0.7

5 1

3 R T1 2

(C)

15 R T1 8

(D)

9 R T1 2

Sol.:

V T2 = T1 1 V2

= 4 T1

= 9 RT1 8

W = | nCv T|

r , where E0 is a Consider an electric field E = E0 x constant. The flux through the shaded area (as shown in the figure) due to this field is

(A) 2 E 0 a 2

(C) E0 a 2 (B) (D) 2 E0 a 2

E0 a 2

Z (a,0,a) (a,a,a)

(0,0,0) X

(0,a,0)

Sol.:

The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 . The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singly-ionized helium atom is (A) 1215 (B) 1640 (C) 2430 (D) 4687 1 1 5 2 1 = R (1) = R 1 4 9 36 1 1 1 3 = R (2)2 = R 2 4 16 4

Sol.:

2 5 = 2 = 1215 1 27

Correct choice: (A) *30.

A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that the string can is bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is (A) 9 (B) 18 (C) 27

(D) 36

Sol.:

L T m

2 max

2 max =

SECTION II (Total Marks: 16) (Multiple Correct Answer Type)

10

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

31.

Sol.:

An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true? (A) They will never come out of the magnetic field region. (B) They will come out traveling along parallel paths. (C) They will come out at the same time. (D) They will come out at different times. m Both follow semicircular path in the magnetic field for the time t = qB

inside (A) E A =0

(B) QA > QB

on surface on surface (D) E A < EB

Sol.:

(C)

32.

A spherical metal shell A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB (< RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge +Q. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then

RA

RB solid

+Q

(C) VA = VB A RA = B RB (D)

A RB = B RA

shell

E A A RB = = EB B RA

A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat Q flows only from left to right through the blocks. Then in steady state (A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same. (B) heat flow through slab E is maximum. (C) temperature difference across slab E is smallest. (D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D. Equivalent diagram is shown.

Q1 L 2K Q Q2 2 L Q3 L 2K 2K L

0 1L A 1L 2K 3L 4L D 5K 5L 6L 3K E 4K 6K

heat

B C

Sol.:

3K 4K 5K 4L

6K 6K 6K L

2 KLd 3KLd 6 KLd 35 KdT + + = Heat current Q1 = T 4L L L 4 2 K (2 L )d 4 K (2 L )d 6 K (2 L )d Q2 = T + + = 18KdT 4L L L 2 KLd 5KLd 6 KLd 37 KdT Q3 = T + + = 4L L L 4

Clearly Q2 = Q1 + Q3 (A) Q A = QE = Q1 + Q2 + Q3 (C) T = QR =

Ql is least for E KA

Q1 Q2 Q3

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

11

*34.

A metal rod of length L and mass m is pivoted at one end. A thin disk of mass M and radius R (< L) is attached at its center to the free end of the rod. Consider two ways the disk is attached: (case A) The disk is not free to rotate about its centre and (case B) the disk is free to rotate about its centre. The rod-disk system performs SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) true? (A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring torque in case B. (B) Restoring torque in case A < restoring torque in case B. (C) Angular frequency for case A > Angular frequency for case B. (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular frequency for case B. Frequency of oscillation of physical pendulum is

T = 2

Sol.:

I mgd

SECTION III (Total Marks: 15) (Paragraph Type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let N be the number density of free electrons, each of mass m. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency p, which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p, all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals.

35.

Taking the electronic charge as e and the permittivity as 0, use dimensional analysis to determine the correct expression for p. (A)

Ne m 0

(B)

m 0 Ne

(C)

Ne 2 m 0

(D)

m 0 Ne 2

Sol.:

= [T1]

36.

Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for a metal having the density of electrons N 4 1027 m3. Take 0 1011 and m 1030, where these quantities are in proper SI units. (A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm (C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm

Sol.:

Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 39

12

Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momentum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in one-dimension. For such systems, phase space is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x(t) vs. p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in figure. We use the sign convention in which position or momentum upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative.

Momentum Position

*37.

The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically up from ground is

Momentum

Momentum

(A) Position

(B) Position

Momentum

Momentum

(C) Position

(D) Position

Sol.:

p = m V 02 2 gy

p 2 = m 2 V02 2 gy

)

Momentum E1 2a a Position

The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies respectively. Then (A) E1 = 2 E 2 (C) E1 = 4 E 2 (B) E1 = 2 E 2 (D) E1 = 16 E 2

E2

Sol.:

E=

p2 2m

Correct choice: (C)

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

13

*39.

Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position Momentum

Momentum (D)

(C)

Position

Position

Sol.:

From extreme positive position (of x), the momentum starts increasing in negative direction (with energy dissipation) and gradually returns back to less positive position as pf < pi (due to energy dissipation). Correct choice: (B) SECTION IV (Total Marks: 28) (Integer Answer Type) This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

40.

A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as I = I0 cos(300 t) where I0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0 I 0 sin(300t ) ; then N is

I

Sol.:

B.dl =

B=

I l L

l

0 I L Now, = BA = 0 I 0 cos(300t ) r 2 L

e= d 3000 I 0 r 2 sin (300t ) = dt L

300. 2 r 4 0 I 0 sin (300t ) LR

14

As, M = iA =

M = 6 0 I 0 sin (300t )

N =6 The answer is 6

*41.

Four solid spheres each of diameter 5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centres at the corners of a square of side 4 cm. The moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is N 104 kg-m2, then N is

Sol.:

I = 4

a 2 MR 2 + 2M 2 5 2 5 I = 4 0.5 10 4 + 2 0.5 8 10 4 5 4

2a 2

I = 9 10 4 kg m2 The answer is 9

42.

The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is dN = N dt dN 1 1 1 s = 1010 , = = dt t av 10 9 1 dN 19 = 10 dt

Sol.:

Given,

N=

The answer is 1

*43.

Steel wire of length L at 40o C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass m is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40oC to 30oC to regain its original length L. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105 / oC, Youngs modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >> diameter of the wire. Then the value of m in kg is nearly

Sol.:

mg = YAT m=

( )

44.

15

Four point charges, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side a. The surface

q2 tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planar film are in equilibrium, and a = k constant. Then N is

1/ N

, where k is a

Sol.:

kq 2 a

2

+2

kq 2

2 2a

q

2

= 2 a

a3

1

kq 2a 2 kq 2 a2

kq 2 a2

kq 2 a2

kq 2 2a 2 kq 2 a2

q2 3 a The answer is 3

*45.

A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45o with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 , then N is

F1 = mg(sin + cos) F2 = mg (sin cos) F As, 1 = 3 F2

sin + cos =3 sin cos 1+ = 3 = 1/2 1 Now, N = 10 = 5 The answer is 5

Sol.:

F1 mg sin f

F2 mg sin

*46.

A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficient of friction between the stick and the ring is (P / 10). The value of P is

Ground

Stick

Sol.:

FBD of the ring is shown in figure, F f1 = ma (i) (f1 f2)R = I (ii) a = R From (i) f1 = F ma = 2 0.6 = 1.4 N From (ii) Ia f1 f2 = 2 = ma R f2 = f1 ma = 1.4 0.6 = 0.8 N But f2 = F f = 2 = 0 .4 F Now, P = 10 = 4 The answer is 4

a N1

mg f2 f1

16

PART III

SECTION I (Total Marks: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Let and be the roots of x 2 6 x 2 = 0, with > . If a n = n n for n 1, then the value of (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3

*47.

a10 2a8 is 2a 9

(D) 4

Sol.:

= 2( 9 9 )

8 ( 2 2) 8 (2 2) 2 ( 9 9 ) 8 .6 8 .6 2 ( 9 9 )

[Q

6 2 = 0 & 2 6 2 = 0

]

3 x + y = 1. If L also intersects the x-axis, (D) 3 y + x 3 + 2 3 = 0

=3

Correct choice: (C) *48.

A straight line L through the point (3, 2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line then the equation of L is (A) y + 3 x + 2 3 3 = 0 (B) y 3 x + 2 + 3 3 = 0

(C) 3 y x + 3 + 2 3 = 0

y-axis

Sol.:

Equation will be y + 2 = 3 ( x 3)

3x + y = 1

y 3x + 2 + 3 3 = 0

2/3 O

/3 /3 P (3, 2) /3

x-axis

1 3 (C) 1 2

10 10 2(8 8 )

*49.

( 2 x) ln 2 = (3 y ) ln 3 3 ln x = 2 ln y . Then x 0 is (A) 1 6 (B) (D) 6

Sol.:

(ln 2) 2 + (ln 2)(ln x) = (ln 3) 2 + (ln 3)(ln y )

.. (i) .. (ii)

and

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

17

50.

The value of

ln 2

ln 3 2

dx is 3 2 1 3 ln 6 2

1 3 (A) ln 4 2

Sol.:

1 3 ln 2 2

(C) ln

(D)

Put x 2 = t 2 x dx = dt

I= 1 2

ln 3

ln 2

a a ln 3 ln 2 b b

sin t

Using property

2I =

I=

1 3 ln . 4 2

r r r r r r Let a = i j k be three vectors. A vector v in the plane of a and b , whose projection on + j + k , b = i j + k and c = i

r 1 c is , is given by 3

3 (A) i j + 3k r r r v = a + b 3 (B) 3i jk (C) 3i j + 3k +3 (D) i j 3k

Sol.:

Now So

( + ) + = ( + )i j ( ) + k rr v .c 1 ( + ) ( ) ( + ) = 1 = 1 r = |c | 3 r v = (1 + 2)i j + (1 + 2 )k =1

Then take

Let P = : sin cos = 2 cos and Q = : sin + cos = 2 sin be two sets. Then (A) P Q and Q P (B) Q P (C) P Q (D) P = Q

Sol.:

and Hence,

P=Q

Let the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by y = (1 x) 2 , y = 0 and x = 0 into two parts R1 (0 x b) and

R 2 (b x 1) such that R1 R 2 =

(A)

3 4

(B)

1 2

dt = 2 (ln 3 ln 2)

b 1

18

Sol.:

( x 1) 2 dx ( x 1) 2 dx =

b

1 4

1 0 1

( x 1) 3 2

0 3

( x 1) 3

=

b

1 4

or

(b 1) 1 = 3 12 1 1 b= 2 2

b 1 =

Correct choice: (B) SECTION II (Total Marks: 16) (Multiple Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

54.

Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM . If P T denotes the transpose of P, then M 2 N 2 ( M T N ) 1 ( MN 1 ) T is equal to (A) M 2 (B) N 2 (C) M 2 (D) MN (The order can not be 3 3 as it will be singular matrix. Solving the problem taking order as 2n 2n , where n N ) M 2 N 2 ( M T N ) 1 ( MN 1 ) T = MN MN ( MN ) 1 ( MN 1 ) T = MN (( N T ) 1 M T ) = ( MN N 1 M ) = M 2 .

Correct choice: (C)

Sol.:

(as MN = NM )

55.

and i , and perpendicular to the vector i is/are + +2 + The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors i j + 2k j+k j+k (A) jk +k (B) i (C) i j (D) j+k

Sol.:

r a =i + j+k r + b =i j + 2k

r c =i + 2 j+k r ) d = 4 ( jk

) Hence, parallel to ( jk

Correct choice: (A), (D) Alternative r and i . + +2 Let c is coplanar with vectors i j + 2k j+k

So

r ) + y (i ) + +2 c = x(i j + 2k j+k

. + ( x + 2 y) = ( x + y )i j + (2 x + y )k

r , + Since, c is to vector i j+k

19

So

x + y + x + 2 y + 2x + y = 0

y = x

) = x( j+k If x = 1

= j+k

If x = 1 = jk

*56.

Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola through a focus of the ellipse, then (A) the equation of the hyperbola is

x2 a

2

y2 b2

x2 y2 =1 3 2

5 3

(B) a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0) (D) the equation of the hyperbola is x 2 3 y 2 = 3

Sol.:

x2 a

2

y2 b

2

= 1, eccentricity of ellipse

x2 y2 + = 1, where a 2 = 4, b 2 = 1 4 1

e=

So So

3 , and foci ( 3 , 0) 2 2 3

eccentricity of hyperbola e1 =

b 2 = a 2 (e1 1)

2

( 3 , 0) of ellipse

So

3

a2

0

b2

=1 a2 = 3 b2 =1

So equation of hyperbola is

x 2 3y 2 = 3

x2 y2 =1 3 1

( 3 (2, 0) .

2 3

, 0)

57.

Let f : R R be a function such that f ( x + y ) = f ( x) + f ( y ), x, y R. . If f ( x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f ( x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f ( x) is continuous x R (C) f ' ( x) is constant x R (D) f ( x) is differentiable except at finitely many points

f :R R f ( x + y ) = f ( x ) + f ( y ) x, y R

20

Sol.:

f ' ( x) is constant x R. Correct choice: (B), (C)

SECTION III (Total Marks: 15) (Paragraph Type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Let U 1 and U 2 be two urns such that U 1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U 2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears then 1 ball is drawn at random from U 1 and put into U 2 . However, if tail appears then 2 balls are drawn at random from U 1 and put into U 2 . Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U 2 .

58.

The probability of the drawn ball from U 2 being white is (A) 13 30 (B) 23 30 (C) 19 30 (D) 11 30

Sol.:

Required probability

3 2 2 3 C C 1 1 3C C C1 2 C1 2 1 1 5 1 + 5 1 + 5 2 1 + 5 2 + 5 3 2 C1 2 C2 3 C2 2 C2 C1

= =

1 3 1 3 1 12 + + + + 2 5 5 10 30 30 23 30

Given that the drawn ball from U 2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is (A) 17 23 (B) 11 23 (C) 15 23 (D) 12 23

(as f ( x) is differentiable at x = 0 )

1 4 12 E1 2 5 P = = 1 4 1 22 23 A + 2 5 2 30

Correct choice: (D) Paragraph for Questions Nos. 60 to 62

21

Sol.:

1 9 7 [a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] .(E) 7 3 7

60.

If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2 x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7 a + b + c is (A) 0 1 9 7 8 2 7 =0 7 3 7 equation E has non trivial solution ( a , b, c ) ( , 6 , 7 ) Point satisfies the plane 2 6 + 7 = 1 = 1

(a, b, c) (1, 6, 7)

(B) 12

(C) 7

(D) 6

Sol.:

As

7a + b + c = 6 3 a 1 b 3 c

Let be a solution of x 3 1 = 0 with Im() > 0 . If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of equal to (A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 + + is

(D) 3

Sol.:

If

a = 2 b = 12, c = 14 3

2

1

12

3 14

= 1 + 3( + 2 ) = 2 .

Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0, then

n

Sol.:

1 1 + n =0

(A) 6

b = 6 a = 1, c = 7

(B) 7

(C)

6 7

(D)

x 2 + 6x 7 = 0

1 1 6 6 = + = 7 7

1 6 =7. = 6 7 n =0 1 7

SECTION IV (Total Marks: 28) (Integer Answer Type)

22

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

*63. Sol.:

The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a 5 , a 4 ,3a 3 , 1, a 8 and a 10 with a > 0 is

a 5 + a 4 + 3a 3 + 1 + a 8 + a 10

1

a 1

5

+ +

1

a 1

4

+ +

3

a3 1 a3

+ 1 + a 8 + a 10 + 1

a3

a5 Ans. 8

a4

1

a3

+ a 8 + a 10 + 1 8

64.

Sol.:

sin = sin 1 sin tan 1 cos 2 2 1 sin = sin 1 (tan ) 1 sin = sin(sin 1 (tan )) = tan sin tan cos 2 d ( f ()) = 1 d (tan ) Ans. 1

as , 4 4

*65. Sol.

|| z 3 2i | 2| z 3+

5 i| 5 2

M 5/2

(3, 2)

X N

66.

Let f : [1, ) [2, ) be a differentiable function such that f (1) = 2. If 6 f (t ) dt = 3 x f ( x) x 3 for all x 1, then the

1

value of f (2) is

Sol.:

*(To get the correct equation which satisfies f (1) = 2 , the question should have been 6 f (t )dt = 3 x f ( x) x 3 5 )

1

Differentiate both sides w.r.t. x we get 6 f ( x) = 3xf ' ( x) + 3 f ( x) 3x 2 From differential equation dy 6 y = 3x + 3 y 3x 2 dx

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

dy 3 y = 3x 2 dx dy y = x f ( x) = x 2 + x dx x f (2) = 4 + 2 = 6 Ans. 6 3x

23

*67.

Sol.:

*68.

Let a1 , a 2 , a 3 , ..., a100 be an arithmetic progression with a1 = 3 and S p = 1 n 20, let m = 5n. If Sm does not depend on n, then a 2 is Sn

a , 1 p 100.

i i =1 p

Sol.:

6 + (5n 1)d = 5 6 + (n 1)d 6 d + 5nd = 5 6 d + nd This will be independent of n if d =6 a2 = 3 + 6 = 9 Ans. 9

*69.

Consider the parabola y 2 = 8 x. Let 1 be the area of the triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum and the point 1 P , 2 on the parabola, and 2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P and at the end points of the 2 latus rectum. Then 1 is 2

Sol.:

1 = 2 since the area of the triangle formed by 3 points on a parabola is twice the area of the triangle formed by the 2 tangents at these points. Ans. 2

24

Time: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 240

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

A. General: 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet. 2. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. 3. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. 4. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. 5. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. 6. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MULTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET. 7. Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. 8. This Question Paper contains 60 questions. 9. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible. B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. 11. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match, ask for a change of the booklet. 12. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your registration No. with a good quality HB pencil. C. Question paper format and Marking Scheme: 13. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. 14. In Section I (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (1) mark will be awarded. 15. In Section II (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. 16. In Section III (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. 17. In Section IV (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 2 marks for each row in which you have darkened ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section.

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

INSTRUCTIONS

25

PART I Useful Data

R = 8.314 JK1 mol1 or 8.206 102 L atm K1 mol1 h = 6.626 1034 Js c = 3.0 108 m s1 1 F = 96500 C mol1 1 eV = 1.602 1019 J NA = 6.022 1023

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

1.

Among the following complexes (KP), K3[Fe(CN)6] (K), [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (L), Na3[Co(oxalate)3] (M), [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 (N), K2[Pt(CN)4] (O) and [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 (P) the diamagnetic complexes are (A) K, L, M, N (B) K, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O (C) L, M, O, P E.C. (K) (L) (M) (N) (O) (P) Fe3+ Co Ni

3+

Sol.:

Ligand Strong field ligand Strong field ligand Strong field ligand Weak field ligand Strong field ligand Weak field ligand

0

3d54s0 3d 4s 3d 4s

10 8 6

Co3+

2+

3d64s0

0

Pt2+ Zn

2+

5d86s0 3d 4s

0

Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous solution precipitates (A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS (C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS Cu2+ and Hg2+ belong to group II. So, on passing H2S gas, in acidified aqueous solution, they will precipitate as CuS and HgS respectively because their solubility product values are low. Correct choice: (A) Consider the following cell reaction:

2+ 2Fe (s ) + O 2( g ) + 4H ( aq ) 2Fe ( aq ) + 2H2O(l) ; E = 1.67 V +

Sol.:

3.

At [Fe2+] = 103 M, P(O2) = 0.1 atm and pH = 3, the cell potential at 25C is (A) 1.47 V (B) 1.77 V (C) 1.87 V (D) 1.57 V

Sol.:

(10 3 ) 2 0.059 log 4 (10 3 ) 4 0.1 0.059 log 107 4 0.059 7 = 1.67 0.1 4

Note: Questions with (*) mark are from syllabus of class XI.

26

4.

The freezing point (in C) of a solution containing 0.1 g of K3[Fe(CN)6] (molecular weight 329) in 100 g of water (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol1) is (A) 2.3 102 (B) 5.7 102 (D) 1.2 102 (C) 5.7 103 Tf = i Kf m Tf = 4 1.86 0.1 1000 = 2.26 102 329 100 2.3 102 Tf = 0 2.3 102 C.

Sol.:

Amongst the compounds given, the one that would form a brilliant colored dye on treatment with NaNO2 in dil. HCl followed by addition to an alkaline solution of -naphthol is N(CH3)2 NHCH3 (B) (A)

NH2

(C)

H3C

(D)

NH2

Sol.:

H3 C

NaNO2 + HCl

+ N2 Cl

HO

CH2NH2

OH N=N

Red dye

CH3

H3 C

The major product of the following reaction is

RCH2OH

H+ (anhydrous)

H O

Sol.:

O

H+

H O

.. HOCH 2R ..

H

H O OCH2R H

OCH2R

Acetal

The following carbohydrate is

H HO HO H H HO H OH OH HO

(A) a ketohexose

Sol.:

27

*8.

Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals haematite and magnetite, respectively, are (A) (II), (III) in haematite and (III) in magnetite. (B) (II), (III) in haematite and (II) in magnetite. (C) (II) in haematite and (II), (III) in magnetite. (D) (III) in haematite and (II), (III) in magnetite. Haematite: Fe 2 O 3

III

III II

Sol.:

Magnetite: Fe3O4 Fe2O3 + FeO Correct choice: (D) SECTION II (Total Marks: 16) (Multiple Correct Answer(s) Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct.

9.

The equilibrium

(A) NO 3

(B) Cl

2Cu+

Cuo + Cu2+

(C) SCN

(D) CN

Sol.:

Cuprous compounds can be obtained by passing SO2 through a solution containing copper sulphate and sodium salt. 2CuSO 4 + 2 NaCl + SO 2 + 2H 2 O 2CuCl + Na 2 SO 4 + 2H 2 SO 4 2CuSO 4 + 2 NaCN + SO 2 + 2H 2 O 2CuCN + Na 2 SO 4 + 2H 2 SO 4 2CuSO 4 + 2 NaCNS + SO 2 + 2H 2 O 2CuCNS + Na 2 SO 4 + 2H 2 SO 4

10.

For the first order reaction 2 N 2 O 5 (g ) 4 NO 2 (g ) + O 2 (g) (A) the concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time. (B) the half-life of the reaction decreases with increasing temperature. (C) the half-life of the reaction depends on the initial concentration of the reactant. (D) the reaction proceeds to 99.6% completion in eight half-life duration.

Sol.:

(A) [A ]t = [A]0 e kt [A ] t concentration after time t [A]0 = initial concentration (B) Rate const k increases with temperature. (D) if 99.6% completed

0.4% left.

k=

11.

The correct functional group X and the reagent/reaction conditions Y in the following scheme are

X(CH2)4X

(i) Y (ii)

28

O C(CH2)4C HO OH heat O

condensation polymer

H2/Ni/

Sol.:

H2/Ni/

HOCH2(CH2)4CH2OH

H2NCH2(CH2)4CH2NH2

H2N(CH2)4NH2

H2/Ni/

Br2/NaOH H

H2NCH2 (CH2)4CH2NH2

There is a formation of condensation products with acid and amine or alcohol. Correct choice: (A), (B), (C) & (D)

12.

Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous permanganate ion involves (A) 3 electrons in neutral medium (B) 5 electrons in neutral medium (C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium (D) 5 electrons in acidic medium In neutral and alkaline media MnO 4 + 2H 2 O + 3e MnO 2 + 4OH In acidic medium

+ 8H + + 5e Mn +2 + 4H 2 O MnO 4

Sol.:

Correct choice: (A), (C) & (D) SECTIONIII (Total Marks: 24) (Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

*13. Sol.:

The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions present in 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as silver chloride is close to [Cr (H 2 O) 5 Cl]Cl 2 [Cr ( H 2 O) 5 Cl]+2 + 2Cl

m moles of Cl = 30 2 0.01 On adding AgNO3, m moles of Ag+ required to precipitate all Cl ions is equal to m moles of Cl. 0.1 V = 30 2 0.01 ; V(AgNO3) = 6 ml The answer is 6.

*14. Sol.:

In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl [Ksp(AgCl)=1.6 1010], 0.1 mol of CuCl [Ksp(CuCl) = 1.0 106] is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6 10x. The value of x is S AgCl = K sp = 1.6 10 10 = 1.26 105 M S CuCl = K sp = 1 10 6 = 1 103 M

AgCl Ag+ + Cl3

x 10 + (1.26 105) 103

[Ag + ] =

K sp (AgCl) [Cl ]

1.6 10 10 10 3

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

15. Sol.: 16.

The number of hexagonal faces that are present in a truncated octahedron is The answer is 8.

29

The maximum number of isomers (including stereoisomers) that are possible on monochlorination of the following compound, is CH3

CH3CH2 H CH2CH3 C

CH3

CH2Cl

CH3

Sol.:

(i) CH3CH2

Cl CH2CH3

(ii) CH3CH2

H CH2CH3

(iii)

CH3CH2

*C

CH3

CH3

CH Cl

(iv) CH3CH2

*CCH

CH2Cl

4-optical isomers

2-optical isomers

The answer is 8.

*17.

The total number of contributing structures showing hyperconjugation (involving CH bonds) for the following carbocation is

Total number of hyperconjugation structures is one more than the total number of -H atoms. The answer is 7. Among the following, the number of compounds that can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10 PCl5 reacts with each of SO2, H2O, H2SO4 and P4O10 to form POCl3. PCl5 + H2O (insufficient) POCl3 + 2HCl 2PCl5 + H2SO4 or SO2(OH)2 SO2Cl2 + 2POCl3 + 2HCl. PCl5 + SO2 SOCl2 + POCl3 6PCl5 + P4O10 10POCl3 The answer is 4.

SECTION IV (Total Marks : 16) (Matrix Match Type) This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 19.

Match the reactions in column I with appropriate types of steps/reactive intermediate involved in these reactions as given in column II.

Column I

H3C O O

aq. NaOH

(p)

(A)

O

O CH2CH2CH2Cl

CH3MgI

(q)

Electrophilic substitution

(B)

O

CH3

18O

(C) (D)

CH2CH2CH2OH

CH2CH2CH2C(CH3)2 OH

18

H2SO4

(r) (s)

H2SO4

H 3C

CH3

(t)

Carbanion

H3C

CH2CH3

Sol.: *20. (A) (r), (s), (t) ; (B) (p), (s) ; (C) (r), (s) ; (D) (q), (r)

Match the transformations in column I with appropriate options in column II.

30

Column I

(A) (B) CO 2 (s) CO 2 (g) CaCO 3 (s) CaO(s) + CO 2 (g ) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) phase transition allotropic change H is positive S is positive S is negative

Column II

Sol.:

(A) (p), (r), (s) ; (B) (p), (r), (s) ; (C) (t) ; (D) (q), (t)

31

PART II

SECTION I (Total Marks: 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

*21.

A satellite is moving with a constant speed V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is (A) 1 mV 2 2 (B) mV 2

GMm +K =0 r GM V = r

(C)

3 mV 2 2

(D) 2mV 2

Sol.:

K= GMm = mV 2 r

A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the X-Y plane and a steady current I flows through the wire. The Z-component of the magnetic field at the center of the spiral is (A) (C) 0 N I b ln 2(b a ) a 0 N I b ln 2b a 0 dNI 2r

N dr ba

Y

I b

(B) (D)

0 N I b + a ln 2(b a ) b a 0 N I b + a ln 2b ba

a X

Sol.:

dB =

, dN =

dr

NI b B= 0 ln 2(b a ) a

IN dB = 0 2(b a )

dr r

A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous sinusoidal displacements in x-direction, 2 x1(t) = Asint and x2(t) = A sin t + . Adding a third sinusoidal displacement x3(t) = Bsin(t + ) brings the mass to a 3 complete rest. The values of B and are (A) 2 A, 3 4 (B) A, 4 3 (C) 3 A, 5 6 (D) A, 3

Sol.:

A2

B2

2/3

A2

24.

32

Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Sol.:

Correct choice: (C)

*25.

Sol.:

0 20

A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity V of the bullet is

V m/s

100

R=u

20 = u ball

100 = ubullet

Correct choice: (D) *26.

V = 500 m/s

The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9 % (B) 2.4 % (C) 3.1 % (D) 4.2 %

LC =

Sol.:

Reading of diameter = MSR + LC CSR = 2.5 + 0.01 20 = 2.70 mm m 3d 100% = 100% + 100% m d

Correct choice: (C) *27.

= 2% + 3

= 3 .1 %

A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, v0. The block r carries a charge +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be (A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean position (B) of the same frequency and with the same mean position (C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean position (D) of changed frequency and with the same mean position Electric field will shift the mean position and frequency will remain same.

Correct choice: (A)

E +Q

Sol.:

28.

33

A light ray traveling in glass medium is incident on glass-air interface at an angle of incidence . The reflected (R) and transmitted (T) intensities, both as function of , are plotted. The correct sketch is

100% T Intensity (A)

(B) Intensity 100% T

R 90

0

R 900

0

100% T Intensity

Sol.:

At = 0 partial reflection will occur. IT < 100% At = c I transmitted = 0 and I reflected = 100%

Correct choice: (C) SECTION II (Total Marks : 16) (Multiple Correct Answer(s) Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

29.

A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true?

A B > IR (A) I R A B (B) I R < IR

900

Sol.:

X1 =

X 1 1 , X2 = X2 = 1 C 4 C 4 X 12 , I rms = 16 E rms R2 + X 2

Z 1 = R 2 + X 12 , Z 2 = R 2 +

B A > IR and VCA > VCB IR

, VC = I rms X C

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct? (A) If the electric field due to a point charge varies as r 2.5 instead of r 2, then the Gauss law will still be valid. (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole. (C) If the electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same. (D) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA) only when motion of charge particle is without acceleration. Since nothing is given about motion, so option (D) is incorrect.

Correct choice: (C)

Sol.:

*31.

34

A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction, hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision (A) the ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM. (B) the ring comes to a complete stop. (C) friction between the ring and the ground is to the left. (D) there is no friction between the ring and the ground.

Sol.:

Friction between ring and surface is impulsive. Sense of rotation will not change. So, friction will act towards left.

Correct choice: (C)

*32.

Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if (A) dA < dF (C) dA > dF (B) dB > dF (D) dA + dB = 2dF

Sol.:

F F T A T B MBg

MAg

F = T + M Ag F + T = MBg

. (i) . (ii)

(M A + M B ) g , as F = VdF g, MA = VdA and MB = VdB From (i) & (ii), F = 2 V (d A + d B ) g d + dB dF = A . (iii) Vd F g = 2 2 M MA Also, T = B g , Here, T > 0 d B > d A 2 Also, from (iii) d B > d F and d A > d F

Correct choices: (A), (B), (D) SECTION III (Total Marks : 24) (Integer Answer Type) This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. *33.

Sol.:

A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V = N/10. Then N is 1 1 mV 2 = kx 2 + mg x 2 2

k x2 = 0.4 m/s m

35

V = 2g x +

Q N = 10V = 4

34.

The answer is 4.

Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistances are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is

6V A

1 B

3V

Sol.:

V=

E1 r2 + E 2 r1 =5V r1 + r2

The answer is 5.

35.

4 7 ) in a tank is 18 cm deep. Oil of refractive index lies on water making a convex surface 3 4 of radius of curvature R = 6 cm as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object S is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at x cm above the bottom of the tank. Then x is Water (with refractive index =

S

=1.0

R = 6cm

=7/4

=4/3

Sol.:

Applying refraction formula at air-oil interface (7 4) 1 = (7 4) 1 v = 21 cm 1 v1 6 24 Again refraction at oil-water interface (4 3) (7 4) = 0 v = 16 cm 2 21 v2 From bottom, x = 18 16 = 2 cm

The answer is 2.

36. Sol.:

A series R-C combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency = 500 radian/s. If the impedance of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is

2 2 Z 2 = R2 + X c 1.25 R 2 = R 2 + X c

X = 0.5 R

Also,

RC =

1 = 0 .5 R C 1 = 4 103 s = 4 ms 0.5

The answer is 4.

37.

36

Sol.:

A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in free-space. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A 10Z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is hc 1240 = = 6.2 eV, E = + eV0 6.2 4.7 = eV0 E= 200

V0 = 1.5 V =

1 ne n = 1.04 107 4 0 r

This gives, Z = 7

*38. The answer is 7.

Sol.:

A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60o to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is u Xbt = u cos = 5 m/s, a Xbt = a , X bt = 1.15 m

X bt

SECTION IV (Total Marks : 16) (Matrix-Match Type) This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with one or more statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

The answer is 5.

*39.

Column I shows four systems, each of the same length L, for producing standing waves. The lowest possible natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency, whose wavelength is denoted as f. Match each system with statements given in Column II describing the nature and wavelength of the standing waves. Column I (A) Pipe closed at one end (p) Column II Longitudinal waves

0

(B) Pipe open at both ends

L

(q)

0 L

(r)

0 L/2

L

(t)

Transverse waves f = L f = 2L f = 4L

From,

= u Xbt T +

1 a Xbt T 2 2

2u sin = 3 s T = g

a = 5 m/s2

37

*40.

One mole of a mono atomic ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V diagram. Column II gives the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Column I. P

3P B A

1P

C 0 1V 3V

D 9V V

Column II (p) Internal energy decreases. (q) Internal energy increases. (r) (s) (t)

Process D A

Sol.:

38

PART III

SECTION I (Total Marks : 24) Single Correct Answer Type

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

*41.

x 2 + bx 1 = 0

x2 + x + b = 0 , have one root in common is

(A) 2

Sol.:

(B) i 3

(C) i 5

(D)

And

2 + b 1 = 0 ++b = 0

2

(i) (ii)

b +1 b 1

Subtracting we get

(b 1) = 1 + b =

b 3 + 3b = 0 b = 3i, 0

2

Let 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-singular matrices of the form 1 2

a b 1 c , 1

where each of a, b and c is either or 2 . Then the number of distinct matrices in the set S is (A) 2

Sol.:

1 det 2 a b 1 c 1

(B) 6

(C) 4

(D) 8

= 1 c + a ( 2 c ) + b( 2 2 ) = 1 + ac 2 (a + c)

Case I : Case II :

If a = and c = 1 + 2 2 = 3 2 0 If a = and c = 2 1 + 2 + = 0

Hence, number of distinct matrices = 2

39

*43.

The circle passing through the point (1, 0) and touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through the point 3 (A) , 0 2 ( x h ) 2 + ( y 2) 2 = h 2 (h + 1) 2 + 4 = h 2 h =

2

5 (B) , 2 2

3 5 (C) , 2 2

(D) ( 4, 0)

Sol.:

5 2

(h, 2)

(0, 2)

5 25 Circle is x + + ( y 2) 2 = 2 4

44.

If lim 1 + x ln(1 + b 2 )

x 0

1 x

(A)

4 lim 1 + x ln 1 + b 2

x 0

2 1 lim x ln(1+ b ) x

(D)

Sol.:

)]

1 x

= e x 0

= 1+ b 2

1 + b 2 = 2b sin 2 sin 2 = 1+ b2 1 1 = + b 2b 2b

1 +b 2 b

sin 2 1

sin = 1 =

45.

Let f : [1, 2] [0, ) be a continuous function such that f ( x) = f (1 x) for all x [1, 2] . Let R1 =

x f ( x) dx , and R

be the area of the region bounded by y = f ( x), x = 1, x = 2 , and the x-axis. Then (A) R1 = 2 R2 (B) R1 = 3R2

2

(C) 2 R1 = R2

(D) 3R1 = R2

Sol.:

R1 =

x f ( x)dx

2

R1 = (1 x) f ( x)dx

1

2 R1 =

f ( x)dx, R 2 =

f ( x)dx

Hence, 2 R1 = R 2

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

40

46.

Let f ( x) = x 2 and g ( x) = sin x for all x R . Then the set of all x satisfying ( f o g o g o f ) ( x) = ( g o g o f )( x ) , where ( f o g ) ( x) = f ( g ( x)) , is (A) n , n {0, 1, 2, ......} (C) + 2n, n {....,2, 1, 0, 1, 2, ...} 2 sin 2 (sin x 2 ) = sin(sin x 2 ) sin(sin x 2 ) = 0 or 1

sin x 2 = k or ( 4k + 1)

Sol.:

, k integer 2

Let ( x, y ) be any point on the parabola y 2 = 4 x . Let P be the point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to ( x, y ) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of P is (A) x 2 = y (B) y 2 = 2 x (C) y 2 = x (D) x 2 = 2 y

Sol.:

Let P(h, k) be the point which divides OR in ratio 1 : 3

h= k=

3 .0 + 1 . x x = 4h 4 3 .0 + 1 . y y = 4k 4

3 P 1 (h, k) O (0, 0) X

y2=4x R (x, y)

k2 = h

Locus of P is y 2 = x

Let P (6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola eccentricity of the hyperbola is (A) 5 2 x6 6/a

2

x2 a2

y2 b2

= 1 . If the normal at the point P intersects the x-axis at (9, 0), then the

(B) = y 3 3 / b2

3 2

(C)

(D)

Sol.:

6b a2

+6

b2 a2

1 2 1 = 2 3 2

e = 1+

41

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

49.

Let E and F be two independent events. The probability that exactly one of them occurs is of them occurring is (A) P ( E ) = 2 . If P (T ) denotes the probability of occurrence of the event T , then 25 1 2 (B) P ( E ) = , P ( F ) = 5 5 (C) P ( E ) = 2 1 , P( F ) = 5 5

4 3 , P( F ) = 5 5

3 4 (D) P ( E ) = , P( F ) = 5 5

Sol.:

Let

P( E ) = x and P( F ) = y

and

x + y 2 xy =

11 25 2 25

(i)

(1 x)(1 y ) = x + y xy =

23 25 3 4 , y= 5 5

(ii)

Solving, we get x = or x=

4 3 , y= . 5 5

Let L be a normal to the parabola y 2 = 4 x . If L passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (A) y x + 3 = 0 (B) y + 3x 33 = 0

3

(C) y + x 15 = 0

x (1 y ) + y (1 x) =

11 25

(D) y 2 x + 12 = 0

Sol.:

Any normal is y = mx 2m m

6 = 9m 2m m 3

m 3 7m + 6 = 0 m = 3, 1, 2

Normals are y = 3 x + 33, y = x 3 and y = 2 x 12 bx , where b is a constant such that 0 < b < 1 . Then 1 bx (B) f f 1 on (0, 1) and f (b) = 1 f (0) (D) f 1 is differentiable on (0, 1) 1 f ( 0)

Let f : (0, 1) R be defined by f ( x) = (A) f is not invertible on (0, 1) (C) f = f 1 on (0, 1) and f (b) =

Sol.:

1

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

42

52.

x x 2 , 2 cos x < x 0 If f ( x) = , then 2 0 < x 1 x 1, x x >1 ln , (A) f ( x) is continuous at x = 2 (B) f ( x) is not differentiable at x = 0 (D) f ( x) is differentiable at x = 3 2

(C) f ( x) is differentiable at x = 1

Sol.:

At and At

x=

: LHL = RHL = 0, 2

x = 0 : LHD = sin 0 = 0 RHD = 1 f ( x) is not differentiable at x = 0 x = 1 : LHD = 1, RHD = 1 f ( x) is differentiable at x = 1 x= 3 3 : LHD = RHD = sin 2 2 3 2

At

At

f ( x) is differentiable at x =

Correct choice: (A), (B), (C), (D) SECTION III (Total Marks : 24) (Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The correct digit below the question no. in the ORS is to be bubbled.

53. Sol.:

The number of distinct real roots of x 4 4 x 3 + 12 x 2 + x 1 = 0 is Let f ( x) = x 4 4 x 3 + 12 x 2 + x 1 f ' ( x) = 4 x 3 12 x 2 + 24 x + 1 f " ( x ) = 12 x 2 24 x + 24 = 12( x 2 2 x + 2) > 0

f ( x) has two distinct real roots.

Ans. 2

d f ( x) and g ( x) is a given non-constant dx

54.

Let y( x ) + y ( x) g ( x) = g ( x) g ( x), y (0) = 0, x R , where f ( x) denotes differentiable function on R with g (0) = g (2) = 0 . Then the value of y (2) is

Sol.:

dy + g ' ( x) y = g ( x) g ' ( x) dx

y e g ( x ) = e g ( x ) g ( x) g ' ( x )dx

f = 0 f ( x) is continuous at x = 2 2

= ( g ( x) 1)e g ( x ) + c y = g ( x) 1 + c e g ( x ) Put x = 0 0 = 1 + c c = 1 Put x = 2 y (2) = 1 + e 0 = 1 + 1 = 0

Ans. 0

43

55.

1 0 1 1 0 1 Let M be a 3 x 3 matrix satisfying M 1 = 2 , M 1 = 1 , and M 1 = 0 . Then the sum of the diagonal entries of 12 1 1 3 0 0 M is Let M be a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2 a3 b3 c3

Sol.:

0 1 M 1 = 2 3 0 a 2 = 1 b2 = 2 c2 = 3 (i)

Ans. 9 56.

r r r r r r r r r r , b = i be three given vectors. If r k + + 2 j and c = i j + 3k Let a = i is a vector such that r b = c b and r . a = 0 , r r then the value of r . b is r r r , b = i k + a = i j, c = i +2 j + 3k r r r r r b c b = 0 r r r (r c ) b = 0

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017 Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

Sol.:

So

r r r So r c || b r r r r c = b r r r ) + ( i +2 + r = c + b = (i j + 3k j)

44

+ (2 + ) = (1 )i r j + 3k rr r .a = 0

(1 ) + 0 1 3 = 0 1 + 3 = 0, = 4

= 3+ 6 = 9 rr r .b = 9

So

Ans. 9 *57.

The

straight

line

2x 3y = 1

x2 + y2 6

divides

the

circular

region

into

two

parts.

If

Sol.:

Only points 1 3 1 1 1 2, , , and , lies inside the circle 4 4 4 8 4 Put value of O (0, 0) in equation 2 x 3 y 1 = 0 So = 2 0 3 0 1 = ve Since points are in smaller region. So points should be opposite to origin w.r.t. line 2 x 3 y 1 = 0 3 Case I 2, 4 = 2 2 3 1 1 Case II , 4 4 = 2 = 1 1 3 1 4 4 3 9 1 = 3 > 0 + ve 4 4

(0,0) (1/2, 0) (0, 1/3)

x2 + y2 = 6 2 x 3y = 1

2 3 + 1 = + ve 4 4

1 1 Case III , 8 4 = 2 = = 1 1 3 1 8 4

2 3 1 8 4 268 = ve 8

45

1 3 1 Out of these 3 points only 2, , , lie inside the smaller part as origin (0, 0) and these points lie on opposite side of 4 4 4 line 2 x 3 y 1 = 0

Ans. 2 *58.

a + b + c2 = y

a + b2 + c = z . Then the value of

| x |2 + | y |2 + | z |2 | a |2 + | b |2 + | c |2

is

*Sol.: Value of this expression does not come out to be constant as it depends on choice of a, b, c.

17 . 3

i 2 3

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with one or more statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for that particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS

59.

Match the statements given in Column I with the intervals/union of intervals given in Column-II.

Column I *(A)

Column II (p)

2i z The set Re 2 1 z

: z is a complex number, | z | = 1, z 1 is

( , 1) (1, )

(B)

1 tan 1 If f () = tan 1 tan , then the set f () : 0 < is 2 1 1 tan If f ( x) = x3 / 2 (3x 10), x 0 , then f ( x) is increasing in

(q)

( , 0) (0, )

*(C)

(r)

[2, )

(D)

(s) (t)

( , 1] [1, ) ( , 0] [2, )

Sol.:

2i 2iz Re Re = 1 1 z 2 z z

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017

Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

2i 2i = Re = Re = cosec zz 2i sin Real part (, 1] [1, )

(B)

46

8 .3 x / 9 1 32x 9

8 .3 x 9 32 x

Case I:

8 .3 x 9 32x

+1 0 0 0 0 0

(i)

3 2 x 9.3 x + 3 x 9

3 x (3 x 9) + (3 x 9)

x ( , 1) [ 2, )

8 .3 x 9 32x

1 0

8 .3 x 9 + 3 2 x 9 32x

Case II:

3 2 x + 83 x 9 (3 + 3 x )(3 3 x ) 3 3x

0 0

3 2 x + 9 .3 x 3 x 9

(3 x 1)(3 x + 9) 3 3x

0

(ii)

x ( , 0] (1, )

(C)

(D)

f ( x) = ( x) 3 / 2 (3 x 10), x 0

f ( x) = 3.x 5 / 2 10 x 3 / 2 f ' ( x) = 3

5 3/ 2 3 15 3 / 2 30 1 / 2 x 10 x 1 / 2 = x x 2 2 2 2

15 x ( x 2) 0 ( x 2) 0 x 2 2

x [2, )

60.

47

Column I r r r , b = and c form a triangle, then the If a = j + 3k j + 3k = 2 3k r r internal angle of the triangle between a and b is Column II (p)

(A)

6

2 3

(B)

If

( f ( x) 3x) dx = a

a 5/ 6 7/6

(q)

(C)

2 The value of ln 3

sec(x) dx is

(r)

3 2

*(D)

(t)

(s)

Sol.:

r r So angle between a and b is r a

r c

b

r b

1 2 = 2 3

b2 a2 f ( x) = x 2

(B)

f ( x)dx =

f = 6 6

(C)

Let x = t + 1

1/ 6

2 ln 3

1 / 6

1/ 6

sec( + t )dt

1/ 6 0 =

2 2 = ln 3

(D)

0

Let z = e i

sin i cos 2 2 2

sin

1 = 1 z

+ i cos 2 2 2 sin 2

1 i + cot 2 2 2

1 1 lies on x = 1 z 2

Brilliant Tutorials Pvt. Ltd. Head Office: 12, Masilamani Street, T. Nagar, Chennai-600 017

Delhi Office: 50-C, Kalu Sarai (Behind Azad Apartments), New Delhi-110 016 Ph.: 2653 7392/93/94/95 Fax: 2653 7396

48

CHEMISTRY PAPER 1

DIFFICULT 24% MODERATE 36%

EASY 40%

CHEMISTRY PAPER 2

DIFFICULT 28% EASY 24%

MODERATE 48%

CHEMISTRY COMBINED

DIFFICULT 26%

MODERATE 42%

EASY 32%

49

PHYSICS PAPER 1

DIFFICULT 15% MODERATE 34% EASY 51%

PHYSICS PAPER 2

DIFFICULT 10% EASY 51%

MODERATE 39%

PHYSICS COMBINED

DIFFICULT 13%

MODERATE 37%

EASY 50%

50

MATHEMATICS PAPER 1

DIFFICULT 5% MODERATE 62%

EASY 33%

DIFFICULT 5%

MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

MODERATE 52%

EASY 43%

MATHEMATICS COMBINED

DIFFICULT 5% EASY 38% MODERATE 57%

51

BREAK UP 2 (XI-XII)

CHEMISTRY PAPER 1

XII 59%

XI 41%

CHEMISTRY PAPER 2

XI 29%

XII 71%

CHEMISTRY COMBINED

XII 65%

XI 35%

52

BREAK UP 2 (XI-XII)

PHYSICS PAPER 1

XII 48% XI 52%

PHYSICS PAPER 2

XII 42%

XI 58%

PHYSICS COMBINED

XII 45%

XI 55%

53

BREAK UP 2 ( XI-XII)

MATHEMATICS PAPER 1

XII 55%

XI 45%

MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

XI 38%

XII 62%

MATHEMATICS COMBINED

XII 58%

XI 42%

54

BREAK UP 3 (TOPICWISE/PARTWISE)

CHEMISTRY PAPER 1

INORGANIC 37%

CHEMISTRY PAPER 2

INORGANIC 27%

PHYSICAL 37%

ORGANIC 36%

CHEMISTRY COMBINED

INORGANIC

32%

PHYSICAL 35%

ORGANIC 33%

55

BREAK UP 3 (TOPICWISE/PARTWISE)

PHYSICS PAPER 1

OPTICS 0% MODERN PHYSICS 16% ELECTRO MAGNETISM 31%

MECHANICS 35%

MODERN PHYSICS 5%

PHYSICS PAPER 2

OPTICS 9%

MECHANICS 31%

PHYSICS COMBINED

OPTICS 5% MODERN PHYSICS 11%

MECHANICS 32%

56

BREAK UP 3 (TOPICWISE/PARTWISE)

MATHEMATICS PAPER 1

TRIGONO METRY 14% CO CALCULUS ORDINATE 17% 14%

VECTORS & 3D 9%

ALGEBRA 46%

VECTORS & 3D 8%

MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

TRIGONO METRY 9% VECTORS & 3D 9%

MATHEMATICS COMBINED

CALCULUS 29%

ALGEBRA 36%

CO ORDINATE 17%

Paper I

1 A 8 A, B, D 12 D 17 9 18 5 19 5 2 D 3 A 9 A, D 13 B 4 B 5 D 10 A, C, D 14 B 20 4 15 A 21 6

O C N C O 4. is tetrahedral, [Ni(CN)4] [NiCl4] 2+ planar & [Ni(H2O)6] is octahedral.

2 2

6 C

7 C 11 A, B, C

16 C 22 5 23 7

Section I

1.

27 Al + 4 He 30 P + 1n( Y ) 13 2 15 0

CH2

Br

30 Si + 1H( X ) 30 Si + 0 e( Z ) 14 1 14 1

2.

Since the mobility of K is nearly same as that of + Ag which it replaces, the conductance will remain as more or less constant and will increase only after the end point.

is square

O

3.

5.

C NH C O O C NK C O

8.

Br CH2 Cl KOH

Ba(N3)2 Ba + 3N2 Very pure N2 is produced by the thermal decomposition of Barium or sodium azide. M=

2 1.15 1000 1120 = 2.05 M

6.

7.

o-hydroxy benzoic acid: pKa = 2.99 phydroxy benzoic acid: 4.58 ptoluic acid = 4.34 pnitrophenol = 7.15

Section II

Adsorption is always exothermic. Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisoprtion and it requires activation energy.

9.

A, D

Section IV

10. Cassiterite contain 0.5 10% of metal as SnO2 the rest being impurities of pyrites of Fe, Cu & wulframite. 11. In a, b & c all atoms are in the same plane.

17. Maximum no. of electron with n = 3 is 18, of which are having 1 spin 2

18. 3Na2CO3 + 3Br2 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2 19.

Section III

H3C H3C C H3C H 3C H3C C

H3C

12.

C (P)

C O OH

CH

dil.H2SO4 HgSO 4

alc.KOH

CH3

H 3C H3C C H3C

CH3 CH

CH 2

CH2

CH3 (2 isomers)

C H OH C H

CH 3 (Q)

CH3 CH2

H+ (-H2 O)

CH

CH2

CH3 (2 isomers)

CH3

CH3 CH2

CH2

CH 2

CH3 (1 isomer)

H 3C H3C C H3C

C H (2) CH3

CH3

1, 2-shift of -CH3

20. h = CH3

-H

+

H3C C H 3C

CH3 CH3 C

C H

C

O 2 H 3C C CH3

E = h h0 For Li, Na, K and Mg h0 values are less than 4.14 eV 21. Let the number of glycine units be x Total mass of the hydrolysed products = 796 + 9 18 = 958 75 x 100 % by mass of glycine = = 47 958 x=6

22. S4O2 6 has sulphur atoms with oxidation states

1 Ag 2

The metal dipped is Cu. 2+ Blue colour due to formation of Cu 15. The solution in which the metal is dipped in AgNO3. 16. The deep blue colour due to formation of 2+ [Cu(NH3)4] and the white precipitate of AgCl + dissolve due to formation of [Ag(NH3)2]

0 & +5. 23. Vol. of 0.1 mole at 0.32 atm = 2.24 =7L 0.32

PART II 24 D 31 B, D 25 D 26 D 32 A, B, C, D 35 C 40 3 41 5 42 6 36 B 27 A 28 A 33 A, B, C, D 37 D 43 3 38 C 44 9 39 B 45 4 46 1 29 A 30 B 34 A

Section I

24. x component of area vector is a2 2 = E 0a 2 2

2

1 1 1 = Z2R 2 2 2 4 2 5 36 2 = 1 22 3 16

0

324 0 .5 0 .5

T L

= 1215 A

30. X 52 + 1 = 10 48 + 2

= 36

mg

Q2 J 4 Q2 J 20

proton

Section II

31.

electron B

1 ( 22.4 = 1 mole) 4 1 3 W = nCVT = R.T 4 2 1 1 T1V1 = T2V2 T2 = 4T1 T = 3T1 f v 28. f = 1 + 0 vs c 1 c 8 (320 + 10 ) = 320 10

T=

32.

dQ is same for A and E and both are maximum. dt Thermal resistances are as below. KA

RB RC RA RD RE

29.

1 1 1 = R 2 2 1 3 2

1 4 1 4 , RB = , RC = , RD = 8 3 2 5 1 . So C is also correct. RE = 24 RA =

1 . 4 D also correct RB parallel RD is equal RC Note: It is assumed that there is no radiation loss.

q2 a= r N=3

1/ 3

4+ 2 16 0

R is standard formula 0

V V , EB = RA RB

L x x x x x x x x B

(C) correct

V same EA =

(D) correct.

34. Under case (B) eventhough the disc is free to rotate, it will not rotate. Cases (A) and (B) are identical in all respects. 0 L

B=

Section III

e2 3 35. [N] = L = Force area 0

36. Find by the given formula c = 2 37. As ball goes up, x is positive and increasing, v is positive and decreasing. Symmetrical for ball coming down.

0 r 2g L d E 2 = E, i = ; M = ir dt R N=6

coil = Br =

2

43. =

38. At x = 0, E = K.E =

p2 2m

E varies as p E1 = 4E2

39. Starting from positive positions (i.e. in air), amplitude in air will be more than amplitude in water. Momentum is negative for downward journey. Also water produces damping. graph is spiralling in.

5 1 2 10 m; m = kg 2 2 N=9

Section IV

40. U = q2 2 4 + 2 + 2a r 40a dU =0 da

45.

a = 0.3 2N

f2 f1

For equilibrium,

f1R f2R

2

10

,=

a R

M = mN0 = 10 10 kg 25 19 6 = 10 10 10 mg = 1 mg

25 19

46. A0 = |N0| = 10 N0 =

1010 10 9 19 = 10 10 = 10

=

52 D

53 C 57 B,C

54 QUESTION INCORRECT 58 B 63 7 64 9

62 B 68 2

(b 1)3 1 + 3 3

1 1

69 5

Section I

47. Let v = Ai + B j + C k

ab. v = 0

1 1 A

1 1 1 1 = 0 B C 0 2 1 1 = 0 B C

( x 1)3 R2 = ( x 1) dx = 3 b b

R1 R2 =

1 gives = 0 4

3 (b 1) 3

2 1 A

Projection of 3i j + 3k on C 3 + 1 3 1 = = 3 3 48.

3 x+2+3 3 =0

ln 3

50. y

Let I = Set x = t 1 dx = dt 2 t x=

ln 2

dx

ln 2 , t = ln2 ln 3 , t = ln3

ln 3

x 0 b 1

x=

I=

b

R1 =

( x 1) 2 (x 1) dx =

0

1 2

ln 2 ln 3

ln 2

1 2

ln 3

But if The question is reframed in the following manner; Let M and N be two nonsingular skewsymmetric matrices The solution is 2 2 -1 -1 -1 T M N (M N) (MN ) 2 2 -1 -1 T T = M N (-MN) (N ) M 2 2 -1 -1 -1 T -1 = M N (-N M ) (N ) (-M) 2 2 -1 -1 -1 = M N N M (-N) M 2 2 -1 -1 -1 2 -1 -1 =-M N N M N M=-M NM N M 2 -1 = - M N (N M) M 2 -1 = - M N(M N) M 2 -1 -1 =-M NN M M 2 =-M Choice (c) x 2 y2 + =1 4 1 3 and focus = ( 3 ,0) 2 x2 a

2

2I = =

1 2

ln 3

dt

ln 2

(2 )log 2 = (3 )log 3

k +1 k +1

k +1

2log 2

k +1

= 3log 3

55. For e=

3 = : = n + 8 Q = : = 2n 4 2 3 = : = n + 8 P=Q a10 2a8 2a9

for

y2 b2

= 1, e =

2 3

b a

2 2

1 3

( 3,0), a

= 3, b = 1 x2 y2 = 1 3

required hyperbola is

53.

10 10 2 8 8 2

56. j k = i + j + k (i + j + 2k) & k j = i + j +2k (i + 2j +k) j k, k j coplanar with the given vectors 1 1 0 1 0 0 and 1 1 2 = 1 1 3 0

0 1 1

(A) and (D) true. 57. f (x +y) = f (x) +f(y) f(x) = kx f(x) is continuous x R and f (x) = k

=3

Section II

54. Skew symmetric matrix of order 3 is singular. Its inverse does not exist. Therefore there is NO SOLUTION TO THIS QUESTION.

Section III

For problems (58) and (59)

3 5

1

n =0

1 2

H

+

a = 1 r

2 5

1 2

T

1 2

2W

1 10

2R

1

3 10 2 3 1 3

Section IV

63. = n 1 1 1 = + sin sin 2 sin 3 1 1 1 = sin sin 3 sin 2 sin 3 sin 1 = sin sin 3 sin 2 2 cos 2 1 = sin 3 sin 2 2 sin2 cos2 = sin3 sin4 sin3 = 0 7 2 cos sin = 0 2 2 7 2 cos sin =0 2n 2n 7 = (2k + 1) 2n 2 7 2k + 1 For positive integral values of n k = 0 or 3 put k = 0, n = 7 n=

1R+1W

3 5

58. Probability 1 3 2 1 3 1 1 3 2 = 1+ + 1+ + 2 5 5 2 10 10 3 5 3

= 1 3 1 3 1 2 + + + + 2 5 5 10 30 5 1 46 23 = = 2 30 30

3

1 3 +i 2 2

a = 2 2 + 8b + 7c = 0 14 + 7b + 7c = 0 (taking first and third columns) Solving we get b = 12 and c = 14 3 1 3 The equation in 2 + 12 + 14 2 = 3 + 1 + 3 2 = 3 ( + ) + 1 = 2 Correct choice (a) 62. b = 6. Taking 1 and 3 columns we get

st rd

9 a2 + 5 (a2 3) (9 a2 ) + 10(a2 3 ) = , 9 a2 + a2 3 9 a2 + 2 (a2 3 ) is

a2 3, a2 = 9

65.

a 5 + a 4 + a 3 + a 3 + a 3 + 1 + a8 + a10 8

a5a 4 a3 13 a8a10

minimum value of sum = 8.

( )

3

1 8

=1

68. Extremum point of latus rectum are (2,4) and (2,4) 1 Area of triangle so formed with ,2 2 1 = = 1 (y1 y2) (y2y3) (y3y1) 8a

1

1 (4+4) (4 2) (2 4) = 6 8 .2 Eqn. of tangent at (2,4) is y = x +2 _______(1) Eqn. of tangent at (2, 4) is y = x +2 _____(2) 1 Eqn. of tangent at ,2 is y = 2x +1 _____(3) 2

y.

Tangent at the extremities of latus rectum intersect directrix at (2, 0). Point of intersection of (1) and (2) is (1,3) and of (2) and (3) is (1, 1) 1 2 0 1 2 = 1 1 3 = 3 = 3 2 1 1 1 1 6 = =2 2 3

-1

69.

3,2

cos 2

2

2

5 2 5 minimum of 2 z 3 + i 2

3,

d(f ( )) =1 d(tan )

= tan

5 = 2 + 2 2 = 5 2

Paper II

1 C 9 C, D 13 8 2 D 3 B 10 A, B, C, D 14 6 19 15 4 PART I 4 5 A D 11 A, B, D 16 7 6 C 7 A 12 A, C, D 8 B

17 18 6 8 20

A r, s, t B p, s C r, s D q, r

A p, r, s B r, s Ct D p, q, r, t

Section I

1. [Co(NH3)6]Cl3, Na3[Co(ox)3], [K2Pt(CN)4] [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 are diamagnetic.

PO2 [H+ ]4 0.06 log 4 [Fe2+ ]2

0.1 (10 3 )4 (10 3 )2

6.

&

Aromatic primary amines form diazonium salt with NaNO2 and HCl at low temperature which couples with naphthol to form coloured azo dye.

Tf = i Kf m

7.

2.

Ecell = E0 cell +

= 4 1.86

0. 1 10 329

= 1.67 0.015 7 = 1.57 V

Section II

3.

RCH2OH H+ O O

9.

OCH2R

Cu

+2

is reduced to Cu

+1

by CN & SCN

4.

CuS & HgS are insoluble in dilute mineral acids. 2+ 2+ Cu & Hg ions belong to group II of qualitative analysis. Haematite is Fe2O3. Oxidation state of Fe is +3 Magnetite is Fe3O4. Oxidation state of Fe is +2 and +3.

10. In (B), (C) and (D), X(CH2)4X is converted to a diamine which can form condensation polymer with adipic acid. In (A), X(CH2)4X is converted to a diol which gives polyester. 11. K = 0.693 t1

2

5.

K increases with increase of temperature and hence half life decreases. t1 100 = 8t 1 t = 2 log 0 .3 0 .4 2

R = R0e

-kt

CH3

18. ClCH2

CH2

C H

CH2

CH3

(2 isomers)

CH3

H

2+

CH 3 C H CH2

12. MnO4 Mn (acid medium) MnO4 MnO2 (Neutral and aqueous mediums)

CH3

C Cl

Section III

13. A truncated octahedrous has 8 hexagonal and 6 square faces. (36 edges and 24 vertices) 14. There are six C H bonds that can involve in hyperconjugation. 15. PCl5 + SO2 POCl3 + SOCl2 PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2HCl PCl5 + H2SO4 SO2Cl2 + 2POCl3 + 2HCl 6PCl5 + P4O10 10POCl3 16. [Cl ] from CuCl = 10 + Ksp(AgCl) = [Ag ] [Cl ]

3

CH3 CH3 (1 isomer)

CH3

CH2

CH2

Cl CH2Cl

CH3 CH2 C H CH2 CH3 (1 isomer)

Section IV

19. (A) is intramolecular aldol condensation (B) involves Grignard reagent addition. To carbonyl compound. (C) involves nucleophilic addition and dehydration. (D) involves dehydration and intramolecular FriedelCraft reaction. 20. (A) involves transition from solid to gas phase with the absorption of heat. (B) is exothermic and a gaseous product is formed from a solid. (C) involves association (D) white phosphorous is converted to the polymeric red allotropic form as heating. Different solids are considered as different phases.

[Ag ] =

1.6 10 10 10 3

= 1.6 10

PART II 21 B 22 B 29 B, C 33 2 23 C 30 A, C 34 7 39 A p, t B p, s C q, s D q, r Section I

21. Escape KE =

and V = GMm r

24 A

25 C 31 C, D 36 5

26 D

27 C 32

28 A

A, B, D 37 4 40 38 4

35 5

A p, r, t B p, r C q, s D r, t

dB =

B=

GM r

A Resultant /3 A Required

25. At c, 100% reflected. (B or C) But C is correct. At = 0, T + R = 100, R0 26. 0.01 V = 0.01 V + 0.2 V But time of fall =

2h =1 g

4 A sin t + 3 23. L.C = 0.01 mm diameter = 2.70 mm 1 % error = 2.70 3dia m = + dia m 3 % error = + 2 = 3.1% 2.70 24. Take dr at r No. of turns =

V = 100, V = 20 V = 500 27. If non-conservative induced electric field this pattern is possible. 28. T = 2

m holds. K

Section I

29.

R ZA

A XC

N.dr (b a)

R ZB

35. T =

XB C

2u sin 60 2 10 3 = = 3 s g 10 2

1 A < XC C ZB < ZA XB C =

A A B B R > R and VC > VC

st

30. Linear momentum in the horizontal direction is zero before and after collision CM is stationary. for conservation of angular momentum, of ring increases after collision slip friction towards left. 31.

+q1 (or q1) d E=0 +q2 (q2)

W agent = U = q(V2 V1) = 1 (VB VA) = (VB VA) 37. 32. VdA + VdB = 2VdF = 0 dA + dB = 2dF Obviously dA < dF and dB > dF

1 1 2 2 mv = mg S + kS 2 2 m = 0.18 kg, = 0.1, 2 g = 10 m s , S = 0.06 m 2 v = 0.12 + 0.04 = 0.16

Section I

4 4 7 7 1 1 3 3 4 4 33. = + v 24 6 v = 16 from top surface of liquid 2 cm from bottom surface of liquid 34. h = 1242 eV nm = 6.21 eV 200nm

0.16 = 0.4 m s 4 = N=4 10 2 2 2 38. Z = R + XC 2 2 2 XC = 1.25 R R 2 = 0.25 R XC = 0.5 R 1 1 1 C= = = XC 0.5 R 500 250 R

v=

= RC =

1 s = 4 ms 250

Section IV

39. Knowledge based.

q=

1.5 10 2 9 10

7

( ) = Ne

9

N = 1 10

41. Let denote the common root 2 + b 1 = 0 2 ++b=0 b 1 = + b (b 1) = b + 1 b +1 = b 1 2 2 2 (b + 1) + b(b 1) (b 1) = 0 2 4b + b(b 1) = 0 2 4+b =0 2 b =3

b=I

3

44 A

45 46 B C 51 A, B, D

47 48 D C 52 A, B, C, D

55 3

56 1

57 2 60

58 9

Aq B p Cs Ds

= f(sin(sin(x ) 2 2 = sin (sin(x ) 2 gogof(x) = gog(x ) 2 = g(sin(x) 2 = sin(sin (x )) 2 2 2 sin (sin(x ) = sin sin (x ) 2 2 sin(sin(x ) (sin sin(x ) 1) = 0 2 2 sin(sin(x ) = 0 or sin (sin(x ) = 1 2 2 sin(x ) = 0 sin (x ) 2 x = n x= n n = {0, 1, 2 ..}

2

2

a b 1 c 0 1

42. Let the circle be 2 2 x + y + 2gx + 2fy + c = Passed thro (1, 0) 2g + c = 1(1) Passes thro (0, 2) 4f + c = 4(2)

2

45. Let the point be Normal at is ax by + = a2 + b2 sec tan Normal passes thro (9, 0) 9a = a2 + b2 (1) sec a sec = 6 6 sec = a (1) reduces

9a

a 2 2 =a +b 6

48.

A

3a 2

=a +b

2

2 2 2

(t , 2t)

= a + a (e 1) 3 2 =1+e 1 2 2 =e e=

P 0 (0, 0

3 2

46.

y

OP 1 = PA 3 Let P be (x, y) X=

1 2

x= 1 0 1 2

t2 2t ,Y= 4 4 Lows of P is 2 4X = 4Y 2 Y =X

Section II

f(x) = f(1 x) 1 curve is symmetrical about x = 2 R1 =

2

49. P E F + P F E = Also P E F =

) (

xf ( x ) dx

1

11 25

=

2

(1 + 2 x) f (1 + 2 x) dx

1

But P E F = P E F = P E F 2 23 P(EF) = 1 = 25 25 2 23 P(EF) = 1 = 25 25 (refer figure) 23 11 = + P(E F ) 25 25 12 P(E F ) = = P(E ) P(F ) 25 From the options 3 4 P(E) = and P(F) = 5 5 or 4 3 P(E) = and P(F) = 5 5 50. Let y = bx 1 bx (1 bx) y = b x x(1 by) = b y by x= 1 by

-1

) (

2 25

) (

(1 x) f (1 x) dx

1

(1 x) f ( x) dx

1

f ( x ) dx

E EF FE

xf ( x ) dx

lim ( f ( x )1) g( x ) (1+ x log(1+ b 2 )1) 1 x

EP

x log(1+ b 2 ) x e

2

= elog(1+b

2

)

2

1 + b = 2b sin

1+ b sin = 2b

2

Since b > 0 = 2

f(b) =

1 b2 1 = 2 22 b 1 1 b

1 0 M = 1 = 0 2 + 3 + c3 = 12 1 12

c3 = 7. A1 + b 2 + c 3 = 0 + 2 + 7 = 9

54. Origin lies on the side 2x 3y - < 0 The smaller intersection Is on 2x 3y 1 > 0

6

2x 3y = 1

f(0) =

1 + b2 1 = 1 f ' (b )

52. f =0 2 + f = cos =0 2 2 (A) is true f(x) is continuous at x = 0 f(0 ) = 0 + f(0 ) = 1 (B) is true F(x) is continuous at x = 1 f(1 ) = 1 + f(1 ) = 1 f(x) is differentiable at x = 1. (c) is true. 22 11 = =1 14 7 3 x= lies in , 2 2 f(x) is differentiable there, since f(x) is a linear function in that interval (D) is true.

6 6

All points S lies inside the circle, except 5 3 1 1 , and , satisfies the inequality 2 4 8 4 2x 3y 1 < 0. The remaining 2 points lie on the smaller intersection. 55. Let A = ai + bj + ck

P 1=i+j+k

P1 = 0

2

P2 = i + wj + w k P3 = i + w j + wk

2

P2 = 0 P3 = 0

2

Them x = A, P1 , y = A, P2 z = A, P3 x + y +z a +b +c

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 A P1 + P2 + P3 = 2 A

=3+0+0=3 56. Let y(x) = n as g (x) = u The given equation becomes du + udu = udu dy u u + u = v ue = e +c du g(x) g(x) i.e y(x) e = e + c y(0) = 0 as g(0) = 0 C = 0 g(2) g(2) y(2) e = e + 0 y (2) = 1 57. x 4x + 12x + x 1 = 0 f(0) < 0, f(1) > 0 one root in (0, 1) 1 3 2 f (x) = 4x 12x + 24x + 1 11 2 f (x) = 12(x 2x +2) > 0 1 f (x) is increasing

4 3 2

Section III

a1 a2 a3 53. M = b1 b2 b3 c c c 3 1 2 0 1 M 1 = 2 a2 = - 1; b2 = 2; c2 = 3 0 3 1 1 M 1 = 1 a1 + 1 = 1 a1 = 0 0 1

C1 3 = - 1 c1 = 2

it has exactly one root f(x) may have almost 2 distinct roots Since real roots are even in number f(x) has 2 distinct real roots 58.

x ( , 0] [ z, )

(c)

1 cos3 1 cos3

(r c) b = 0

r = c +mb 0 = r . a = c . a + m b .a = 4 + m, m = 4

r = c + 4b

cos sin

2 cos cos

3 x2

3

= 2 sec 2 [2, )

r . b = c .b + 4 b

=1+8=9 (, 1]U[1, )

(d)

(3x 10)

5 3

3

Section IV

2iz 59. (a). (a) Re 1 z2

= 3 x 2 10 x 2 f(x) =

8 xy 1 xy 2 3

x -1

15 2 x 15 x 2 x = 15 x 1 0 2

required angle is -

(b)

(f ( x) 3x )dx = a

a

x2

f(x) 3x = - 2x f(x) = x f = 6 6

5 log[sec x + tan x ]7 6 = log 3 6

(c)

(d)

1 Arg = Arg(z 1) z 1

Maximum value = .

Date : 11-04-2011 Duration : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 240

PAPER - 1

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

INSTRUCTIONS

A. General : 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet and on the back page of this booklet. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MUTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET.

DO NOT BREAK THE SEALS WITHOUT BEING INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY THE INVIGILATOR

Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. This Question Paper contains having 69 questions. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible.

B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. 11. 12. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match, ask for a change of the booklet. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your Registration No. with a good quality HB pencil.

C. Question paper format and Marking Scheme: 13. 14. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. In Section I (Total Marks: 21), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (-1) mark will be awarded. In Section Il (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. In Section III (Total Marks: 15), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (-1) mark will be awarded. In Section IV (Total Marks: 28), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section.

15.

16.

17.

Write your Name registration number and sign in the space provided on the back page of this booklet.

Useful Data : R = 8.314 JK1 mol1 or 8.206 102 L atm K1 mol1 1 F = 96500 C mol1 h = 6.626 1034 Js 1 eV = 1.602 1019 J c = 3.0 108 m s1 NA = 6.022 1023

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 2

(Single Correct Answer Type)

CHEMISTRY

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions, Each question has four choices, (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 Ans. Sol. 2. (D)

Ba (N3)2 Ba + 3N2 Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O, respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral Ans. (B)

Sol.

Ni+2 + 4Cl [NiCl4]2 SP 3 [NiCl4]2 = 3d8 confiuration with Nickel in + 2 Oxidation state. Cl being weak field ligand does not compel for pairing of electrons. So,

Ni+2 + 4Cl [Ni(CN)4]2 [Ni(CN)4]2 = 3d8 configuration with nickel in + 2 oxidation state. CN being strong field ligand with comples for pairing of electrons. So,

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 3

CHEMISTRY

Ni+2 + 6H2O [NI(H2O)6]+2 [Ni(H2O)6] = 3d8 configuration with nickel in + 2 oxidation state. As with 3d8 configuration two d-orbitals are not available for d2sp3 hybridisation. So, hybridisation of Ni (II) is sp3d2. As Ni (II) with six co-ordination will have octahedral geometry.

Note : With water as ligand Ni (II) forms octahedral complexes. 3. Bombardment of aluminum by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (I) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are,

(A) proton, neutron, positron (C) proton, positron, neutron Ans. (A)

Sol.

4.

Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is : (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M Ans. (C)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 4

CHEMISTRY

Sol. Mole =

120 =2 60

1120 112 = L 1.15 1000 115

M=

5.

AgNO3 (aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance () versus the volume of AgNO3 is :

(B) Q

(C) (R)

(D*) (S)

Sol.

6.

Among the following compounds, the most acidic is : (A) p-nitrophenol (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid Ans. (C)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 5

CHEMISTRY

Sol.

Due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding in conjugate base of o-Hydroxybenzoic acid, it is strongest acid. 7. The major product of the following reaction is :

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Ans.

(A)

Sol.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 6

CHEMISTRY

SECTION II (Total Marks : 16)

(Multiple Correct Answers Type) This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct. 8. Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore (C) removal of copper impurity (D) removal of iron impurity Ans. Sol. (A, D)

Important ore of tin is cassiterite (SnO2). SnO2 is reduced to metal using carbon at 1200 1300C in an electric furnace. The product often contains traces of Fe, which is removed by blowing air through the molten mixture to oxidise FeO. Which then floats to the surface. SnO2 + 2C Sn + 2CO Fe + O2 FeO The correct statement(s) pertiaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic (B) Physisorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature (C) Physisorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation. Ans. (A, B, D)

9.

Sol.

(A) H = ve for adsorption (B) fact (D) chemical bonds are stronger than vander waals forces so chemical adsorption is more exothermic. According to kinetic theory gases (A) collisions are always elastic (B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities. Ans. (A, B, C, D)

10.

Sol.

3RT = M

3MRT

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 7

CHEMISTRY

11. Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Question Nos. 12 and 14 When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution. 12. The metal rod M is : (A) Fe Ans. 13. (B)

(B) Cu

(C) Ni

(D) Co

(B) Zn(NO3)2

(C) Al(NO3)3

(D) Pb(NO3)2

14.

The final solution contains (A) [Pb(NH3)4]2+ and [CoCl4]2 (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ Ans. (C) (B) [Al(NH3)4]3+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Ni(NH3)6]2+

Sol.

(12), (13) & (14) Cu(M) + AgNO3 (aqueous colorless solution) Resultant solution (Cu(NO3)2 + AgNO3

(N) (blue solution)

Note : Here it is considered that complete AgNO3 is not utilized in the reaction. AgNO3 + NaCl AgCl + NaNO3

(O) (white ppt.)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 8

CHEMISTRY

Which developed deep blue colouration with aqueous NH3 solution AgCl (white) + 2NH3 (aq.) [Ag(NH3)2]+ Cu(NO3)2 (aq.) + 4NH3 (aq.) [Cu(NH3)4] (NO3)2

(deep blue coloration)

So, Metal rod M is Cu. The compound N is AgNO3 and the final solution contains [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)42+ Paragraph for Question Nos. 15 and 16 An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reactions, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

15.

(B) H3CH2CCCCH2CH3

(C)

(D)

Ans. 16.

(D)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(B)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 9

CHEMISTRY

SECTION - IV (Total Marks : 28) (Integer Answer Type) This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 17. The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is Ans. 5

Sol.

18.

Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is Ans. 5

Sol. 19.

The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, and spin quantum number, ms = 1/2, is Ans. 9

Sol.

1 will be 1 + 3 + 5 = 9. 2

20.

The work function () of some metas is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is

Metal f (eV) Li 2.4 Na 2.3 K 2.2 Mg 3.7 Cu 4.8 Ag 4.3 Fe 4.7 Pt 6.3 W 4.75

4

12400 = 4.13 ev 3000

Photoelectric effect can take place only if Ephoton Thus, Li, Na, K, Mg can show photoectric effect.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 10

CHEMISTRY

21. To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0C is close to Ans. 7 PHe = 1 0.68 = 0.32 atm V=? n = 0.1 ; 22. V=

nRT 0.1 0.0821 273 = =7 P 0.32

Sol.

The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is Ans. 5

Sol.

Total 5 products. 23. A decapeptide (Mol. Wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (Mol. Wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0 % to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is Ans. Sol. 6

Molecular weight of decapeptide = 796 g/mol Total bonds to be hydrolysed = (10 1) = 9 per molecule Total weight of H2O added = 9 18 = 162 g/mol Total weight of hydrolysis product = 796 + 162 = 958 g Total weight % of glycine (given) = 47% Total weight of glycine in product =

958 47 g = 450 g 100

450 = 6. 75

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 11

PHYSICS PART - II

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21)

(Single Correct Answer Type) This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 24. A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is (A) 8.50 kHz Ans. Sol. (A) (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz

finisident = freflected =

fobserved =

330 310

= = 25.

5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is : (A)

9 RT1 8

(B)

3 RT1 2

(C)

15 RT1 8

(D)

9 RT1 2

1 4

T1 (5.6) 1 = T2 (0.7) 1

1 T1 = T2 8

2/3

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 12

PHYSICS

4T1 = T2 Work done =

nR[T2 T1 ] 1

1 R [3T1 ] 4 = 2 3

9 = RT1 8

26.

, where E0 is a constant. The flux through the shaded area (as shown in Consider an electric field E E 0 x

the figure) due to this field is :

(A) 2E0a

(B)

2 E0a

(C) E0a

(D)

E 0a 2 2

Ans. (C)

Sol.

E0 2

a 2a

= E0a2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 13

PHYSICS

27. The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 . The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singly ionized helium atom is : (A) 1215 Ans. (A) (B) 1640 (C) 2430 (D) 4687

Sol.

1 1 5 2 1 RZH 4 9 = R(1)2 H2 36

1 1 3 2 1 RZHe = R(4) He 4 16 16

He 1 16 5 5 H2 4 3 36 27 5 6561 = 1215 27

He = 28.

A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is :

(B) 18

(C) 27

(D) 36

Sol.

324 0 .5 0 .5

18 = 36 rad/sec. 0 .5

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 14

MATHEMATICS

29. A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance X using a standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of X is

1 x 53 x 2 R 50 10

x = 10.6

30.

A 2F capacitor is charged as shown in figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is (A) 0% (B) 20% (C) 75% (D) 80% Ans. (D)

Sol.

Ui =

V 1 (2)V 2 , Vcommon = 5 2

Uf =

V 1 (2 + 8) 2 5

V2 V2 Ui Uf 5 100 100 = Ui V2

4 100 = 80% Ans. 5

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 15

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct. 31. A spherical metal shell A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB (< RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge +Q. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then (A) Einside 0 A Ans. (A), (B), (C), (D) (B) QA > QB

A RB (C) R B A

surface (D) E on A

on surface EB

Sol.

QA + QB = 2Q

...(i) ...(ii)

KQ A KQB RA RB

2Q

&

QB =

&

2Q RA QA = R R A B RB A Q A / 4R 2 A = 2 RA B QB / 4RB A EA = 0

EA < EB

QA > QB

using (ii)

B & EB = 0

(at surface)

A < B

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 16

PHYSICS

32. An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true? (A) They will never come out of the magnetic field region. (B) They will come out travelling along parallel paths. (C) They will come out at the same time. (D) They will come out at different times. Ans. (B), (D)

Sol.

tp =

2 RP 2 mp v 2mp v eBv eB

( 2 2)m e v ( 2 2)m e (2 2) R e = eBv eB v

te =

te tp

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 17

PHYSICS

33. A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat Q flows only from left to right through the blocks. Then in steady state

(A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same (B) heat flow through slab E is maximum (C) temperature difference across slab E is smallest (D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D. Ans. Sol. A: C: (A), (C), (D) At steady state, heat flow through A and E are same. T = i R i is same for A and E but R is smallest for E.

D:

iB = R B

iC = R C

T iD = R D

if ic = iB + iD Hence

1 1 1 R C RB R D

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 18

PHYSICS

34. A metal rod of length L and mass m is pivoted at one end. A thin disk of mass M and radius R (<L) is attached at its center to the free end of the rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached: (case A). The disc is not free to rotate about its center and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about its center. The rod-disc system performs SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) true?

(A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring torque in case B (B) Restoring torque in case A < Restoring torque in case B (C) Angular frequency for case A > Angular frequency for case B. (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular frequency for case B. Ans. Sol. (A), (D)

mgd

(Paragraph Type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 19

PHYSICS

Paragraph for Question Nos. 35 to 37 Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momentum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in one-dimension. For such systems, phase space is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x(t) vs. p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use the sign convention in which position or momentum. upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative.

35.

The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically up from ground is :

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

Position

(D)

Position

Ans. (D)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 20

PHYSICS

Sol.

36.

The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the

two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total

mechanical energies respectively. Then

(B) E1 2 E 2

(C) E1 4 E 2

(D) E1 16 E 2

In 1st case amplitude of SHM is a. In 2nd case amplitude of SHM is 2a Total energy =

1 k(amplitude)2 2

E1 =

1 k(2a)2 2 1 k(a)2 2

E2 =

E1 4 E 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 21

PHYSICS

Alternative : Linear momentum P = mv = m A 2 x 2 P2 = m22 (A2 x2) P2 + (m)2x2 = m22A2 Equation of circle (bigger) P2 + x2 = (2a)2 P2 + x2 = 4a2 Equation of circle (smaller) P2 + x2 = a2 Comparing (i) and (ii) Amplitude and (m)2 = 1 A = 2a m2 = ...(iii) ...(ii) ...(i)

1 m

1 m2 ( A )2 2

So energy E1 =

1 m 2 (2a)2 2 1 1 ( 4a 2 ) 2m

2a 2 m

1 m

So E2 =

1 a2 1 a2 1 1 1 m 2 A 2 = a 2 = 2 2 m 2 m2 2 m

E1 So E 4 E1 = 4E2 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 22

PHYSICS

37. Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is :

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

(C)

(D)

2 2 = m A x

P2 + m22x2 = m22A2

represents a circle on Px diagram with radius of circle R = A ( m22 = 1) of spring mass system remains constant and equal to

k m

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 23

PHYSICS

Amplitude of oscillation inside liquid will decrease due to viscous force So radius of circular arcs will decrease as position change Correctly shown in option B

Paragraph for Question Nos. 38 and 39 A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let N be the number density of free electrons, each of mass m. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency p, which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals. 38. Taking the electronic charge as e and the permitlivity as 0, use dimensional analysis to determine the correct expression for p.

Ne m 0

(B)

m 0 Ne

(C)

Ne 2 m 0

(D)

m 0 Ne 2

Sol.

Ne 2 m 0

Q2 Q

2 2

1 T

L F

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 24

PHYSICS

39. Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for a metal having the density of electrons

1 N 4 x 1027 m3. Take 0 1011 and m 1030, where these quantities are in proper SI units. s. (A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm (C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm

= P =

Ne 2 m 0

4 10 27 (1.6 10 19 )2 10 30 10 11

= 3.2 1015 f=

3 10 8 c = = 1 1015 f 2

600 nm

(Integer Answers Type)

This sections contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 40. A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficient of friction between the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 25

PHYSICS

Sol.

Note : If net force applied by the rod is considered to be 2 N.

f '2 F 2 2

FR f'R = 2mR2

...(i)

a R

...(ii)

F f' = 2ma = 1.2 From (i) & (ii) (1.2 + f ')2 + f '2 = 22 2f '2 + 2.4f ' + 1.44 = 4 f '2 + 1.2f ' + 0.72 2 = 0 f '2 + 1.2f ' 1.28 = 0 f' =

0.68 P = 1.88 10

1.64

P = 3.61 4

Ans.

Note : In Hindi friction force is aksed, so the answer is P = 6.8. (for Hindi)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 26

PHYSICS

Law a = R 0.3 = [0.5] =

3 rad/s 5

....(ii)

c = c fR 2R = mR2 f 2 = mR 1.4 2 =

2 3 2 5

P 10

P=4

Ans.

Note : In Hindi friction force is aksed, so the answer is P = 8. (for Hindi) 41. A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45 with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 , then N is

Sol.

mg

F1 =

mg 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 27

PHYSICS

mg

F2 =

mg 2

F1 = 3F2 1 + = 3 3 4 = 2 =

1 2

Ans.

N = 10 N=5 42.

Four point charges, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side a.The surface tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planar film are in equilibrium, and

q2 a =k

1/ N

Sol.

Surface Tension =

force length

2kq2 kq2 2 2 = 2 a 2 2a a

1

q2 a = (Some constant)

43.

So

N=3

Ans.

Steel wire of length L at 40C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass m is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40C to 30C to regain its original length L. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105 /C, Youngs modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >> diameter of the wire. Then the value of m in kg is nearly.

Sol.

F L =y A L mg y ( ) A

m= Ans. 3

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 28

PHYSICS

44. The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 10 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is Sol. N = N0 et

dN 9 = 1010 = N0 () e 10 t dt

10

at (t = 0) 1010 = N0 109 N0 = 1019 mass of sample = N0 1025 = N0 (mass of the atom) = 106 kgm = 106 103 gm = 103 gm = 1 mg Ans. 45. 1

A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries a current along its curved surface as shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as = 0 cos (300 t) where 0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0 0 sin (300 t), then N is

Sol.

0 2 r 0 cos 300 t L

d Rdt

i=

i=

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 29

PHYSICS

M = . r

2

10 10 4 300 100 10

N=6 Ans.

(Take 2 = 10)

46.

5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the corners of

a square of side 4cm. The moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is

Sol.

2 2 2 2 2 = MR 2 + MR Mx 2 5 5 2 2 2 2 = MR 2 + MR 2 + (Mx2) 2 5 5 2 2 = 4 MR + 2mx2 5

8 MR 2 + 2mx2 5

5 = 8 104 5

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 30

MATHEMATICS

PART - III

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 21)

(Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

47.

Let (x0, y0) be the solution of the following equations (2x)n2 = (3y)n3 3nx = 2ny . Then x0 is (A)

1 6

(B)

1 3

(C)

1 2

(D) 6

Ans. Sol.

(C)

(2x)n2 = (3y)n3 also n2 n(2x) = n3 n(3y) = n3 (n3 + ny) 3nx = 2ny nx n3 = ny n2 ......... (2)

nxn3 n 2 . n (2x) = n3 n3 n2

......... (1)

n 2 n 3 (n2x) = 0

n2x = 0 x =

1 2

n 3

48.

The value of

n 2

2

(A)

1 3 n 4 2

(B)

1 3 n 2 2

(C) n

3 2

(D)

1 3 n 6 2

(A) x2 =t x dx =

dt 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 31

MATHEMATICS

n 3

sin t

.

I =

n 2

b

dt ......(1) 2

apply

f ( x )dx =

f (a b x)dx

a

1 I= 2

n 3

n 2

sin(n6 t) sin t

n 3

sin(n6 t )

dt .......(2)

1 2I = 2

n 2

1.dt

1 3 n 4 2

I=

49.

,b and c Let a i jk i jk i j k be three vectors. A vector in the plane of a and b , whose 1 projection on c is , is given by 3 (A) i 3 j 3k

Ans. (C)

(B) 3 i 3 jk

(C) 3 i j 3k

(D) i 3 j 3k

Sol.

Let

= a b

i + ( ) j + ( )k = ( )

Now

1

= . c

3 1

=

( ) ( ) ( )

For =

j + (2) k = (2+ 1) i 1, = 3 l j 3k

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 32

MATHEMATICS

50. Let P = { : sin cos = (A) P Q and Q P (C) P Q Ans. (D)

2 cos } and Q = { : sin + cos = 2 sin } be two sets. Then

(B) Q P (D) P = Q

Sol.

2 +1

2 cos }

3 ; n I 8

2 sin }

1

tan =

2 1

2 +1

51.

= n + P=Q

3 ; n I 8

Let the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by y = (1 x)2, y = 0, and x = 0 into two parts R1 (0 x b) and R2(b x 1) such that R1 R2 =

1 . Then b equals 4

1 3

(A)

3 4

(B)

1 2

(C)

(D)

1 4

Ans.

b

(B)

( x 1)2 dx =

Sol.

R1 =

( x 1)3 3

=

0

(b 1)3 1 3

1

also R2 =

( x 1)2 dx =

( x 1)3 3

=

b

(b 1)3 3

R1 R2 =

2(b 1)3 1 3 3

1 8

1 2(b 1)3 1 = 4 3 3

(b 1)3 =

b=

1 2

J10411Page # 33

RESONANCE

MATHEMATICS

52. Let and be the roots of x2 6x 2 = 0, with > . If an = n n for n 1, then the value of is (A) 1 Ans. Sol. (C) (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

a10 2a 8 2a 9

x2 6x 2 = 0 having roots and 2 6 2 = 0 10 69 28 = 0 10 28 = 69 similarly by (i) and (ii) (10 10) 2(8 8) = 6 (9 9) a10 2a8 = 6a9

10

.... (i)

8 9

2 = 6

.... (ii)

Aliter

10 10 2( 8 8 ) 10 10 ( 8 8 ) 9 ( ) 9 ( ) = = 2( 9 9 ) 2( 9 9 ) 2( 9 9 )

= 53.

6 = =3 2 2 3 x y 1. If L also

A straight line L through the point (3, 2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line intersects the x-axis, then the equation of L is (A) y + (C) Ans.

3x+23 3=0

(B) y (D)

3x+2+3 3 =0

3yx+3+2 3 =0

(B)

3y+x3+2 3 =0

Sol.

m ( 3 )

1 m( 3 )

= tan 60 =

m 3

1 3m

m+ m=0

3 =

3 3m

3 + 3 3

3 3m = 0

3 (x 3)

J10411Page # 34

RESONANCE

MATHEMATICS

SECTION - II (Total Marks : 16)

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

The section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct.

54.

and , and perpendicular to the vector The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors i j 2k i 2 jk is/are i jk (A) j k

Ans. (A, D) (B) i j (C) i j

(D) jk

Sol.

j + 2k a = i+ j+k i +2 b= j +k i+ c =

Required vector is c ( a b )

[( c . b ) a ( c . a ) b ]

) (1+1+2) ( )] [(1+2+1) ( i+ j +2 k j +k i +2 ] j +4 k [4

so our vector in parallel

j + k

55.

Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. If PT denotes the transpose of P, then M2 N2 (MT N)1 (MN1)T is equal to (A) M2 Ans. (C) (B) N2 (C) M2 (D) MN

Sol.

Data inconsistent A 3 3 non-singular matrix cannot be skew-symmetric However considering M, N matrices as even order, we obtain correct answer. M2 N2 (MT N)1 (MN1)T = M2N2 N1 (MT)1 (N1)T MT M2 N2 N1 M1 N1 M M2 NM1 N1 M MNN1 M M2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 35

MATHEMATICS

x2 y2 = 1 be reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If the 2 a b2

56.

hyperbola passes through a focus of the ellipse, then (A) (B) (C) (D) Ans. Sol. the equation of the hyperbola is a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0) the eccentricity of the hyperbola is

5 3

x2 y2 =1 3 2

Eccentricity of ellipse =

1 3 = 4 2

b2

2 3

= a2

b = a

1 3

focus of ellipse 3 , 0

( 3 )2

a2

=1 a=

x2 y2 =1 3 1

57.

Let f : R R be a function such that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), x, y R. If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f(x) is continuous x R (C) f(x) is constant x R (D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many points Ans. (B, C)

Sol.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 36

MATHEMATICS

SECTION - III (Total Marks : 15)

(Paragraph Type) This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choice (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph for Questions Nos. 58 to 60 Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying

1 9 7 [a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] 7 3 7

...........(E)

58.

If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7a + b + c is (A) 0 Ans. (D) (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6

59.

Let be a solution of x3 1 = 0 with m () > 0. if a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of

3 1 3 a + b + c

Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0,

then

n0

1 1

is

(A) 6

(B) 7

(C)

6 7

(D)

Ans. Sol.

(B)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 37

MATHEMATICS

Let C= a + 8b = 7 a + b = b=

6 & a= 7 7

6 , , where R (a, b, c) 7 7

58.

2 6 = 1 7 7

=1 7

= 7

7a + b +c = 7 + 6 7 = 6 59. a=2 = 14

b = 12 & c = 14 Now

3 1 3 3 1 b c = 2 12 3.14 = 3 + 1 + 32 = 3( +2) + 1 = 2 a

60.

b=6 now

1 1 6 = 7 n 0 n 0

1+

6 6 + 7 7

+ ....... =

1 1 6 7

=7

Paragraph for Question Nos. 61 and 62 Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. However, if tail appears then 2 balls are drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U2. 61. The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being white is (A)

13 30

(B*) (B)

23 30

(C)

19 30

(D)

11 30

2 C 1 3 2 1 1 3C 1 3 C 2 C 2 1 5 2 1 5 2 51 1 2 5 5 2 2 C2 3 C2 C2 3

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 38

MATHEMATICS

=

1 8 1 3 1 12 2 10 2 10 30 30

4 1 22 10 2 30 23 30

62.

Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is (A)

17 23

(B) (D)

11 23

(C)

15 23

(D)

12 23

Ans. Sol.

P Head

White =

1 3 2 1 4 1 12 2 5 5 2 10 = = = 23 23 23 30 30

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9). The boubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

63.

Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let 1 be the area of the triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum

1 and the point P , 2 on the parabola, and 2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P 2

Ans. Sol. (2) 2 =

1 2

(by property)

1 2 = 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 39

MATHEMATICS

p

64.

a , 1 p 100.

i i 1

Sm For any integer n with 1 n 20, let m = 5n. If S does not depend on n, then a2 is n

Ans. (9)

Sol.

d = 6 or d = 0 a2 = 3 + 6 = 9 Now if d = 0 then a2 = 3 else a2 = 9

for single choice more appropriate choice is 9, but in principal, question seems to have an error.

65.

1 1 1 is 2 3 sin sin sin n n n

(n = 7) 1 1 = 3 2 sin sin n n

2 cos

sin

4 3 = (1)k + k , k n n

If k = 2m

= 2m n

1 = 2m , not possible n

If Ans. k = 2m + 1 n = 7, m = 0 n=7

7 = (2m + 1) n

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 40

MATHEMATICS

66. Let f : [1, ) [2, ) be a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If

x

6 f ( t ) dt 3 xf ( x ) x 3

Data inconsistent. Putting x = 1 , in given integral equation f(1) = 1/3 , a contradiction (given that f(1) = 2).

x

we obtain correct answer. Differentiating the integral equation 6f(x) = 3f(x) + 3xf(x) 3x2 f(x) put

1 f(x) = x x

y = f(x)

dy 1 y=x dx x

I.F. =

1 x 1 =x+c x

c=1

2

f(2) = 4 + 2 = 6

67.

If z is any complex number satisfying |z 3 2i| 2, then the minimum value of |2z 6 + 5i| is Ans. (5)

Sol.

5i |2z 6 + 5i| = 2 z 3 2 5 =5 2

for minimum = 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 41

MATHEMATICS

68. The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a5, a4, 3a3, 1, a8 and a10 where a > 0 is Ans. Sol. (8)

A.M. G.M.

1 1 3 4 3 1 a 3 a10 = 8, at a = 1 5 a a a

minimum value of

69.

d sin ( f ()) is tan 1 Let f() = sin cos 2 , where 4 < < 4 . Then the value of d (tan )

Ans. (1)

Sol.

f() = tan

df =1 d tan

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 42

Roll Number

I have read all the instructions and shall abide by them. -------------------------------Signature of the Candidate

I have verified all the information filled in by the Candidate. -------------------------------Signature of the Invigilator

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 43

Date : 11-04-2011 Duration : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 240

PAPER - 2

Please read the instructions carefully. You are allotted 5 minutes specifically for this purpose.

INSTRUCTIONS

A. General : 1. The question paper CODE is printed on the right hand top corner of this sheet and on the back page of this booklet. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. No additional sheets will be provided for rough work. Blank papers, clipboards, log tables, slide rules, calculators, cellular phones, pagers and electronic gadgets are NOT allowed. Write your name and registration number in the space provided on the back page of this booklet. The answer sheet, a machine-gradable Optical Response Sheet (ORS), is provided separately. DO NOT TAMPER WITH/MUTILATE THE ORS OR THE BOOKLET. Do not break the seals of the question-paper booklet before being instructed to do so by the invigilators. This Question Paper contains having 60 questions. On breaking the seals, please check that all the questions are legible.

B. Filling the Right Part of the ORS: 10. 11. 12. The ORS also has a CODE printed on its Left and Right parts. Make sure the CODE on the ORS is the same as that on this booklet. If the codes do not match, ask for a change of the booklet. Write your Name, Registration No. and the name of centre and sign with pen in the boxes provided. Do not write them anywhere else. Darken the appropriate bubble UNDER each digit of your Registration No. with a good quality HB pencil.

C. Question paper format and Marking Scheme: 13. 14. The question paper consists of 3 parts (Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics). Each part consists of four sections. In Section I (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 3 marks it you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (-1) mark will be awarded. In Section II (Total Marks: 16), for each queshon you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. In Section Ill (Total Marks: 24), for each question you will be awarded 4 marks if you darken ONLY the bubble corresponding to the correct answer and zero marks otherwise. There are no negative marks in this section. In Section IV (Total Marks: 16), for each question you will be awarded 2 marks for each row in which you have darkened ALL the bubble(s) corresponding to the correct answer(s) ONLY and zero marks otherwise. Thus, each question in this section carries a maximum of 8 marks. There are no negative marks in this section. Write your Name registration number and sign in the space provided on the back page of this booklet.

15.

16.

17.

Useful Data : R = 8.314 JK1 mol1 or 8.206 102 L atm K1 mol1 1 F = 96500 C mol1 h = 6.626 1034 Js 1 eV = 1.602 1019 J c = 3.0 108 m s1 NA = 6.022 1023

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 2

CHEMISTRY PART-II

SECTION I (Total Marks : 24)

(Single Correct Answer Type) This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals haematite and magnetite, respectively, are : (A) II, III in haematite and III in magnetite (B) II, III in haematite and II in magnetite (C) II in haematite and II, III in magnetite (D) III in haematite and II, III in magnetite Ans. Sol. (D)

In haematite(Fe2O3), Fe is present (III) oxidation state and in magnetite (Fe3O4) Fe is present in (II) and (III) oxidation state. Among the following complexes (KP), K3[Fe(CN)6] (K), [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (L), Na3[Co(oxalate)3] (M), [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 (N), K2[Pt(CN)4] (O) and [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 (P) the diamagnetic complexes are : (A) K, L, M, N Ans. (C) (B) K, M, O, P (C) L, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O

2.

Sol.

K[Fe(CN)6]3 : 3d5 electron configuration after pairing of electrons for d2sp3 hybridisation it contains one unapaired electrons. L[Co(NH3)6]3+ : 3d6 electron configuration, d2sp3, diamagnetic. M[Co(ox)3]3 : 3d6 electron configuration, d2sp3, diamagnetic. N[Ni(H2O)6]2+ : 3d8 electron configuration, sp3d2, with two unpared electrons ; paramagnetic. O[Pt(CN)4]2 : 5d8 electron configuration, dsp2 diamagnetic. P[Zn(H2O)6]2+ : 3d10 electron configuration, sp3d2 diamagnetic. Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous solution precipitates: (A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS (C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS Ans. (A)

3.

Sol.

In presence of acidic medium, ionisation of H2S is supressed so less number of S2 ions are produced. So only those sulphides are precipitated which have low solubility product (KSP) value, For example CuS and HgS. Consider the following cell reaction :

2Fe2+ (aq) + 2H2O (l) 2Fe (s) + O2 (g) + 4H+ (aq)

4.

E = 1.67 V

At [Fe2+] = 103 M, P (O2) = 0.1 atm and pH = 3, the cell potential at 25C is : (A) 1.47 V Ans. (D) (B) 1.77 V (C) 1.87 V (D) 1.57 V

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 3

CHEMISTRY

Sol.

[Fe2 ]2 0.059 E = E log [H ]4 P 4 O2

(103 )2 0.06 0.03 log = 1.67 log107 4 2 (103 )4 0.1

0.03 7 = 1.67 0.105 = 1.565 = 1.57 V. . 2

= 1.67

= 1.67

5.

The freezing point (in C) of a solution containing 0.1 g of K3[Fe(CN)6] (Mol. Wt. 329) in 100 g of water (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol1) is : (A) 2.3 102 Ans. (A) (B) 5.7 102 (C) 5.7 103 (D) 1.2 102

Sol.

Tf = i Kf m = 4 1.86

0.1 = 2.3 102 329 0.1

6.

Amongst the compounds given, the one that would form a brilliant colored dye on treatment with NaNO2 in dilute HCl followed by addition to an alkaline solution of -naphthol is :

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Sol.

7.

2

H (anhydrous ) RCH OH

(B) an acetal

(C) an ether

(D) an ester

Sol.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 4

CHEMISTRY

8. The following carbohydrate is

(A) a ketohexose

(B) an aldohexose

(C) an -furanose

(D) an -pyranose

Sol.

(Multiple Correct Answer(s) Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct.

9.

Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous permanganate ion involves. (A) 3 electrons in neutral medium (B) 5 electrons in neutral medium (C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium (D) 5 electrons in acidic medium Ans. (A, C, D) / (A, D)

Sol.

In acidic medium,

Mn2+ MnO4

MnO2 MnO4

MnO42 MnO4

(v.f.=1)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 5

CHEMISTRY

10. The equilibrium 2CuI Cu0 + CuII in aqueous medium at 25 C shifts towards the left in the presence of : (A) NO3 (B) Cl (C) SCN

(D) CN

(B, C, D)

Cl, CN, SCN ions forms precipitate with Cu+. For the first order reaction 2N2O5 (g) 4NO2(g) + O2 (g) (A) The concentration of the reaction decreases exponentially with time (B) The half-life of the reaction decreases with increasing temperature (C) The half-life of the reaction depends on the initial concentration of the reactant (D) The reaction proceeds to 99.6% completion in eight half-life duration Ans. (A, B, D)

Sol.

Ct = C0eKt t1/2

1 , K

K on increasing T.

Co 28

Co 28 100 = 99.6%

Co

12.

% completion =

C0

The correct functional group X and the reagent/reaction conditions Y in the following scheme are condensation polymer :

(A) X = COOCH3, Y = H2/Ni/heat (C) X = CONH2, Y = Br2/NaOH Sol. (A) CH3OOC (CH2)4 COOCH3

H2 / Ni HOOC ( CH2 )4 COOH HOCH2 (CH2)4 CH2 OH

(B)

2 4

HOOC ( CH ) COOH

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 6

CHEMISTRY

(C)

(D)

2 4

HOOC ( CH ) COOH

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 13. Among the following, the number of compounds that can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10. Ans. Sol. 4

POCl3 + SOCl2 PCl5 + SO2 POCl3 + 2HCl PCl5 + H2O SO2Cl2 + 2POCl3 + 2HCl PCl5 + H2SO4 10POCl3 6PCl5 + P4O10

(Source : J.D. Lee) (Source :NCERT) (Source : J.D. Lee) (Source : Green wood)..

14.

The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions present in 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as silver chloride is close to. Ans. 6

Sol.

m moles of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2 = 0.01 30 = 0.3. mmole of Cl = 0.3 2 = 0.6 mmole of Ag+ = mmoles of Cl 0.1 V = 0.6 V = 6 mL.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 7

CHEMISTRY

15. In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl [Ksp(AgCl) = 1.6 1010], 0.1 mol of CuCl [Ksp(CuCl) = 1.0 106] is added. The resultant concentation of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6 10x. The value of "x" is Ans. Sol. 7 Ksp(AgCl) = 1.6 1010 Ksp(CuCl) = 106

Ag+ + Cl Z Z+Y + CuCl (s) Cu + Cl Y Z+Y 10 Z (Z + Y) = 1.6 10 Y (Z + Y) = 106 (Z + Y)2 = 1.6 1010 + 106 (Z + Y)2 106 Z + Y = 103 Z (Z + Y) = 1.6 1010 Z 103 = 1.6 1010 Z = 1.6 107 1.6 10x = 1.6 107 x=7 AgCl (s)

16.

The number of hexagonal faces that are present in a truncated octahedron is Ans. 8

Sol.

17.

The maximum number of isomers (including stereoisomers) that are possible on monochlorination of the following compound, is

Ans. Sol.

8

Cl / h

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 8

CHEMISTRY

+

Total = 8 18. The total number of contributing structures showing hyperconjugation (involving CH bonds) for the following carbocation is

Ans. Sol.

There are total 6 hyperconjugable H-atoms in this carbocation which are countributing in the hyperconjugation.

(Matrix-Match Type)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

19.

Match the transformation in column I with appropriate options in column II Column I Column II

CO2(g) (A) CO2(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g) (B) CaCO3(s) H2(g) (C) 2H P(red, solid) (D) P(white, solid)

(p) phase transition (q) allotropic change (r) H is positive (s) S is positive (t) S is negative

Ans. Sol.

(A p, r, s) ; (B r, s) ; (C t) ; (D p, q, t)

It is phase transition. The process is endothermic (sublimation). Gas is produced, so entropy increases.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 9

CHEMISTRY

(B) On heating CaCO3 decomposes. So, process is endothermic. The entropy increases as gaseous product is formed.

H2(g) (C) 2H

Entropy decreases as number of gaseous particles decreases. (D) It is phase transition. White and red P are allotopes. Red P is more stable than white. So H is ve. 20. Match the reactions in column I with appropriate type of steps/reactive intermediate involved in these reactions as given in column II Column I Column II

(A)

aq NaOH

(B)

CH MgI

(C)

2 4

H SO

(r) Dehydration

(D)

2 4

H SO

(t) Carbanion

Ans.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 10

CHEMISTRY

Sol.

(A)

aq / NaOH

dehydration

OH /

(B)

(C)

2 4

H SO

2 4

H SO

de hydration

(D)

2 4

H SO

substituti on

Electrophi lic

dehydration

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 11

(Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 21. A light ray traveling in glass medium is incident on glass-air interface at an angle of incidence . The reflected (R ) and transmitted (T) intensities, both as function of , are plotted. The correct sketch is

100%

100%

(A)

(B)

100%

(C)

(D)

(C)

Initially most of part will be transmitted. When > iC , all the light rays will be total internal reflected. So transmitted intensity = 0 So correct answer is (C)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 12

PHYSICS

22. A satellite is moving with a constant speed 'V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is (A)

1 mV 2 2

(B)

(B) mV2

(C)

3 mV 2 2

(D) 2mV2

Sol.

Ans. (B) Ve = KE =

2v 0 1 1 mv 2 m 2v 0 e = 2 2

= mv02

23.

A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the X-Y plane and a steady current flows through the wire. The Zcomponent of the magnetic field at the center of the spiral is

(A)

0N b n 2(b a) a

(B)

0N ba n 2(b a) b a

(B)

0N b n 2b a

(D)

0N b a n 2b ba

Ans. (A)

Sol. 24.

0 dNi 2x

N 0 dx i ba 2x

0Ni b n 2(b a) a

A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous sinusoidal displacements in x-direction, x1 (t) = A sin t and

2 . Adding a third sinusoidal displacement x (t) = B sin (t + ) brings the mass to a x2 (t) = A sin t 3 3

2 A,

3 4

(B) A,

4 3

(C)

3 A,

5 6

(D) A,

Ans. (B)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 13

PHYSICS

So 25.

B = A, = 240 =

4 3

Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Sol.

Ans. (C) True for induced electric field and magnetic field.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 14

PHYSICS

26. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity V of the bullet is

2h g

25 25 and 100 = V2 10 10

20 = V1

V1 = 20 m/s , V2 = 100 m/sec. Applying momentum conservation just before and just after the collision (0.01) (V) = (0.2)(20) + (0.01)(100) V = 500 m/s 27. The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9% (B) 2.4% (C) 3.1% (D) 4.2% Ans. (C)

Sol.

Least count =

0 .5 = 0.01 mm 50

M 3 M D = = 4 vol 3 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 15

PHYSICS

m D 3 m D ; max 0.01 100% = 2% + 3 2 .7 max

= 3.1%

28. A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, 0. The block carries a charge +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be

(A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean position. (B) of the same frequency and with the same mean position. (C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean position. (D) of changed frequency and with the same mean position. Ans. Sol. (A)

but due to the constant qE force, the equilibrium position gets shifted by will be (A)

(Multiple Correct Answer(s) Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct. 29. Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if

(B) dB > dF

(C) dA > dF

(D) dA + dB = 2dF

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 16

PHYSICS

Sol.

d A dB 2

to keep the string tight dB > dF and dA < dF 30. A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true?

A (A) R B R A (B) R B R A B (C) VC VC A B (D) VC VC

Ans.

(B), (C)

Sol.

Case I

Z=

1 R2 C

Case II

A R

V Z V Z

Z < Z

B R

A R B R

A B VR VR

So.

A B VC VC

2 2 2 VR VC V0

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 17

PHYSICS

31. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

(A) If the electric field due to a point charge varies as r 2.5 instead of r 2, then the Gauss law will still be

valid. (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole. (C) If the electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same. (D) The work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB VA). Ans. (C)

Sol.

Eds =

Kq r

2

4 r 2 =

q 0

W ext = q(VB VA) Comment : (D) is not crrect answer because it is not given that charge is moving slowly.

32.

A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/ s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction, hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision

(A) The ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM (B) The ring comes to a complete stop. (C) Friction between the ring and the ground is to the left. (D) There is no friction between the ring and the ground. Ans. Sol. (C)

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 33. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60 to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is Ans. 5

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 18

PHYSICS

Sol.

2u sin g 2 10 3 3 sec 10 2 1 2 aT 2

T=

R = ucos. T

1.15 = 10

1 1 3 a( 3 )2 2 2

a = 7.5

2 5 m/sec2 3

a = 5 m/sec2 34. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V= N/10. Then N is

Ans. Sol.

= 0.1

0.4 =

N 10

N = 4 Ans.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 19

PHYSICS

35. Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistances are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is

Ans.

Sol.

E1 E 2 6 3 r1 r2 1 2 1 1 1 1 r1 r2 1 2

15 = 5 volt 3

Ans.

36.

convex surface of radius of curvature R = 6 cm as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object S is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at x cm above the bottom of the tank. Then x is

Ans.

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 20

PHYSICS

Sol.

2 1 2 1 v u R

7 1 7 1 4 4v 24 6 7 3 1 2 1 4v 24 24 24 12 7 12 V = 21 cm 4

21 7/4 OS" 4 / 3 21 7 3 OS" 4 4

OS" = 16 BS" = 2cm 37. A series R-C combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency = 500 radian/s. If the impedance of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is Ans. 4

Sol.

W = 500 rad/s

1 2 R = R 1.25 L

2

Z=

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 21

PHYSICS

1 + R2 = R2 (1.25) L 1 R2 + R2 = R2 + L 4

1 R L 2

2 2

CR =

= 4 ms 38. A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in freespace. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A 10Z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is Ans. Sol. R = 1cm f = 4.7 cm

hc = + eV

1240 e = 4.7 e + eV 200

6.2 4.7 = V

V = 1.5 volt

1 Q 4 0 R = 1.5

Ne 1.5 (9 10 ) 1 100

9

9 1011 Ne = 1.5

N=

1. 5 9 10 1.6 10 19

11

15 1 10 8 16 9

5 50 10 8 = 10 7 3 16 48

Z=7 J10411Page # 22

RESONANCE

PHYSICS

(Matrix-Match Type)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS. 39. One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V diagram. Column II gives the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Column I.

Column I (A) Process A B (B) Process B C (C) Process C D (D) Process D A Ans. Sol.

Column II (p) Internal energy decreases (q) Internal energy increases (r) Heat is lost (s) Heat is gained (t) Work is done on the gas. (A) p,r,t , (B) p,r (C) q,s, (D) r, t V P const d 0 PT d = du +d V T du +ve d = +ve dw ve dq ve du = 0 T U (p), (r), (t)

AB BC

(p), (r)

CD

DA

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 23

PHYSICS

40. Column I shows four systems, each of the same length L, for producing standing waves. The lowest possible natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency, whose wavelength is denoted as f. Match each system with statements given in Column II describing the nature and wavelength of the standing waves. Column I (A) Pipe closed at one end Column II (p) Longitudinal waves

(r) f = L

(s) f = 2L

(t) f = 4L Ans. Sol. (A) (A) p,t , (B) p,s, (C) q,s, (D) q, r

= L , = 4L, 4

Sound waves are longitudinal waves

(B)

= L , = 2L 2

Sound waves are longitudinal waves

(C)

= L, = 2L 2

String waves are =L String waves are transverse waves transverse waves

(D)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 24

MATHEMATICS

PART - III

SECTION - I (Total Marks : 24)

(Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

x2 a2 y2 b2

41.

(9, 0), then the eccentricity of the hyperbola is (A) Ans. Sol.

5 2

(B)

(B)

3 2

(C)

(D)

3 2 a = a2 + b2 2

e=

a2 b2 b2 3 = =1+ 2 2 2 a a 3 2

42.

b2 = a2

A value of b for which the equations x2 + bx 1 = 0 x2 + x + b = 0 have one root in common is (A) 2 Ans. (B) (B) i 3 (C) i 5 (D)

2

x 2 bx 1 0 x2 x b 0

Sol.

x x 1 b2 1 1 b 1 b

x=

b2 1 (b 1) (b 1) 1 b

(b2+1)(1b) =(b+1)2 b2 b3 + 1 b = b2 + 2b +1 b3 + 3b = 0 b = 0 ; b2 = 3 b = 0, 3 i

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 25

MATHEMATICS

43. Let 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-singular matrices of the form

1 2

a b 1 c , 1

where each of a, b and c is either or 2. Then the number of distinct matrices in the set S is (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 8 Ans. Sol. (A)

a, b, c {, 2}

1 Let A = 2

a b 1 c 1

|A| = 1 (a + c) + ac2 Now |A| will be non-zero only when a = c = (a, b, c) ( , , ) or ( , 2 , ) number of non singular matrices = 2 44. The circle passing through the point (1, 0) and touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through the point

3 (A) , 0 2 5 (B) , 2 2 3 5 (C) , 2 2

(D) (4, 0)

Ans. Sol.

(D)

Let equation of circle is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 as it passes through (-1,0) & (0,2) 1 2g + c = 0 and 4 + 4 f+ c =0 also f2 = c

f = 2, c= 4 ; g = 45. If lim 1 x ln(1 b 2 ) x = 2b sin2 , b > 0 and (, ], then the value of is x 0

1

lim

x 0

4

(D)

(B)

(C)

(D)

xn(1 b2 ) e x

= 1 + b2 = 2b sin2

sin2 =

1 b 1 b 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 26

MATHEMATICS

We know b +

1 2 b

but sin2 1 =

sin2 1 sin2 =1

46.

Let f : [1, 2] [0, ) be a continuous function such that f(x) = f(1 x) for all x [1, 2].

2

Let R1 =

x f ( x) dx , and R

2

(B) R1 = 3R2

(C) 2R1 = R2

(D) 3R1 = R2

(C)

2

Sol.

R2 = f ( x ) dx

1 2

and

R1 =

xf ( x ) dx

(1 x)f (1 x) dx

2 1

(1 x )f ( x ) dx

47.

R1 = R2 R1 2R1 = R2

Let f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sin x for all x R. Then the set of all x satisfying (f o g o g o f) (x) = (g o g o f) (x), where (f o g) (x) = f(g(x)), is (A) n , n {0, 1, 2,....} (C) (B) n , n {1, 2,....} (D) 2n, n {...., 2, 1, 0, 1, 2,....}

(A)

Ans. Sol.

f(x) = x2 ; g (x) = sin x gof (x) = sin x2 gogof (x) = sin (sin x2) (fogogof) (x) = (sin (sin x2 ))2 = sin2 (sin x2) Now sin2 (sin x2) = sin (sin x2) sin (sin x2) = 0, 1 sin x2 = n, (4n+1) sin x2 = 0 x2 = n x = n ; n W

; 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 27

MATHEMATICS

48. Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y2 = 4x. Let P be the point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to (x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of P is (A) x2 = y (B) y2 = 2x (C) y2 = x (D) x2 = 2y Ans. (C)

Sol.

y2 y P 16 , 4

then locus of P is x = y2

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

The section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE may be correct.

49.

x 2 If f(x) = cos x x 1 n x

, , , ,

x 0 , then 2 0 x 1 x 1

3 2

Lf = 0 2

= f 2

Rf = 0 2

(B)

(C)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 28

MATHEMATICS

(D) at x =

differentiable at x =

3 2

50.

Let E and F be two independent events. The probability that exactly one of them occurs is probability of none of them occurring is then (A) P(E) = (C) P(E) = Ans.

4 3 , P(F) = 5 5 2 1 , P(F) = 5 5

11 and the 25

(A, D) ....(1)

Sol.

11 25

....(2) ....(3)

P( E F )

by (2)

2 25 11 25 2 25

....(4)

1 [P(E) + P (F) P (E F)] = [P(E) + P (F) P (E F)] = by (4) & (5) and

23 25 12 25

P (E) P (F) =

P (E) + P (F) =

7 5

Let L be a normal to the parabola y2 = 4x. If L passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (A) y x + 3 = 0 (B) y + 3x 33 = 0 (C) y + x 15 = 0 (D) y 2x + 12 = 0 Ans. (A, B, D)

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 29

MATHEMATICS

Sol. Equation of normal is y = mx 2m m3 (9, 6) satisfies it 6 = 9m 2m m3 m3 7m + 6 = 0 m=1 m=2 m=3

m = 1, 2, 3 y=x3 y = 2x 12 y = 3x + 33

bx , where b is a constant such that 0 < b < 1. Then 1 bx

52.

(D) f1 is differentiable on (0, 1)

Ans. (A, B)

Sol.

1 b x b 1 b f(x) = = + bx 1 b (bx 1)

1 b b b, f(x) < 0 x (0, 1) f(x) = 2 (bx 1)

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9). The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

53.

Let = e 3 , and a, b, c, x, y, z be non-zero complex numbers such that a+b+c=x a + b + c2 = y a + b2 + c = z. Then the value of Ans. 3

| x | 2 | y |2 | z |2 is | a | 2 | b |2 | c |2

Sol.

On taking = e i / 3 expression is in terms of a, b, c so lets assume = e , then the solution is following a+b+c=x a + b + c2 = y a + b2 + c = z

| x |2 | y |2 | z |2 |a| |b| |c |

2 2 2

i2 / 3

xx yy zz | a | | b |2 | c |2

2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 30

MATHEMATICS

=

(a b c ) ( a b c ) (a b c2 ) ( a b 2 c ) (a b 2 c) ( a b c2 ) | a |2 | b |2 | c |2

3 ( | a |2 | b |2 | c |2 ) | a |2 | b |2 | c |2

=3

54.

Sol.

f(x) = x4 4x3 + 12x2 + x 1 f(x) = 4x3 12x2 + 24x + 1 f(x) = 12x2 24x + 24 = 12 (x2 2x + 2) > 0 xR f(x) is S.I. function Let is a real root of the eqution f(x) = 0 f(x) is MD for x ( , ) and M.I. for x (, ) where < 0 f(0) = 1 and < 0 f() is also negative f(x) = 0 has two real & distinct roots.

df ( x ) and g(x) is a given nondx constant differentiable function on R with g(0) = g(2) = 0. Then the value of y(2) is

55.

Let y(x) + y(x) g(x) = g(x) g(x), y(0) = 0, x R , where f(x) denotes

Ans. Sol.

d (y(x)) + y (x) g (x) = g(x) g(x)., dx

g (0) = g(2) = 0.

e

te

t

g( x )

g( x )g( x ) dx + c

dt

= te et + c y(x) = (g(x)1) + c eg(x) Let x =0 y(0) = (g(0)1) + c eg(0) 0 = (01) + c c =1 y (x) = (g(x) 1) + eg(x) y(2) = (g(2)1) + eg(2) y (2) = (0 1) + e(0) = 1 + 1 = 0

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 31

MATHEMATICS

56. Let M be a 3 3 matrix satisfying

0 1 1 2 M = ,M 0 3

Ans. 9

a13 a 23 a 33

1 1 1 = 1 , and M 0 1

Sol.

a11 + a12 + a13 = 0 a13 = 1 a21 + a22 + a23 = 0 a23 = 5 a31 + a32 + a33 = 12 a33 = 7

57.

be three given vectors. If r is a vector such that , b Let a i j and c i 2 j 3k i k r b c b and r . a 0 , then the value of r . b is

Ans. 9

Sol.

(r c ) b = 0 r c = b r = c + b r. a =0 ( c + b ) . a = 0

(( i + 2 j +3 k ) + ( i + j )) .( i k ) = 0 ((1 ) i +(2+) j + 3 k ) . ( i k ) = 0

13=0 =4 so r . b = ( 3 i +6 j +3 k ) . ( i+j ) =3+6=9 58. The straight line 2x 3y = 1 divides the circular region x2 + y2 6 into two parts.

Sol.

2x 3y = 1, x2 + y2 6

3 5 3 1 1 1 1 S 2, , , , , , , 4 2 4 4 4 8 4 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( V )

Plot the two curves I, III, IV will lie inside the circle and point (I, III, IV) will lie on the P region if (0, 0) and the given point will lie opposite to the line 2x 3y 1 = 0

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 32

MATHEMATICS

1 1 3 P(0, 0) = negative, P 2, = positive, P , = positive P 4 4 4

5 3 P , = positive , but it will not lie in the given circle 2 4 1 3 1 so point 2, and , will lie on the opp side of the line 4 4 4

1 1 , = negative 8 4

1 3 1 Further 2, and , satisfy S1 < 0 4 4 4

(Matrix-Match Type)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column-II. Any given statement in Column-I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column-II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

59.

Match the statements given in Column-I with the values given in Column-II Column-I Column-II (A)

then the internal angle of the triangle between a and b is

b

(p)

(B)

If

(f ( x ) 3x ) dx

a

5/6

(q)

2 3 3

(C)

2 The value of ln 3

7/6

sec (x) dx is

(r)

(D)

(t)

Ans.

(A) (q),

(B) (p),

1 3

(C) (s),

(D) (t)

Sol.

(A)

a .b cos( ) = = | a| | b |

cos = =

2 3

1 3 1 3

2 4

1 2

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 33

MATHEMATICS

(B) Using Leibeintz Theorem f(b) 3b = 2b f(b) = b

2 n | sec x tan x | 2 (sec x ) dx = n3 7 / 6 n3 7 / 6

5/6

5/6

(C)

n 2 = n3

(D)

2 1 2 1 n 3 3 3 3

3 3 n 1 3 2 = = n3

1 = Arg 1 Arg (1 z) = angle between OA and BA Arg 1 z

as B tends to A. 2

as |z| = 1

i.e.

z lies on circle

z lies on circle

1 z lies on circle

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 34

MATHEMATICS

Alter # 2 z = ei

Locus is

1 1 is x = 1 z 2 2

Match the statements given in Column-I with the intervals/union of intervals given in Column-II Column-I (A) Column-II (p) (, 1) (1, )

The domain of the function f(x) = sin1

(B)

8(3) x 2 1 3 2( x 1) is

(q)

(, 0) (0, )

1

(C) If f() =

tan 1 tan

1 tan 1

, (r) [2, )

tan 1

(D)

then the set f ( ) : 0 is 2 If f(x) = x3/2 (3x 10), x 0, then f(x) is increasing in

(s) (t)

(, 1] [1, ) (, 0] [2, )

Ans.

(A) (s),

(B) (t),

(C) (r),

(D) (r)

Sol.

(A)

1 1 = 1 y 1 = y 1 or y 1

Alternate

2ie i 2i(cos i sin ) Re 2i = Re 1 (cos 2 i sin 2 ) 1 e

2y 2ix 1 = Re 2y ( y ix ) = Re (1/y) = y

i (cos i sin ) 2i(cos i sin ) = Re = Re sin (sin i cos ) = Re 2 sin2 2i sin cos )

1 = Re sin

as 1 sin 1 ( , 0 ) (0, )

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 35

MATHEMATICS

8. 3 x 2

1

(B)

1 3

2x 2

1

8t

8t

1

9 t2

1

8t

1 9 t2 t 2 8t 9 t 9

2

8t 9 t 2 9t

2

9 t 2 8t 9t

2

9 t2

1 0

( t 9) ( t 1) ( t 9) ( t 1) 0 ( t 3) ( t 3) ( t 3) ( t 3) 0

(C)

t ( , 9] [1 , 1] [9, )

x ( , 0) [2 , )

f() = 2 sec2 f() 2 f() [2, ) f(x) = x3/2 (3x 10) f (x) = x3/2 3 +

(D)

asf (x) 0

3 x1/ 2 3 x (3 x 10 ) 0 2

3x +

9x 15 0 2

15 x 15 0 2 x 2 x [2, )

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 36

Roll Number

I have read all the instructions and shall abide by them. -------------------------------Signature of the Candidate

I have verified all the information filled in by the Candidate. -------------------------------Signature of the Invigilator

RESONANCE

J10411Page # 37

PART I : CHEMISTRY PAPER II SECTION I(TOTAL MARKS: 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

CODE 0

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

1.

Key. : Sol. :

Among the following complexes (K P), K3[Fe(CN)6] (K), [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (L), Na3[Co(oxalate)3] (M), [Ni(H2O)3]Cl2 (N), K2[Pt(CN)4] (O) and [Zn(H2O)6](NO3)2 (P) the diamagnetic complexes are (A) K, L, M, N (B) K, M, O, P (C) L, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O (C) K3Fe(CN)6 is paramagnetic [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 is paramagnetic too. Consider the following cell reaction : 2Fe (s) + O2(g) + 4H+ (aq) 2Fe2+ (aq) + 2H2O (l) E = 1.67 V At [Fe2+] = 10-3M, P(O2) = 0.1 atm and pH = 3, the cell potential at 25C is (A) 1.47 V (B) 1.77 V (C) 1.87 V (D) 1.57 V (D) 2Fe(s) O 2 g 4H 2Fe 2 aq 2H 2 O E = 1.67 V Ecell = E cell

2.

Key. : Sol. :

2

= 1.67 3. The major product of the following reaction is

RCH 2 OH H anhydrous

Key. : Sol. :

RCH 2 OH

O Acetal

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

OCH2 R

4.

Key.: Sol. :

Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous solution precipitates (A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS (C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS (A) Cu2+ & Hg2+ ions belong to Group II of salt analysis & their sulphides are very less soluble. Hence CuS and HgS will be precipitated out even in acidic medium by passing H2S gas. Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals haematite and magnetite, respectively are (A) II, III and haematite and III in magnetite (B) II, III in haematite and II in magnetite (C) II in haematite and II, III in magnetite (D) III in haematite and II, III in magnetite (C) Formula Oxidation state of Fe Haematite Fe2O3 +3 Magnetile Fe3O4 (FeO + Fe2O3) +2, +3 Amongst the compounds given, the one that would from a brilliant colored dye on treatment with NaNO2 in dil. HCl followed by addition to an alkaline solution of -naphthol is

N(CH3 )2 NHCH3

5.

Key. : Sol. :

6.

(A)

NH2

(B)

CH2 NH2

(C)

H3C

(D)

Key. : Sol. :

NH2

NaNO2 HCl 0 5 C

NCl

OH

H3C

N OH

napthol

H3C

H3C

Red azo dye

7.

Key: Sol.:

The freezing point (in C) of a solution containing 0.1 g of K3[Fe(CN)6] (Mol. Wt. 329) in 100 g of water (Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1) is (A) 2.3 10-2 (B) 5.7 10-2 -2 (C) 5.7 10 (D) 1.2 10-2 (A) Tf = i kf m W 1000 = i kf B M B WA = 4 1.86

0.1 1000 329 100

= 0.0226 = 2.26 10-2 2.3 10-2 Freezing point = 2.3 10-2. 8. The following carbohydrate is

H HO HO H

4

OH H H O OH OH H

Key. : Sol.

H HO HO H

O OH OH H

H is an aldohexose.

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

9.

The equilibrium

Cu Cu|| 2Cu|

In aqueous medium at 25C shifts towards the left in the presence of

(A) NO3

(B) Cl (D) CN

Key. : Sol. :

Cu Cu 2 is high enough to keep it largely towards right. The Cu+ will exist in water with 2Cu stability when either present as complexes or as insoluble salt CuCl, CuCn and CuSCN are insoluble cuprous salt.

10. The correct functional group X and the reagent / reaction condition Y in the following scheme are

X CH 2 4 X condensation polymer O

i Y

ii

C HO

(CH 2) 4

heat

C OH

Key. : Sol. :

H3C

(B)

O O

C (CH2 )4 O C

H 2 / Ni OCH3 CH 3 OH HO CH 2 CH 2 4 CH 2 OH

H2 N

(C)

C (CH2 )4

NH2

H 2 / Ni NH 2 CH 2 6 NH 2

O H2 N C (CH2 )4

O C NH2

Br2 / NaOH

NH 2 CH 2 4 NH 2

(D)

NC (CH 2 ) 4 CN

H 2 / Ni NH 2 CH 2 6 NH 2

Diamines give polyamides with dicarboxylic acids Similarly di-ols give polyester with dicarboxylic acid.

11.

For the first order reaction 2N2O2 (g) 4NO2 (g) + O2 (g) (A) the concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time. (B) the half-life of the reaction decreases with increasing temperature. (C) the half-life of the reaction depends on the initial concentration of the reactant. (D) the reaction proceeds to 99.6% completion in eight half-life diration.

Key. : Sol. :

d N 2 O5 dt

K. N 2 O5

n2 K With temperature K increases and therefore t 1/2 decreases At the completion of 8 half lives

Remaining % =

1 1 100 100 = 0.39 28 256

% reacted = 100 0.39 = 99.61 %. 12. Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous permagnate ion involves (A) 3 electrons in neutral medium (C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium Key. : Sol. : (A, C, D) (B) 5 electrons in neutral medium (D) 5 electrons in acidic medium

This Section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

The number of hexagonal faces that are present in a truncated octahedron is 6 The truncated octahedron is an Archimedean solid with 14 faces out of which 8 faces are hexagonal and rest 6 faces are square shaped.

H3C

14. The total number of contributing structures showing hyperconjugation (involving C H bonds) for the following carbocation is

CH2 CH3

Key. : Sol. :

6 H3 C

CH2 CH3

H = 6

contributing hyper conjugating structure = 6 15. Key. : Sol. : Among the following, the number of compounds than can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10 5 CO2 + PCl5 POCl3 + COCl2 PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2 HCl (if equi molar amounts are used, the reaction is more gentle and yields POCl3) PCl5 + SO2 POCl3 + SOCl2 PCl5 + P4O10 10 POCl3 PCl5 + H2SO4 POCl3 + HSO2Cl + HCl chlorosulphonic acid 2PCl5 + H2SO4 SO2 Cl2 + 2POCl3 + 2HCl sulphuryl chloride 16. In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl [Ksp (AgCl) = 1.6 10-10], 0.1 mole of CuCl [Ksp (CuCl) = 1.0 10-6] is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in the solution is 1.6 10-x. The value of x is 7

Key. : Sol. :

Ag+ + Cl AgCl(s) x x Cu+ + Cl CuCl(s) y y Net Cl in solution = (x + y) ksp AgCl = 1.6 10-10 = [Ag+] [Cl] = x (x + y) x(x + y) = 1.6 10-10 ksp of CuCl = 1.0 10-6 = [Cu+][Cl] 1.0 10-6 = y (x + y) from equation (i) and (ii)

. . . . .(i) . . . . (ii)

x 1.6 104 y

y 104 x 1.6

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

7

x2

The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for complete precipitation of chloride ions present in 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as silver chloride is close to 6 2AgNO3 + [Cr(H2O)5Cl] Cl2 2AgCl + [Cr(H2O)5Cl](NO3)2 milli equivalent . of AgNO3 reacted = milli equivalent of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2 reacted thus (M n V) AgNO3 (M n V)[Cr(H2O)5 Cl]Cl2 0.1 1 V = 0.01 2 30 V=6

18.

The maximum number of isomers (including stereoisomers) that are possible on mono-chlorination of the following compound, is CH3

C CH3 CH2

Key. : Sol. 8

H: 3C CH2 CH CH3 CH2 CH3 + Cl2 Monochlorination CH2 Cl CH2 CH CH3 (1 chiral) (A)

CH2 CH3

CH2

CH3

Cl H3C CH Cl

CH

CH2

CH3

H3C

CH2

CH2

CH3

H3C

CH2

CH

CH2 CH3

Thus A has two structures, B has 4, C has 1, and D has one therefore total product will be 8

This section contains 2 questions. Each question four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with one or more statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for that particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

19.

8

Match the reactions in Column I with appropriate types of steps / reactive intermediate involved in these reactions as given in Column II

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

Column I (A)

H3C O

(p)

aq. NaOH

(B)

CH3 MgI

(q)

Electrophilic substitution

CH3

18

(C)

O

18

(r)

Dehydration

H 2 SO 4

(D)

C (CH3 )2 OH

H 2SO4

(s)

Nucleophilic

H3C

CH3

C O H2 C O NuAddition O OH

Carbanion

O

-H2O

SNi

O

CH3

+

H H CH2

18

O C

HO C CH2

+ 18 O

+O

H CH2

18

C IMPE

: O:

H

18

H2O H+,

CH2

18

H2SO4

+

OH H

OH -H2O

EAS

+

H3C

CH3

H3C

CH3

20.

Match the transformations in Column I with appropriate options in column II Column I (A) CO2 (s) CO2 (g) (B) CaCO3 (s) CaO (s) + CO2 (g) (C) 2H H2 (g) (D) P(white, solid) P(red, solid) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) Column II Phase transition Allotropic change H is positive S is positive S is negative

Key: Sol.:

(B) (C)

(D)

H = +ve , phase transition and S = +ve CaCO3(s) + Q CaO (s) + CO2(g) H = +ve, S = +ve 2H0 H2 (g) two particle give one gaseous particle S = -ve Pwhite , solid Pred, solid H = +ve, S = +ve, allotropic change

10

PART II : PHYSICS SECTION I(TOTAL MARKS: 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

21.

Key: Sol.:

A satellite is moving with a constant speed V in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is 1 (A) (B) mV2 mV 2 2 3 (C) (D) 2mV2. mV 2 2 (B) At the time of ejection ETotal = 0 GMm Total Kinetic Energy = ETotal P.E. = r = mV2 A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous sinusoidal displacements in xdirection, x1 (t) A sin t and

22.

Key: Sol.:

2 x 2 (t) A sin t . Adding a third sinusoidal displacement x 3 (t) Bsin(t ) brings the mass to a 3 complete rest. The value of B and are 3 4 2A, (A) (B) A, 4 3 5 (C) (D) A, . 3A, 6 3 (B) x1+x2 x2 x1 + x2 = Asin(t + /3) 4 x1 + x2 + x3 = 0 x3 = A sin t 2/3 3 4/3 x1

x3

23. The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions. If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the relative percentage error in the density is (A) 0.9% (B) 2.4% (C) 3.1% (D) 4.2%. (C) 0.5mm 1 Least count of screw gauge = = mm. 50 100 1 Diameter D = 2.5 + 20 = 2.7 mm 100 m Now, density 3 4 D 3 2

Key: Sol.:

11

24.

% error in density =

Key: Sol.:

A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as a spiral of N turns. The spiral has inner radius a and outer radius b. The spiral lies in the XY plane and a steady current I flows through the wire. The Zcomponent of the magnetic field at the centre of the spiral is 0 NI 0 NI b ba (A) (B) n n 2(b a) a 2(b a) b a NI NI b ba (C) 0 n (D) 0 n . 2b a 2b ba (A) N dN = dr ba N 0 Idr b N 0 I b ba B= ln a 2r 2b a a

I b

a X

25.

A light ray traveling in glass medium is incident on glass air interface at an angle of incidence . The reflected (R) and transmitted (T) intensities, both as function of , are plotted. The correct sketch is

100%

100%

Intensity

Intensity

(A)

T R 90

T R 90

(B)

0

100%

0

100%

Intensity

T

(D)

Intensity

0

T R 90

(C)

Key: Sol.:

90 (C) For 0 c there will be little reflection For c there will be no transmission.

26.

Key: Sol.:

A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg traveling with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity of the bullet is (A) 250 m/s (B) 250 2 m/s (C) 400 m/s (D) 500 m/s. (D)

V m/s

0 20

100

12

27.

Which of the field patterns given below is valid for electric field as well as for magnetic field ?

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Key: Sol.:

(C) In case of non-conservative electric field, lines as shown in (C) are possible. Also, in case of toroid, magnetic field lines are circular A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless surface with frequency, E v0. The block carries a charge +Q on its surface. If now a uniform electrical +Q field E is switched on as shown, then the SHM of the block will be (A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean position (B) of the same frequency and with the same mean position (C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean position (D) of changed frequency and with the same mean position. (A) An additional constant force will not change the frequency but will shift the mean position.

28.

Key: Sol.:

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

29.

A series RC circuit is connected to AC voltage source. Consider two cases; (A) when C is without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which of the following is/are true ? B B (A) I A (B) I A R IR R IR

A B (C) VC VC (B, C) A B (D) VC . VC

Key: Sol.:

Z R2

1 c B A B zA > z B I A R I R and v C v C

2 2

30.

Key:

A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg, moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite direction, hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s. Immediately after the collision (A) the ring has pure rotation about its stationary CM (B) the ring comes to a complete stop (C) friction between the ring and the ground is to the left (D) there is no friction between the ring and the ground. (C)

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

1m/s

13

Sol.:

Assuming friction to be absent at point of contact (to check the tendency of sliding), we find that under the impulsive forces shown in figure, the point of contact moves to the right hence friction will act towards left.

F dt

Jx= 2 Ns

Jy= 1 Ns

31. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ? (A) if the electric field due to a point charge varies as r2/5 instead of r2, then the Gauss law will still be valid (B) the Gauss law can be used to calculate the field distribution around an electric dipole (C) if the electric field between two point charges is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two charges is the same (D) the work done by the external force in moving a unit positive charge from point A at potential VA to point B at the potential VB (VB VA). (C, D) Q E ds f r enc If E r2.5 then 0 sphere (A) is incorrect. As field of an electric dipole is not symmetric,

Key: Sol.:

E ds

is incalculable

(B) is incorrect. In case of similar charges, null point is between the two charges. (C) is correct. Wext = q(VB VA) (D) is incorrect. 32. Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but of different densities dA and dB are connected by a string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium state as shown in the figure with a tension in the string. The arrangement is possible only if (A) dA < dF (B) dB > dF (C) dA > dF (D) dA + dB = 2 dF. (A, B, D) For equilibrium of system V(dA + dB)g = 2V dF g

A B

Key: Sol.:

This Section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

14

33.

S =1.0 R=6 cm

Key: Sol.:

7 refractive index lies on water making a convex surface of radius of 4 curvature R = 6 cm as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin lens. An object S is placed 24 cm above water surface. The location of its image is at x cm above the bottom of the tank. Then x is 2 Refraction at air-oil boundary

=4/3

7 / 4 1 7/4 1 V1 24 6

7 1 1 1 3 1 4V1 24 8 24 12 7 12 V1 21cm 4

Refraction at oil-water boundary

x = 2 cm 34. A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in free space. It is under continuous illumination of 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the shphere is A 10Z (where 1 < A < 10). The value of Z is 7

Key: Sol.:

E eV

1.51 1.6 1019 102 1.5 102 1.51 15.1 n 108 107 10 1.6 9 10 1.6 9 16 9 z= 7

35. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60 to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2 is 5

n 1.6 1019

9 109

Key: Sol.:

u y 10sin 60 5 3 m/s

2u y g

25 3 3s 10

15

36. Two batteries of different emfs and different internal resistances are connected as shown. The voltage across AB in volts is

6V 3V

1 2

Key: Sol.:

63 1A 3

+

I 6V A

+

1 B 2

VA 3 2 1 VB VAB 5 V

37. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of forceconstant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially the block is at rest and the spring is unstretched. An impulse is given to the block as shown in the figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and comes to rest for the first time. The initial velocity of the block in m/s is V = N/10. Then N is 4 Work done by friction

3V

Key: Sol.:

= 36104

N=4 38. Key:

16

A series RC combination is connected to an AC voltage of angular frequency = 500 radian/s. If the impedance of the RC circuit is R 1.25 , the time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is 4

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

2 Z R 2 XC R

Sol.:

5 4

~

5 2 R 2 XC R2 4 R 2 XC 2 R 2 C R 2 2 RC R R 2 4 103 4ms 500

This section contains 2 questions. Each question four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with one or more statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for that particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

39.

Column I shows four systems, each of the same length L, for producing standing waves. The lowest possible natural frequency of a system is called its fundamental frequency whose wavelength is denoted as 1. Match each system with statements given in Column II describing the nature and wavelength of the standing waves. Column I Pipe closed at one end (A) (B) Column II Longitudinal waves

(p)

L

(q) Transverse waves

(C)

0 L Stretched wire clamped at both ends and at midpoint

(r)

f = L

(D)

(s)

f = 2L

0 L/2

f = 4L

1 L 1 4L 4

Longitudinal wave A p, t

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

17

(B)

1 L 1 2L 2

Longitudinal wave B p, s

(C)

1 L 1 2L 2

Transverse wave C- q, s

(D)

1 1 L 1 L 2 2

Transverse wave D- q, r

40.

One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is taken through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the PV diagram. Column II gives the characteristics involved in the cycle. Match them with each of the processes given in Column I.

P 3P

1P

C 0 1V 3V

D 9V V

Column II Internal energy decreases Internal energy increases Heat is lost Heat is gained Work is done on the gas.

(A p,r,t); (Bp,r); (Cq,s); (Dr,t) (A) Volume decreases Temperature decreases (B) Pressure decreases Temperature decreases (C) Volume increases Temperature increases (D)

A- p, r, t B- p, r C- q, s

PV P 9V 9PV TD nR nR nR 3P 3V 9PV TA nR nR

D r, t

PART I : MATHEMATICS SECTION I(TOTAL MARKS: 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

41.

Key: Sol.:

18

A value of b for which the equations x2 + bx - 1 = 0 x2 + x + b = 0 have one root in common is (A) 2 (C) i 5 (B) x2 + bx - 1 = 0 ... (i) x2 + x + b = 0 ... (ii)

(B) - i 3 (D) 2

2

b 1 b 1 +b=0 b 1 b 1 b3 + 3b = 0 b(b2 + 3) = 0 b = 0, b2 = -3 b= 3i

b=42.

3 i.

Key: Sol.:

The circle passing through the point (-1, 0) and touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through the point 3 5 (A) ,0 (B) , 2 2 2 3 5 (C) , (D) (-4, 0) 2 2 (D) Equation of family of circle touching y-axis at (0, 2) will be (x - 0)2 + (y - 2)2 + x = 0 Since this passes through, (1, 0) 1+4-=0 =5 Equation of circle is x2 + y2 + 5x - 4y + 4 = 0 Also passes through (-4, 0). Let f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sinx for all xR. Then the set of all x satisfying (f o g o g o f) (x) = (g o g o f) (x), where (f o g) (x) = f(g(x)), is (A) n , n {0, 1, 2, ... } (B) n , n {1, 2, ... } (C) 2n , n {..., -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, ...} (D) 2n, n {..., -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, ....} 2 (A) f(x) = x2, g(x) = sinx g(f(x)) = g(x2) = sinx2 g(g(f(x)) = sin(sin(x2)) f.(g.(g.(f(x)))) = (sin (sin (x2)))2 f. (g.(g(f(x)))) = g.(g.(f(x)) (sin (sin (x2)))2 = sin (sin (x2)) (sin (sin (x2))) [sin.sin (x2) - 1] = 0 sin (sin (x2)) = 0 [or, sin (sin(x2)) 1) sin(x2) ] 2 sin (x2) = 0 x = n {n = 0, 1, 2, ... }

43.

Key: Sol.:

44.

Key:

1 Let 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set of all non-singular matrices of the form 2 where each of a, b, and c is either or 2. Then the number of distinct matrices in the set S is (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 8 (A)

a b 1 c , 1

19

Sol.:

45.

1 a b Let A = 1 c 2 1 |A| = (1 - a) (1 - c) For A to be non-singular matrix, none of a and c should be 2. So, a = c = While b can take value or 2 So, the number of distinct matrices in the set S is 2. x 2 y2 Let P (6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola 2 2 1 . If the normal at the point P intersects the x-axis at a b (9, 0), then the eccentricity of the hyperbola is

(A)

5 2

(B) (D)

3 2

3

Key: Sol.:

(C) 2 (B) Let P be (a sec, btan) a sec = 6, b tan = 3 The equation of normal at P is ax cos + bycot = a2 + b2 a 2 b2 a 2 b2 9 Put y = 0, x = =9 a a cos a. 6 1+

b2 3 e= a2 2

3 2

46.

Let f : [-1, 2] [0, ) be a continuous function such that f(x) = f(1-x) for all x [-1, 2]. Let R1 =

1

xf (x) dx, and R2 be the area of the region bounded by y = f(x), x = -1, x = 2, and the x-axis. Then

(B) R1 = 3R2 (D) 3R1 = R2

Key: Sol.:

2 1 2

xf (x) dx , R2 = (1 x) f (1 x)dx

2

f (x) dx

(replace x by (-1 + 2 - x))

2

(1 x) f (x)dx

f (x) dx xf (x) dx

1

2 x 1 x ln (1 b 2 ) If lim = 2bsin , b > 0 and (-, ], then the value of is x 0 (A) (B) 4 3 (C) (D) 2 6 (D) lim[1 x ln (1 b 2 )]1/ x = 2bsin2 (b > 0)

x 0

Key: Sol.:

e x 0 x

20

1 lim .[x ln (1 b2 )]

= 2bsin2

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

Key: Sol.:

Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y2 = 4x. Let P be the point that divides the line segment from (0, 0) to (x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of P is (A) x2 = y (B) y2 = 2x (C) y2 = x (D) x2 = 2y (C) x y Let P be (h, k). So, h = and k = 4 4 As, y2 = 4x 16k2 = 16h k2 = h So, locus of P is y2 = x

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

49.

Let E and F be two independent events. The probability that exactly one of them occurs is probability of none of them occurring is then

4 , P(F) = 5 2 (C) P(E) = . P(F) = 5 (A, D) 3 5 1 5

11 25

11 and the 25

2 . If P(T) denotes the probability of occurrence of the event T, 25 1 2 , P(F) = 5 5 3 4 (D) P(E) = , P(F) 5 5

(A) P(E) =

(B) P(E) =

Key: Sol.:

50.

Let f : (0, 1) R be defined by f(x) = (A) f is not invertible on (0, 1) (C) f = f -1 on (0, 1) and f (b) =

(B) f f -1 on (0, 1) and f (b) =

1 f (0)

1 f (0)

(A) As range of f(x) R f(x) is not invertible. Let L be a normal to the parabola y2 = 4x. If L passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by (A) y - x + 3 = 0 (B) y + 3x - 33 = 0 (C) y + x - 15 = 0 (D) y - 2x + 12 = 0

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

21

Key: Sol.:

(A, B, D) Equation of normal is y + tx = 2t + t3 As it passes through (9, 6) 6 + 9t = t3 + 2t or, t3 - 7t - 6 = 0 or, (t + 1) (t2 - t - 6) = 0 or, (t + 1) (t - 3) (t + 2) = 0 t = -1, -2, 3 equation of normals are y - x + 3 = 0, y - 2x + 12 = 0 y + 3x - 33 = 0

52.

(C) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1

3 2

Key: Sol.:

2 2

f(x) is continuous at x = -/2 f(x) is also continuous at x = 0, 1 x 1 2 sin x x 0 f (x) = 2 1 0 x 1 1 x 1 x f(x) is not diff. at x = 0 f(x) is diff. at x = 1 f(x) is diff. at x = -3/2

This Section contains 6 questions. The answer to each question is a Single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

53.

Key:

0 1 1 1 1 0 Let M be a 3 3 matrix satisfying M 1 2 , M 1 1 , and M 1 0 . Then the sum of the 0 3 0 1 1 12 diagonal entries of M is (9)

22

Sol.:

a M b c d = 1 e=2 f=3 a d b e c f

d l 0 1 e m 1 2 f n 33 0 33 3

l 1 1 m 1 1 0 1 n

ad=1a=0 be=1b=3 cf=1c=2 a d l 1 0 b e m 1 0 c f n 1 12 a + d + l = 0 l= 1 b + e + m = 0 m = 5 c + f + n = 12 n = 7 0 1 1 M 3 2 5 2 3 7 Sum of diagonal entries = 9 54. The straight line 2x - 3y = 1 divides the circular region x2 + y2 6 into two parts. If 3 5 3 1 1 1 1 S 2, , , , , , , , then the number of point(s) in S lying inside the smaller part is 4 2 4 4 4 8 4 (2) x2 + y2 6 L 2x 3y 1 > 0 S x2 + y2 6 < 0 3 1 1 Clearly 2, and , satisfies above two inequality 4 4 4

Key:

Sol.:

55.

Let = ei/3 , and a, b, c, x, y, z be non-zero complex numbers such that a+b+c=x a + b + c2 = y | x |2 | y | 2 | z | 2 a + b2 + c = z . Then the value of is | a |2 | b |2 | C |2 Value is not fixed.

df (x) and g(x) is a given nondx constant differentiable function on R with g(0) = g(2) = 0. Then the value of y(2) is (0) g ( x ) dx I.F. = e eg ( x )

Let y(x) + y(x) g(x) = g(x) g(x), y(0) = 0, xR, where f (x) denotes

y(x) eg(x) =

g(x)

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

23

y(x) = (g(x) - 1) + ce-g(x) Put x = 0, 0 = (-1) + c c = 1 y(2) = (-1) + 1.e-0 y(2) = 0. The number of distinct real roots of x4 - 4x3 + 12x2 + x - 1 = 0 is (2) Let f(x) = x4 4x3 + 12x2+ x 1 f (x) = 4x3 12x2 + 24x + 1 O f(x) = 12x2 24x + 24 Hence f(x) > 0 x R f (x) is strictly increasing function. So, f(x) will have only one point of extrema. f(0) = 1 Hence f(x) = 0 has two distinct real roots. b 3k be three given vectors. If Let a = i k, i j and c = i 2j r is a vector such that r b c b and r.a 0 , then the value of r.b is (9) r b cb a (r b) a (c b) (a.b)r (a.r)b a (c b) r 0 a (c b) r a (c b)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with one or more statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for that particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS.

59.

Match the statement given in Column I with the intervals/union of intervals given in Column II (A) Column I (p) Column II

(B)

2iz The set {Re : z is a complex 2 1 z number, |z| = 1, z 1} The domain of the function f(x) = sin-1 8(3) x 2 is 2(x 1) 1 3

(q)

(-, 0) (0, )

24

(C)

} is 2 3/2 If f(x) = x (3x - 10), x 0, then f(x) is increasing in

the set {f() : 0 <

(r)

(D)

(s) (t)

Key: Sol.:

1 2iei (2iei )i Re Re Re = (, 1] [1, ) 2 sin 2sin (sin i cos )i 2sin i2sin cos

(B) 3x = t 8t 1 1 9 t2 t 2 8t 9 0 t2 9 (t 9)(t 1) 0 (t 3)(t 3) t<39t x < 1 2 x (i) 8t where 1 9 t2 t 2 8t 9 0 (9 t 2 )

(t 9)(t 1) 0 (3 t)(3 t) t13<t x 0 1 < x (ii) from (i) & (ii) x02x

1

(C) f () tan

1

2

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

25

3 x

(5x 10) 2

( ve) (+ ve) 2 0

x2 60.

Match the statement given in Column I with the values given in Column II (A) Column I (p)

6

Column II

b and c If a = j 3k, j 3 k 2 3 k form a triangle, then the internal angle of the triangle between a and b is

If

(B)

(f (x) 3x) dx = a

a

(q)

2 3

(C) (D)

1 The maximum value of Arg for 1 z |z| = 1, z 1 is given by

(r) (s)

a.b 1 3 1 cos | a || b | 2 2 2

3

Required angle

b

2 3 3

(B)

f (x)dx

a

5/ 6

5/ 6

(C)

26

3 1 ln ln = ln 3 3 3

27

IIT JEE (2011) PAPER I QUESTION & SOLUTIONS (CODE

PART I : CHEMISTRY PAPER I SECTION I (TOTAL MARKS: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

0)

1.

Bombardment of aluminum by particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are, (A) proton, neutron, positron (B) neutron, positron, proton (C) proton, positron, neutron (D) positron, proton, neutron, neutron. (A)

27 13 4 (ii) Al + 2 He 15 P + 30

27 13

( ii )

Al

30 15

P + Y

(i)

30 14

Si + X

30 14

Si + Z

Key: Sol.:

30 14

(i) (i) 1 30 0 Si + 1H 14 Si + +1e (X) (Z) Thus X , Y and Z is proton neutron and positron respectively

n (Y)

1 0

2.

AgNO3(aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance () versus the volume of AgNO3 is

X

X

volume (P)

volume (Q)

Key: Sol.:

(D) Ag+ + NO3 + K+ + Cl AgCl + K+ + NO3 AgNO3(aq) + K+Cl(aq) AgCl(s) + K+NO3 On adding AgNO3 p.p.t will not started immediately until ionic product of AgCl > Ksp after it Cl will be precipited in the form of AgCl but at the same time NO3 will be added to the solution hence the number ion remain same therefore the conductance will remain same when the precipitation completed on further adding AgNO3 the number of ions in the solution increases hence the conductance increases.

The major product of the following reaction is

3.

X X

X X

X X

X X

X

X

XX

X X

X X X

X X

volume (R)

volume (S)

O C NH C O

O C

(i) KOH

(ii) Br

CH2 Cl

O C

(A)

C

CH2

Br

(B)

C

CH2 Cl

O O

C

O

O C

(C)

N C O CH2 Br

(D)

N C O CH2Cl

Key: Sol.:

O (i) KOH N O H acidic hydrogen absttracted N K+ O salt formation Benzylic 'C' (SN2) Br phenylic 'C' CH2 Cl Better site for SN2 reaction O

C N H2 C

Br

4.

Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O, respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) square planer, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral.

Key:

(B)

Sol.:

[NiCl4]24s sp3 4p

3d [Ni(CN)4]2-

4s

4p

dsp2

3d [Ni(H2O)6]2+ sp3d2 4s 4p 4d

5.

Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7

Key: Sol.: 6.

Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M.

Key: Sol.:

mass of solution density of solution 1000 + 120 = 973.91 = 1.15 1000 1000 120 = Molarity = = 2.05 m V 973.91 60

7.

Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid.

Key: Sol.:

Hence

COOH OH

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

8.

The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is(are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic. (B) Physisorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature. (C) Physisorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature. (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physisorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation.

Key: Sol.: 9.

According to kinetic theory of gases (A) collisions are always elastic. (B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container. (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity. (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities.

Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore (C) removal of copper impurity (D) removal of iron impurity.

Key: 11.

(A, D)

Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are) H H H (A)

C H2C H2C

C CH2

(B) (D)

C CH2

(C)

Key: Sol.:

H2C

CH2

(B, C) (A) Only two conformer cisoid and transoid have all the atom in same plane. where as other conformer in different plane.

(D) The terminal H of allene will be in perpendicular to each other plane.

H H C sp C 2 sp CH2 sp sp2 C

(B)

(C)

6

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph for Question Nos. 12 to 13 An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reactions, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound. O

( i ) dil. H SO

4

( C6 H10 )

2 4 4 Q ( ii ) NaBH /ethanol

/HgSO

C CH3

12.

H3C

(B) (D)

H3CH2C C C CH2CH3

H3C H3C H3C C C C H

(C)

Key: 13.

H H3C

CH3

H3C OH C C H CH2 CH3 H3C OH C C H CH3

(A)

H H3C

(B)

H3C H3C

H3C

OH

HO

(C)

Key. Sol.:

H H3C

CH2

CHCH3

(D)

CH3 CH2

O C

CH2

CH

CH2 CH3

(B)

CH3 H3C C CH3 C C CH3

H

dil. H 2SO 4 /HgSO 4

H3C

C CH3

CH3

(P)

CH3 C H CH3

conc. H 2SO 4 ( cathytic amount ) H3C H O

2

OH C H CH3

C CH3

( rearrangement )

CH3 H3C C CH3 C H CH3 CH3 H3C C CH3 C CH3

CH 3 shift

(Q)

O

( i ) O3 2 H3C ( ii ) Zn/H 2 O

CH3

Paragraph for Question Nos. 14 to 16 When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aqueous NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution.

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

7

14.

Key: 15.

The metal rod M is (A) Fe (C) Ni (B) The compound N is (A) AgNO3 (C) Al(NO3)3 (A) The final solution contains

(A) Pb ( NH3 )4

2+ +

(B) Cu (D) Co

Key: 16.

and [ CoCl2 ]

(B)

2+

Al ( NH3 ) 4

3+ +

and Cu ( NH3 )4

2+

(C)

Key: Sol.:

2+

(C)

Cu + 2AgNO3 Cu ( NO3 )2 + 2Ag (M) ( N) blue

Blue solution contains Cu(NO3)2 and unreacted AgNO3 AgNO3 + NaCl AgCl + NaNO3 AgCl + 2NH4OH Ag ( NH3 )2 Cl + 2H 2 O

int ense blue solution

This Section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, a spin quantum number, ms = , is 9 n = 3, Total number of orbitals = n2 = 9 1 No. of electrons having ms = = 9. 2 Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aqueous solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involve in the balanced chemical equation is 5

2 3Br2 + 3 CO3 5Br + BrO3 + 3CO2

The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is 5 The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentyl hexane using alcoholic KOH is 5. The following products will be formed

H3C

CH2

CH2 C C

H CH3

H3C

CH2

CH2 C C

CH3 H

CH3

CH2 C H H C C C

CH2

CH3

CH2

CH3

CH3

CH2

H3C

CH2

CH2

CH2

CH3

20.

The work function () of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is Metal Li Na K Mg 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 (eV) 4 = 300 nm = 300 10-9 m = 3 10-7 m c 6.6 10 34 3 108 = 6.6 10 19 J E= h = 3 107 6.6 1019 E in eV = = 4.1 eV 1.6 1019 Number of metals having less than 4.1 eV = 4. Cu 4.8 Ag 4.3 Fe 4.7 Pt 6.3 W 4.75

Key: Sol.:

21.

Key.

A decapeptide (mol. Wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (mol. Wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is 6

O O NH

2

Sol.:

HO

OH

+ NH 2

Let there are n glycine unit in the compound because it is decapeptide hence 9 water molecule will be added during hydrolysis therefore total weight of the product will be 796 + 9 18 = 958 % Wt. of glycine in the given weight of product

The difference in the oxidation number of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is 5 O

S O S S S O

O O Two sulphur are in zero oxidation state and two sulphur are in +5 oxidation state. The difference in the oxidation number of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is 5.

23.

Key: Sol.:

To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm. at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour the total volume (in litre) of the gaes at 0C is close to 7 Let the volume of gas is V Mole of the vapour of compound PV 0.68 V PV = nRT n = . . . (i) = RT RT Hence total mole of gas in vessel will be 0.689V = 0.1 + RT There for applying gas equation PV = nRT 0.68V 1 V = 0.1 + RT = 0.1RT + 0.68V RT or 0.32 V = 0.1 RT 0.1 0.082 273 V= 7 0.32

PART II : PHYSICS SECTION I (TOTAL MARKS: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

24.

r where E0 is a constant. The flux Consider an electric field E = E0 x, through the shaded area (as shown in the figure) due to this field is

(A) 2E0a2 (C) E0a2 (B) (D)

2E 0 a 2

z (a, 0, a) (a, a, a)

E0a 2 2

x (0, 0, 0) (0, a, 0)

Key.

(C)

10

Sol.

= EAcos 45o

= E0

2a 2

1 2

= E0a 2

a 2a Y

25.

Key. Sol.

A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension the string can bear is 324N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is (A) 9 (B) 18 (C) 27 (D) 36 (D) (1) T cos q= mg

L m

Tsin q= m ( Lsin q) w2

from (2)

(2)

m

26.

1 2 s V

A 2F capacitor is charged as shown in figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is (A) 0% (B) 20% (C) 75% (D) 80%

2F

8F

Key. Sol.

(D)

ui =

1 2 V2 = V2 2 ( 2 V)2 V2 uf = = 2 10 5

V 2 4V 2 = 5 5

Loss of energy = V 2 -

27.

Key.

5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is 3 9 (A) (B) RT1 RT1 8 2 9 15 (D) (C) RT1 RT1 8 2 (A)

11

Sol.

W=

nR ( T1 - T2 ) r- 1

T1 ( 5.6)

2/3

= T2 ( 0.7 )

2/3

28.

A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/h towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is (A) 8.50 kHz (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz (A) Frequency received by total bulting

2/3

Key. Sol.

= f

29.

Key. Sol.

The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561. The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singlyionized helium atom is (A) 1215 (B) 1640 (C) 2430 (D) 4687 . (A)

Dividing

1 32 1 42

12

30.

Key. Sol.

A meter bridge is setup as shown, to determine an unknown resistance X using standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer shows null point when tapping key is a 52 cm mark. The endcorrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determined value of X is (A) 10.2 ohm (B) 10.6 ohm (C) 10.8 ohm (D) 11.1 ohm (B)

X A

10 B

X 10 = 53 50 53 53 X= 10 = = 10.6 W 50 5

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

31.

Key. Sol.

An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semi infinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true ? (A) they will never come out of the magnetic field region (B) they will come out traveling along parallel paths (C) they will come out at the same time (D) they will come out at different times. (B, D)

32.

Key. Sol.

0 1L A composite block is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of heat different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) 1L A and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat Q flows only from left to right 2K through the blocks. Then in steady state 3L (A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same 4L (B) heat flow through slab E is maximum (C) temperature difference across slab E is smallest (D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D. (A, B, C, D) dQ B A T = 3K 2 = i B dt 4 4L dQ C 2A T2 = 4K = iC dt 4 4L dQ D A T = 5K 2 = i D dt 4 4L i B + i D = iC

5L 6L B 3K C D 4K 5K E 6K

13

33.

A spherical metal shell A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB (< RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge +Q. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then (B) QA > QB (A) E inside =0 A (C)

A R B = B R A (A, B, C, D)

surface surface (D) E on . < E on A B

Key. Sol.

Q A + Q B = 2Q QA QB = s A R A = s BR B RA RB

So, A, B, C, D all are correct

RA QA

RB QB

34.

Key. Sol.

A metal rod of length L and mass m is pivoted at one end. A thin disc of mass M and radius R (< L) is attached at its centre to the free end of the rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached: (case A) The disc is not free to rotate about its centre and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about its centre. The roddisc system performs SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true ? (A) restoring torque in case A = restoring torque in case B (B) restoring torque in case A < restoring torque in case B (C) angular frequency for case A > angular frequency for case B (D) angular frequency for case A < angular frequency for case B. (A, D) Resorting torque is same in both cases

a=

t = - w2 q I

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph for Question Nos. 35 to 36 A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let N be the number density of free electrons, each of mass m. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency p, which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p, all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals. 35.

Taking the electronic charge as e and the permittivity as 0, use dimensional analysis to determine the correct expression for p. m 0 Ne (B) (A) Ne m 0 (C)

Ne 2 m 0

(D)

m 0 . Ne 2

Key.

14

(C)

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

Sol.

36.

Ne 2 . m 0

Answer is (C)

Key. Sol.

Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for a metal having the density of electrons N 4 1027 m3. Take 0 1011 and m 1030, where these quantities are in proper SI units. (A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm (C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm. (B)

wp =

Ne 2 = me0

- 30

= 1.6 10- 19 2 1034 = 1.6 2 1015 wp 1.6 2 1015 = = 0.5 1015 f= 2p 2 3.14 c= f l

l=

Answer is (B)

Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 39 Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momentum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in onedimension. For such system, phase space is a plane is which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x (t) vs p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use the sign convention in which position or momentum upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative.

Momentum

Position

37.

The phase space diagram for a bal thrown vertically up from ground is Momentum Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

15

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

(D)

Position

Position

Key. Sol.

(D) The momentum is initially positive and then negative. Answer is (D) The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies respectively. Then (B) E1 = 2 E2 (A) E1 = 2 E 2 (C) E1 = 4 E2 (D) E1 = 16 E2.

38.

Momentum E2 2a a Position E1

Key. Sol.

(C) From diagram (amplitude of oscillator)1 = 2 (amplitude of oscillator)2 E1 = 4E 2 Answer is (C) Consider the spring mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in the figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is

39.

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

(B)

position

position

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

(D)

position

position

Key.

16

(B)

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

Sol.

From diagram, initial position is positive meaning thereby that the block starts from above the mean position. As it comes down, momentum first increases and then decreases (in negative direction). Answer is (B)

This Section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

40.

Four point charges, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side a. The surface tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planer film are in equilibrium, and

Key. Sol.

41.

Key. Sol.

A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45 with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 , then N is 5. (mg sin + mg cos ) = 3 (mg sin mg cos ) 1 + = 3 (1 ) = 0.5 N = 5. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 m carries a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wireloop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as I = I0 cos (300 t) where I0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0 I0 sin (300 t), then N is

42.

I

Key. Sol.

6. From Amperes Law I Bin = 0 L d dI ind = = 0 (r) 2 dt L dt ind Iind = R r | M |= Iind r 2 = 60 I0 sin(300t) N = 6.

17

43.

Key. Sol.

Steel wire of length L at 40C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass m is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40C to 30C to regain its original length L. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105/C, Youngs modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >> diameter of the wire. Then the value of m in kg is nearly 3. For equilibrium, l mg = YA A and l = Lt At m= g

44.

Key. Sol.

Four solid spheres each of diameter 5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the corners of a square of side 4 cm. The momentum of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is N 104 kgm2, then N is 9 2 2 I = 2 mR 2 + 2 mR 2 + md 2 5 5 = 9 10 4 kg m 2 N = 9.

A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applied a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficient of friction between the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is

45.

Stick

Ground

Key. Sol.

(i) 0.3 and (ii) (f1 f 2 )0.5 = 2(0.5) 2 0.5 solving f2 = 0.8 N = 0.8/2 = 0.4. P = 4.

2N f2 f1 mg

The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is 1. dN M = N = dt M0 M0 = Mass of an atom M = 1 mg.

18

PART III : MATHEMATICS SECTION I (TOTAL MARKS: 21) (Single Correct Answer Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

47.

r 1 projection on c is , is given by 3 + 3k i 3j (A)

Key: Sol.:

j + 3k (C) 3i (C) r r r v = xa + yb + + y(i = x(i j + k) j + k) r + (x y) v = (x + y)i j + (x + y)k rr v.c 1 r = |c| 3 x + y (x y) (x + y) 1 = 3 3 x + y = 1 x y = 1 y=x+1 r v = (x + 1 + x)i j + (x + x + 1)k r v = (2x + 1)i j + (2x + 1)k

2x + 1 = 3 x=1 r Put x = 1 in v

3j k (B) 3i 3k i + 3j (D)

48.

Key: Sol.:

Let the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by y = (1 - x)2, y = 0 and x = 0 into two parts 1 R1 (0 x b) and R2 (b x 1) such that R1 - R2 = . Then b equals 4 3 1 (B) (A) 4 2 1 1 (D) (C) 3 4 (B) Y b 1 1 (1 x) 2 dx (1 x) 2 dx = 4 0 b

2 2 (1 x) dx 2 (1 x) dx = 0 b 1 1

1 4

R1 R2 (1, 0)

X

(x 1) (x 1)3 1 2 = 3 0 3 b 4 1 2 1 1 1 (x 1)3 b = 3 4 = 12 3

3

x=b

19

= (b 1)3 =

1 8 1 (b 1)3 = 8 1 b 1 = 2 1 b= 2

49.

Key: Sol.:

A straight line L through the point (3, -2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line 3 x + y = 1. If L also intersects the x-axis, then the equation of L is (A) y + 3 x + 2 - 3 3 = 0 (B) y - 3 x + 2 + 3 3 = 0 (D) 3 y + x - 3 + 2 3 = 0 (C) 3 y - x + 3 + 2 3 = 0 (B) Two line can be drawn at an angle 60 with 3x + y = 1 and their slope will be. 120 + 60 = 180 (0, 1) and 120 60 = 60 120 As line L intersects x-axis So m = 60 3, 0 And line will be 3x + y = 1 y + 2 = 3 (x 3)

y 3x + 2 + 3 3 = 0

50.

The value of

1 3 ln 4 2 3 (C) ln 2 (A) Put x2 = t

ln 3

(A)

1 3 ln 2 2 1 3 (D) ln 6 2

(B)

Key: Sol.:

I= 1 sin(ln 6 t) dt 2 ln 2 sin(ln 6 t) + sin(t)

ln 3

2I =

ln 3 1 3 1 2 dt = 2 ln 2 2 ln

I=

1 3 ln 4 2

51.

Let (x0, y0) be the solution of the following equations (2x)ln2 = (3y)ln3 3 lnx = 2ln y The x0 is

20

(A)

Key:

Sol.:

1 6 1 (C) 2 (C) (2x)ln2 = (3y)ln3 ln 2 ln 3y = (ln 2x) ln 3 ln2 ln2x = ln3 ln3 y lnx ln3 = lny ln2 ln 3 + ln y = ln 3y =

(B)

1 3

(D) 6

(i) (ii)

ln 2 ln 2x ln 3 ln 2(ln 2x) (ln 3) 2 ln y = ln 3 (ln 2) 2 + ln x ln 2 (ln 3) 2 = ln 3 ln 3 from (ii) ln y = ln x ln 2 ln 3 (ln 2) 2 + ln 2 ln x (ln 3) 2 ln x = ln 2 ln 3 ln 3 ln 2 (ln 2) 2 (ln 3) 2 ln x = ln 3 ln 2 ln 3

(iii)

( 1)

52.

Key: Sol.:

Let P = { : sin - cos = (A) P Q and Q -P (C) P Q (D) sin cos = 2 cos

2 cos} and Q = { : sin + cos = 2 sin} be two sets. Then (B) Q P (D) P = Q

(

(

2 + 1 cos = sin

tan =

1 2 1

= 2 +1 Hence P = Q

53.

Let and be the roots of x2 - 6x - 2 = 0, with > . If an = n - n for n 1, then the value of (A) 1 (C) 3 (B) 2 (D) 4

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

a10 2a 8 is 2a 9

21

Key: Sol.:

(C) 2 6 2 = 0 2 6 2 = 0

8 2 8 2 a10 2a 8 10 10 2(8 8 ) ( 2 ) ( 2 ) = = 2a 9 2( 9 9 ) 2 ( 9 9 )

8 6 8 6 =3. 2( 9 9 )

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

54.

Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. If PT denotes the transpose of P, then M2N2 (MT N)-1 (MN-1)T is equal to (B) -N2 (A) M2 (C) - M2 (D) MN Wrong Statement is wrong.

Key: Sol.:

x 2 y2 = 1 be reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If the a 2 b2 hyperbola passes through a focus of the ellipse, then x 2 y2 =1 (A) the equation of the hyperbola 3 2 (B) a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0) 5 (C) the eccentricity of the hyperbola is 3 (D) the equation of the hyperbola is x2 - 3y2 = 3 (B, D) 1 3 Eccentricity of the ellipse e = 1 = 4 2 Focus (ae, 0) Focus ( 3, 0)

Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola x 2 y2 2 = 1 will pass through the points ( 3, 0) 2 b 3 a 3 1 = 0 a2 2 a =3 4 b 2 = 3 1 = 1 3 Hence hyperbola is x2 y2 = 1 3 x2 3y2 = 3 its focus is (ae, 0) 2 , 0 3. 3 (2, 0) eH = 2 ,

22

56.

and , and perpendicular to the vector i+ j + 2k i + 2 j+ k The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors is/are i+ j+ k j k (A) i j (C) i + j (B) j+ k (D)

Key: Sol.:

(A, D) r a= i+ j + 2k Let r b= i + 2 j+ k r r r Let vector c is coplanar with a & b r r r c = a + b r + ( + 2) c = ( + )i j + (2 + )k r i+ j+ k c to the + + + 2 + 2 + = 0 4 + 4 = 0 +=0 r r r Hence c = (a b) = ( j + k) if = 1 r & j+ k j k then c =

57.

Key: Sol.:

Let f : R R be a function such that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), x, yR If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f(x) is continuous xR (C) f (x) is constant xR (D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many points. (B, C) x=y=0 f(0) = 0 f (x + h) f (x) f (x + h) f (x + 0) f '(x) = lim = lim h 0 h 0 h h f (x) + f (h) f (x) f (0) = lim h 0 h f (h) f (0) = lim = f '(0) = k h 0 h (Given f(x) is differentiable x = 0 f (0) = k(let) f(x) = kx + c f(0) = 0 c = 0, f(x) = kx Hence clearly f(x) is continuous & has constant derivative x R.

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraph 2 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 3 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

23

Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears, then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. However, if tail appears, then 2 balls are drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U2.

58.

Key: Sol.:

The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being white is 13 (A) (B) 30 19 (C) (D) 30 (B) Required probability 1 3 2 1 1 3 1 1 6 2 = 1 + + 1 + + 2 5 5 2 2 10 10 3 10 3 23 = 30

23 30 11 30

59.

Key: Sol.:

Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is 17 11 (B) (A) 23 23 15 12 (C) (D) 23 23 (D) Required probability 4 12 10 = = 23 23 30

Paragraph for Question Nos. 60 to 62 Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying 1 9 7 [a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] ... (E) 7 3 7

60.

Key: 61.

If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7a + b + c is (A) 0 (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6 (D) Let be a solution of x3 - 1 = 0 with Im () > 0. If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of 3 1 3 + b + c is equal to a (A) -2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) -3 (A) Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then (A) 6

Key: 62.

+

n =0

is (B) 7

24

(C)

Key: 60-62.

6 7

(D)

60.

61.

P(a, b, c) lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1 2a + b + c = 1 Now in (*), if we put c = 6 We get a = , b = 7 7 Now 2a + b + c = 1 = -7 So a = 1, b = 6, c = -7 Hence 7a + b + c = 6. If we put a = 2 in (*), we get b = 12, c = -14 3 1 3 So a + b + c 3 1 3 = 2 + 12 + 14 3 1 3 = 2+ + 1 1 1 = 1 + 3 2 + = 1 + 3 ( + 2) = 1 + 3 [-1] = -2 . If we put b = 6, we get a = 1, c = -7 So quadratic equation becomes x2 + 6x - 7 = 0 (x + 7) (x - 1) = 0 So, = -7, = 1 1 1 6 + = 7 Now, =

1 1 6 7

62.

+ = 7

n =0

n =0

= 7.

This Section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a Single Integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to darkened in the ORS.

25

63.

Key: Sol.:

7

1 1 1 = + sin 2 3 sin sin n n n 3 2 2 3 sin sin = sin .sin + sin .sin n n n n n n 2 3 3 sin sin = sin .sin sin n n n n n

2 2 3 2 cos .sin = sin .sin n n n n n 4 3 sin sin sin .sin =0 n n n n 7 sin .2.cos .sin =0 n 2n 2n 7 2sin cos sin =0 n 2n 2n As sin n 0 7 cos =0n=7 2n sin 0 2n sin

64.

Let a1 , a2 , a3 .... , a100 be an arithmetic progression with a1 = 3 and Sp = with 1 n 20, let m = 5n. If Sm does not depend on n, then a2 is Sn

i =1 i

Key: Sol.:

(9) Sp =

p (2a1 + (p - 1) d) 2 i =1 5n 2a + (5n 1)d ] Sm S5n 2 [ 1 = = n Sn Sn [ 2a1 + (n 1)d ] 2 5(6 + (5n 1)d) = k (constant) = (6 + (n 1)d)

65. Key: Sol.:

The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a-5 , a-4, 3a-3, 1, a8 and a10 with a > 0 is (8) a 5 + a 4 + a 3 + a 3 + a 3 + 1 + a 8 + a10 a > 0, 1 (Applying AM GM) 8 -5 -4 -3 8 10 a + a + 3a + 1 + a + a 8 So, the required minimum value is 8.

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

26

66.

Let f : [1, ) [2,) be a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If 6 f (t) dt = 3x f(x) - x3 for all x 1,

1

Key: Sol.:

then the value of f(2) is (6) f : [1, ) [2, ) , given f(1) = 2 6 f (t) dt = 3x.f (x) x 3 x 1

1 x

Differentiating w.r.t. x we get, 6[f(x)] = 3 f(x) + 3x f(x) - 3x2 f(x) = xf (x) - x2 xf (x) f (x) =1 x2 d f (x) f (x) = x+c =1 dx x x f(x) = x2 + cx Now as f(1) = 2 c = 1 (however by putting x = 1 in the given relation, f(1) cant be 2) So, f(x) = x2 + x f(2) = 6.

67. Key: Sol.:

d sin Let f() = sin tan 1 (f ()) is. , where - < < . Then the value of d(tan ) 4 4 cos 2 (1) sin f() = sin tan 1 , < < 4 4 cos 2 sin sin Let tan-1 = tan = cos 2 cos 2 sin sin f() = sin = = = tan cos 2 + sin 2 cos

68.

Key:

Sol.:

Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let 1 be the area of the triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum 1 and the point P , 2 on the parabola, and 2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangnets at P 2 and at the end points of the latus rectum. Then 1 is 2 (2) 2 2 at1 2at1 1 t1 t1 1 1 2 2 2 | at 2 2at 2 1 | 2 | t 2 t 1 t 2 t1 0 | 2 2 2 t2 at 2at 1 t3 t3 t2 0 1 3 3 2 = = at 2 t 3 a(t 2 + t 3 ) 1 t2 t3 t2 + t3 1 2 1 | at 3 t1 a(t 3 + t1 ) 1 | | t 3 (t1 t 2 ) t1 t 2 0 | 2 at1 t 2 a(t1 + t 2 ) 1 t1 (t 2 t 3 ) t 2 t 3 0 (Applying R2 R2 - R1 and R3 R3 - R2 both in numerator and denominator) 2 | (t 2 t1 ) (t 3 t 2 ) (t1 t 3 ) | = 2. = | (t1 t 2 ) (t 2 t 3 )(t 3 t1 ) | (The result is true for any three points lying on the parabola).

NARAYANA IIT ACADEMY

27

If z is any complex number satisfying |z - 3 - 2i| 2, then the minimum value of |2z - 6 + 5i| is (5) |z - 3-2i| 2 z will be lie on boundary or inside the circle having centre at (3, 2) and radius 2 units. 5i | will be minimum when z = 3. The value of |z - 3 + 2 So, the minimum value of |2z - 6 + 5i| will be 5.

y 2 O 1

3 5 x

5 3, 2

28

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

Part I : (CHEMISTRY)

CODE - 9

10/04/2011

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 1. Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl, CN and H2O, respectively, are (A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral (D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral Ans. Sol. [B] Complexes are : [NiCl4]2, [Ni(CN)4]2 & [Ni(H2O)6]+2 Ni+2 = 3d84s0 [NiCl4]2 : Now Since, Cl is a weak legand so no pairing of electron take place and geometry is tetrahedral [Ni(CN)4]2 : Since, CN is a strong legand so pairing of electron will take place & geometry is square planar. [Ni(H2O)6]+2 : It will formed octahedral complex since C.N. = 6

2.

AgNO3 (aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl solution gradually and the conductivity of the solution was measured. The plot of conductance ( ) versus the volume of AgNO3 is -

Ans. Sol. [D]

volume (S)

Because in the beginning of the reaction no of ions remain constant so conductivity remains constant but after complete precipitation of Cl the no. of ions increases in solution. So conductivity increases.

CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

1 / 33

PAPER-1

3.

CAREER POINT

Bombardment of aluminum by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii) as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are 27 13 Al

(ii)

30 15 P + Y

(i)

30 14 Si + X

Ans. Sol. [A]

4 27 30 2 He 15 P 13 Al

30 14 Si +

1 0n

4 2 He

30 14 Si

+1 1H

30 14 Si

0 +1 e

4. Ans. Sol. 5.

Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating (A) NH3 with CuO (B) NH4NO3 (C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) Ba(N3)2

[D]

Ba(N3)2 Ba + 3N2

Among the following compounds, the most acidic is (A) p-nitrophenol (C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) p-toluic acid

Ans. Sol. 6.

The major product of the following reaction is O

C NH C O O C (A) C O

O C

NCH2

Br

(B) C

N O

O C

CH2Cl

(C)

N OCH2 Br

(D)

N O CH2Cl

CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

2 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[A]

O C NH C O KOH

O C C O NK

ClCH2 Br

O C N CH2 C O Br

7.

Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL. The molarity of the solution is (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M

Ans. Sol.

[C]

M=

x d 10 10.7 1.15 10 = = 2.05 M mol wt 60

x = percentage by weight x=

120 100 120 + 1000

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each questions has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.

8.

Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite involves (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore (C) removal of copper impurity

Ans. Sol.

[A,C,D] Cassiterite is SnO2. To reduce SnO2 into Sn, carbon reduction process is used. Sn has iron impurity.

SnO2 + C Sn + CO2

9.

Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in which all the atoms are in one plane in all the possible conformations (if any), is (are) H H CC (A)

(B) HCCC

H2 C

CH2

(C) H2C=C=O

Ans. Sol.

[B,C] Factual.

CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

3 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

10.

The correct statement(s) pertaining to the adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are) (A) Adsorption is always exothermic (B) Physiosorption may transform into chemisorption at high temperature (C) Physiosorption increases with increasing temperature but chemisorption decreases with increasing temperature (D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than physiosorption, however it is very slow due to higher energy of activation [A, B, D] Factual. According to kinetic theory of gases (A) collisions are always elastic (B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum to the wall of the container (C) only a small number of molecules have very high velocity (D) between collisions, the molecules move in straight lines with constant velocities [A, D] Factual.

Ans. Sol.

(Paragraph Type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon the first paragraph 3 multiple choice questions and based upon the second paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for questions Nos. 12 to 14 When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous colourless concentrated solution of compound N, the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate O. Addition of aq. NH3 dissolves O and gives an intense blue solution. 12. Ans. Sol. 13. Ans. Sol. The metal rod M is (A) Fe [B] Metal rod M is Cu The compounds N is (A) AgNO3 [A] Cu + AgNO3(conc.) Cu(NO3)2 + Ag light blue

(B) Cu

(C) Ni

(D) Co

(B) Zn(NO3)2

(C) Al(NO3)3

(D) Pb(NO3)2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

4 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

14.

The final solution contains (A) [Pb(NH3)4]2+ and [CoCl4]2 (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+ [C] AgCl + NH2(aq) [Ag(NH3)2]+ Cu+2 + NH3(aq) [Cu(NH3)4]+2 Intense blue

Ans. Sol.

Paragraph for Questions Nos. 15 to 16 An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic product through the following sequence of reactions, in which Q is an intermediate organic compound.

(i) dil. H2SO4/HgSO4 (ii) NaBH4/ethanol (iii) dil. acid (i) conc. H2SO4 (catalytic amount) (H2O) (ii) O3 (iii) Zn/H2O O

P (C6H10)

2

H3C

C CH3

15.

Ans. Sol. [D]

(ii) O3

(iii) Zn/H2O

2

16.

CH3 CH3

C=O

The structure of compound Q is H3C OH (A) HCCCH2CH3 H3C H H3C OH (B) H3CCCCH3 H3 C H

OH

OH H3 C (C) HCCH2CHCH3 H3 C

(D) CH3CH2CH2CHCH2CH3

Ans. Sol.

[B] Factual. CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

5 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains. 7 questions. The answer to each questions is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS. 17. Ans. Sol. 18. Ans. Sol. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aq. solution gives sodium bromide and sodium bromate with evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium bromide molecules involved in the balanced chemical equation is. [5] 3 Na2CO3 + 3Br2 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2 The difference in the oxidation numbers of the two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is. [5]

# NaOSSSSONa

O

#

O O

O O.N. O.N.

*

S =0 S# = + 5

Difference = 5 19.

The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3 and spin quantum number, ms = 1/2, is.

Ans. Sol.

[9]

For n = 3, max e = 2n2 = 18 Half of them can have ms = 1/2

20.

A decapeptide (mol. wt. 796) on complete hydrolysis gives glycine (mol. wt. 75), alanine and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The number of glycine units present in the decapeptide is.

Ans. Sol.

[6]

molecule Decapeptide 9 (x) glycine + (y) alanine + (z) phenylalanine water

No. of glycine unit = 47 = 450.26 100

450.26 =6 75

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

6 / 33

PAPER-1

21.

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

To an evacuated vessel with movable piston under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour pressure 0.68 atm, at 0C) are introduced. Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total volume (in litre) of the gases at 0C is close to. [7]

Pext = 1 atm

He + compounds

Vapour pressure of compound = 0.68 PHe = 1 0.68 = 0.32 By PV = nRT, for He n RT 0.1 0.0821 273 V = He = PHe 0.32

V ~ 7L

22. Ans.

The total number of alkenes possible by dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3-cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is. [5]

Sol.

CCCCCC 1 2 3 4 5 6 Br

alc.KOH

+ G.I CCCC= C C

23.

The work function () of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is. W Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt (eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75

Ans. Sol.

[4]

hc 6.62 1034 3 108 = 4.137 eV = 300 109 1.6 1019 The metals having less work function will show photoelectric effect Hence Li, Na, K, Mg Efalling =

Part II (PHYSICS)

CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

Code : 9

7 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

SECTION I

Single correct answer type

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. 24. 5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is(A) Ans. Sol. [A]

T1V11 = T2V21 9 RT1 8 (B) 3 RT1 2 (C) 15 RT1 8 (D) 9 RT1 2

V1 T 2 = T1 V 2

= T1(8)2/3 = 4T1

1 4

25.

A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical axis. The maximum tension that the string can bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is-

Ans. Sol.

[D]

L

T

mg T cos = mg

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

8 / 33

PAPER-1

T sin = m2L sin T = m2L 2max = max =

Tmax mL

Tmax = mL 324 = 0.5 0.5

CAREER POINT

324 4

= 36 rad/s

26.

r , where E0 is a constant. The flux through the shaded area (as shown in Consider an electric field E = E 0 x the figure) due to this field is-

z (a,0,a) (a,a,a)

(0,0,0) x

(A) 2E0a2 (B)

2E 0a 2

(0,a,0)

(C) E0a2

(D)

E 0a 2 2

Ans. Sol.

[C]

z (a,0,a) (a,a,a)

(0,0,0) x

(0,a,0)

z F(0,0,a)

G (0,a,a)

E (a,0,a) A

H(a,a,a)

B (0,a,0)

C (a,a,0)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

9 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

27.

A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a tall building which reflects the sound waves. The speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency of the siren heard by the car driver is(A) 8.50 kHz (B) 8.25 kHz (C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz [A] Vs =

36 103 m/s = 10 m/s, = 8 KHz 3600

Ans. Sol.

Vs Observer

V + V0 = VV s

28.

A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine an unknown resistance 'X' using a standard 10 ohm resistor. The galvanometer show null point when tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the ends A and B. The determine value of 'X' is-

10

x 52 + 1 = 10 48 + 2

53 10 = 10.6 50

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

10 / 33

PAPER-1

29.

CAREER POINT

A 2 F capacitor is charged as shown in figure. The percentage of its stored energy dissipated after the switch S is turned to position 2 is1 S V 2F 8F 2

(A) 0 %

(B) 20 %

(C) 75 %

(D) 80 %

Ans. Sol.

[D]

2F

8F

U =

=

1 28 [V 0]2 2 2+8

8V 2 1 16 V2 = 2 10 10

Ui =

1 2 V2 2 = V2 U 8 100 = Ui 10

% dissipated =

= 80%

30.

The wavelength of the first spectral line in the Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 . The wavelength of the second spectral line in the Balmer series of singly-ionized helium atom is(A) 1215 (B) 1640 (C) 2430 (D) 4687

Ans. Sol.

[A]

hc 1 1 = 13.6 2 2 6561 3 2

1 hc 1 = 13.6 4 2 2 2 4

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

11 / 33

PAPER-1

hc 5 4 = 6561 36 3

CAREER POINT

= =

5 27 6561 5 = 243 5 27

= 1215

SECTION II

Multiple Correct Answers Type

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONE or More may be correct.

31.

A spherical metal shall A of radius RA and a solid metal sphere B of radius RB(<RA) are kept far apart and each is given charge '+Q'. Now they are connected by a thin metal wire. Then(A) E inside =0 A

(B) QA > QB

(C)

A R = B B RA

Q S RA RB Q

Ans.(A)

kQ A kQ B = RA RB QA R = A QB RB as RA > RB

Q A > QB

Ans. [B]

QA RA 2 4R A R2 R = A = A = B Ans [C] QB RB B RA 2 R 4R 2 B B

as RA > RB

B > A

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

12 / 33

PAPER-1

32.

CAREER POINT

A metal rod of length 'L' and mass 'm' is pivoted at one end. A thin disk of mass 'M' and radius 'R' (<L) is attached at its centre to the free end of the rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached :(case A) The disc is not free to rotate about its center and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about its center. The rod-disc system performs SHM in vertical plane after being released from the same displaced position. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) true ?

Ans. 33.

(A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring torque in case B (B) Restoring torque in case A < Restoring torque in case B (C) Angular frequency for case A > Angular frequency for case B (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular frequency for case B [A,D] An electron and a proton are moving on straight parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a semi-infinite region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true ? (A) They will never come out of the magnetic field region (B) They will come out traveling along parallel paths (C) They will come out at the same time (D) They will come out at different times

Ans. Sol.

[B, D]

e p v v R p Re

mp v2 me v 2 evB = evB = Rp Re m V mpv Re = e Rp = eB eB Rp > Re

Te =

Tp =

Re m e = v eB m p

eB

Tp > Te

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

13 / 33

PAPER-1

34.

CAREER POINT

A composite book is made of slabs A, B, C, D and E of different thermal conductivities (given in terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are of same width. Heat 'Q' flow only from left to right through the blocks. Then in steady stateheat 1L 0 A 1L B C 3L 5L 6L 3K E

4K 6K

D 5K 4L (A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same (B) heat flow through slab E is maximum (C) temperature difference across slab E is smallest (D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + heat flow through D Ans. Sol. [A, C, D]

3H 16 H

A 4A H 2K L

3K 4K 5K 4A

E H 6K L

2A C A D

2

5H

16

4L

All the three system shown are in series hence rate of heat flow will be same through both A & E.

RA = L ; 8(KA )

RB = 4L ; 3KA RC = 4L ; 8KA RD = 4L ; 5KA RE = L 24KA

Using parallel combination rate of heat flow across C = rate of heat flow through B+ rate of heat flow through D. A = HR A =

B = C = D =

HL 8KA

HL L E = H = 24KA 24KA

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

14 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

SECTION III

(Paragraph type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs.. Based upon the first paragraph 3 multiple choice question and based upon on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Questions 35 to 37 Phase space diagrams are useful tools in analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They are especially useful in studying the changes in motion as initial position and momentum are changed. Here we consider some simple dynamical systems in one-dimension. For such systems, phase space is a plane in which position is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is plotted along vertical axis. The phase space diagram is x(t) vs p(t) curve in this plane. The arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For example, the phase space diagram for a particle moving with constant velocity is a straight line as shown in the figure. We use the sign convention in which position or momentum upwards (or to right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is negative.

Momentum

Position

35.

The phase space diagram for a ball thrown vertically up from ground is-

Momentum

Momentum

(A)

Position

(B)

Position

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

Position

(D)

Position

Ans. Sol.

1 1 mv 2 + mgx = mu 2 2 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

15 / 33

PAPER-1

m 2 v 2 m 2 u 2 = 2m 2 gx p2 p02 = 2m2gx p2 = p02 + 2m2gx

36.

CAREER POINT

The phase space diagram for simple harmonic motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the figure, the two circles represent the same oscillator but for different initial conditions, and E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies respectively. ThenMomentum

E2 2a a

E1

Position

(A) E1 =

Ans. Sol. [C]

2 E2

(B) E1 = 2E2

(C) E1 = 4E2

(D) E1 = 16 E2

1 k ( 2a ) 2 E1 2 = =4 1 E2 k (a ) 2 2 E1 = 4E2

37.

Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass submerged in water, as shown in figure. The phase space diagram for one cycle of this system is-

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

16 / 33

PAPER-1

Momentum

CAREER POINT

Momentum

(A)

Momentum

Momentum

(C)

Position

(D) Position

Ans.

[B] Paragraph for Questions 38 to 39 A dense collection of equal number of electrons and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. Let 'N' be the number density of free electrons, each of mass 'm'. When the electrons are subjected to an electric field, they are displaced relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If the electric field becomes zero, the electrons

begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a natural angular frequency 'p', which is called the plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a time varying electric field needs to be applied that has an angular frequency , where a part of the energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As approaches p, all the free electrons are set to resonance together and all the energy is reflected. This is the explanation of high reflectivity of metals.

38.

Taking the electronic charge as 'e' and the permittivity as '0', use dimensional analysis to determine the correct expression for p. (A)

Ne m0

(B)

m0 Ne

(C)

Ne 2 m0

(D)

m0 Ne 2

Ans. Sol.

[C]

F = m2l

2 e2 4 0 l 2

Nl 3 l3

e2 e2 3 m 4 0 l 0

Ne 2 m 0

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

17 / 33

PAPER-1

39.

CAREER POINT

Estimate the wavelength at which plasma reflection will occur for metal having the density of electrons N 4 1027 m3. Take 0 = 1011 and m 1030, where these quantities are in proper SI unit(A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm (C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm

Ans.

[B] c = f p = =

= 2c

2 c =

Ne 2 m 0

=

m 0

SECTION IV

Integer Type

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

40.

A block is moving on an inclined plane making an angle 45 with the horizontal and the coefficient of friction is . The force required to just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 , then N is.

Ans. Sol.

[5]

1 2

4 2 1 2

+

=

2

2 2

3 2

3 2

1 N = 10 = 10 = 5 2

41.

A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the ground and the ring is large enough that rolling always occurs and the coefficient of friction between the stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is.

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

18 / 33

PAPER-1

Stick

CAREER POINT

Ground

Ans. Sol. [4]

2N f1= 2 = f2

P2 P = 10 5

mg 2 f2 = Macm .(1) f2 = 2 2 0.3 = 1 .4 N (f2 f1) R = Icm a (f2 f1) R = MR 2 cm R f2 f1 = Macm f1 = f2 macm = 1.4 2 0.3 = 0.8 N P 0.8 = P = 4 5

Note : It has been assumed that the stick applies horizontal force of 2N (only normal reaction)

42.

Four point charge, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at the four corners of a square planar soap film of side 'a'. The surface tension of the soap film is . The system of charges and planar film are in equilibrium, and

q2 a = k

1/N

Ans. Sol.

[3]

FAC

FAB +q

FAD +q A

B +q

+q

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

19 / 33

PAPER-1

FAC =

q2 8 0 a 2 q2 4 0 a 2

CAREER POINT

FAD = FAB =

FR =

1 q2 2 + 2 a3 = 8 2 0 r

q2 a = k r

1/ 3

N=3

1/ 3

1 2+ 2 where k = 8 2

43.

5 cm and mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the corners of a

square of side 4 cm. The momentum of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the square is N 104kg-m2, then N is.

Ans. Sol.

[9]

m l

r= m=

5 5 cm = 102 m 2 2

1 kg 2

l = 4 102 m

Using parallel axis theorem

2 1 5 1 Itotal = 4 10 4 + 2 8 10 4 5 2 4 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

20 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this radioisotope is 1025 kg. The mass (in mg) of the radioactive sample is. [1] A = N 1010 =

1 N 109

45.

A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 carries a current I along its curved surface as shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The current varies as I = I0cos(300 t) where I0 is constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N 0 I0 sin(300 t), then 'N' is.

Ans. Sol.

[6]

B=

0 I 0 cos 300 t 10 0I0 3.14 0.01 cos 300 t 10 d = 3.14 300 0I0 sin 300t 103 dt

e= i=

3.14 300 0 I 0 sin 300t 10 3 e = R 0.005 0.01 0I0 sin 300 t 100

i = 3.14 60 0I0 sin 300 t Magnetic moment = 3.14 60 3.14 = 5.9 0I0sin 300 t = 6 0 I0 sin 300 t

46.

Steel wire of length 'L' at 40C is suspended from the ceiling and then a mass 'm' is hung from its free end. The wire is cooled down from 40C to 30C to region its original length 'L'. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel is 105/C, Young's modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2 and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >> diameter of the wire. Then the value of 'm' in kg is nearly.

Ans.

[3] CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

21 / 33

PAPER-1

Sol.

CAREER POINT

L =

mgL = L() AY

AY() 10 6 1011 10 5 10 = g 10

m=

m = 3.14 kg 3 kg

Code-9

10/04/2011

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

ln 3

47.

x sin x 2

ln 2

dx is

(C) ln 3 2 (D) 1 3 ln 6 2

Ans. Sol.

[A]

Let x2 = t xdx =

ln 3

dt 2

(1)

I=

ln 3

ln 3

(2)

1 1 3 (ln3 ln2) = ln 4 4 2

48.

Let the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by y = (1 x)2, y = 0, and x = 0 into two parts R1(0 x b) and

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

22 / 33

PAPER-1

R2(b x 1) such that R1 R2 =

(A) 3 4 (B) 1 2

1 . Then b equals 4 (C) 1 3 (D) 1 4

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[B]

R1 0 b

R2 1

R 1 R2 =

1 4

( x 1) 2 dx

b

( x 1)

b

dx =

1 4

( x 1) 3 ( x 1) 3 1 = 4 3 0 3 b

(b 1) 3 1 (b 1) 3 1 + 0+ = 3 3 3 4 2(b 1) 3 1 1 1 = = 4 3 3 12 1 (b 1)3 = 8 1 1 b1= b= 2 2

49.

, b = i and c = i be three vectors. A vector v in the plane of a Let a = i + j + k j + k j k and b , whose projection on c is (A) i 3 j + 3k

1 3

(B) 3 i 3 j k

Ans. Sol.

[C]

Let = x i + y j + zk

Q [a

1 1

]=0

1 1 1 = 0 x y z On solving x = z .(1)

Q projection CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

23 / 33

PAPER-1

of on c is

1 3

1 3

CAREER POINT

So,

.c |c|

x yz

1 3 .(2)

(2x)ln 2 = (3y)ln 3 3ln x = 2ln y Then x0 is 1 (A) 6 [C]

(2x)ln 2 = ( 3y)ln 3

(B)

1 3

(C)

1 2

(D) 6

Ans. Sol.

3

ln x

.....(1)

=2

ln y

ln x . ln 3 = lny . ln 2 ln y = ln x

ln3 ln 2 Solving (1) & (2)

1 2

a10 2a8 is 2a 9

.....(2)

ln x = ln 2 x =

51.

Let and be the roots of x2 6x 2 = 0, with > . If an = n n for n 1, then the value of (A) 1 (B) 2 [C] x2 6x 2 = 0 has roots , So, 2 2 = 6 & 2 2 = 6 an = n n So, (C) 3 (D) 4

Ans. Sol.

52.

A straight line L through the point (3, 2) is inclined at an angle 60 to the line

intersects the x-axis, then the equation of L is (A) y + (C) 3x+23 3 =0 (B) y 3x+2+3 3 =0

3 x + y = 1. If L also

3yx+3+2 3 =0

(D)

3y+x3+2 3 =0

Ans.

[B] CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

24 / 33

PAPER-1

Sol. Let the slope of the line is m tan 60 =

m+ 3 1 3m

CAREER POINT

3 =

m+ 3 1 3m 3 = 3 (1 3 m) m+ m=

So, m + m+ m=0

3 =

3 3m

3 = 3 + 3m 3 3 (x 3)

hence line

y=2

hence line

y+2= y

3x+2+ 3 3 =0

53.

3x+2+ 3 3 =0

2 cos } and Q = { : sin + cos = (B) Q P (D) P = Q 2 sin } be two sets. Then

Ans. Sol.

P : sin cos = tan =

2 cos

sin = ( 2 + 1) cos

2+1

tan = tan 67

1 2

= n +

3 ,nI 8 2 sin

(1)

Q : sin + cos =

1 2 1

= n + P=Q =

2 +1

3 ,nI 8

(2)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

25 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct. 54.

and i + 2 , and perpendicular to the The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors i + j + 2k j + k

is /are + vector i j + k

(A) j k

(B) i + j

(C) i j

(D) j + k

Ans. Sol.

x y z

1 1 2 =0 1 2 1

So, 3x = y + z

r i + j+k

.....(1)

) = 0 + So, r . (i j+k So, x + y + z = 0 On solving (1) & (2) So, x = 0 y+z=0 .....(2) (A) & (D) Satisfy

55.

Ans. Sol.

Let f : R R be a function such that f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), x, y R If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval containing zero (B) f(x) is continuous x R (C) f '(x) is constant x R (D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many points [B,C] f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) By Partial differentiation with respect to x f ' (x + y) = f ' (x) f ' (y) = f '(0) f(y) = (f '(0))y + c f(y) = ky +c f(y) = ky as f(0) = 0 f(x) = kx Alternate f ( x + h) f ( x ) f '(x) = lim h 0 h f ( x ) + f ( h) f ( x ) f ( h) = lim = lim h 0 h 0 h h

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

26 / 33

PAPER-1

= (let) f(x) = x + c As f(0) = 0 c = 0 f(x) = x 56.

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

Let M and N be two 3 3 non-singular skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. If PT denotes the transpose of P, then M2N2 (MTN)1(MN1)T is equal to (A) M2 (B) N2 (C) M2 (D) MN [C] Q MN = NM M2 N2 = MN MN Q (MT)1 = (M)1 = M1 Given, M2N2(MTN)1. (MN1)T = MN MN N1 M1 N1 M M I

= M NN1 M = M2 Although, the most suitable answer is (C), But given information is contradictory as Skew symmetric matrix of odd order cannot be non singular

57.

y2 = 1 be reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If the 2 2 b a hyperbola passes through a focus of the ellipse, then

x2

5 3

Ans. Sol.

so eccentricity of ellipse =

3 = e2 2 2 eccentricity of ellipse = = e1 3

Hyperbola passes through it So, 0 = 1 a2 = 3 a2 also b2 = a2 (e12 1)

( 3) 2

4 b2 = 3 1 = 1 3 and hyperbola

x2 y2 =1 3 1 also focus ( ae1, 0) ( 2, 0)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

27 / 33

PAPER-1

CAREER POINT

(Paragraph Type)

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of the paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions and based on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions have to be answered. Each of these questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct. Paragraph for Question Nos. 58 to 60 Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying

1 9 7 [a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] 7 3 7 .(E)

If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of 7a + b + c is (A) 0 (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6 [D]

1 9 7 [a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] 7 3 7

6 (a, b, c) , , 7 7

2 6 +=0 7 7 on solving = 7 So 7a + b + c = 6

So

59.

Let be a solution of x3 1 = 0 with Im() > 0. If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value of

Ans. Sol.

a

(C) 3

(D) 3

6 (a, b, c) , , 7 7

a

1

b

3 c

= 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

28 / 33

PAPER-1

60.

CAREER POINT

Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If and are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then

6 7 (D)

(A) 6

6 , (a, b, c) , 7 7

b=6

so = 7.

1 1 + n=0

n

1 1 1 7

2

6 6 6 + + .... =1+ 7 7 7

6 1 7

= 7

Paragraph for Question Nos. 61 and 62 Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3 white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1 white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. However, if tail appears then 2 balls are drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1 ball is drawn at random from U2. 61.

The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being white is 13 23 19 (A) (B) (C) 30 30 30 [B] 3W 1W 2R 11 30

(D)

Ans. Sol.

U1

U2

both W both R Required probability = P(H)[P(W/H) P(W2) + P(R/H)P(W2)] + P(T) [P P(W2) + P T T R & W1 P(W2) + P 1 P(W2)] T

=

=

2 1 3 2 1 1 3 C2 C2 1 3 C1 2C1 2 1 + + 1 + + 5 5 5 2 5 2 3 C2 3 C2 5 2 C2

1 3 1 1 3 1 2 2 11 23 + + + + = + = 2 5 5 2 10 30 5 5 30 30

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

29 / 33

PAPER-1

62.

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the probability that head appeared on the coin is 17 11 15 12 (B) (C) (D) (A) 23 23 23 23 [D] Required probability

W R P ( H ) P 1 P(W2 ) + P 1 P(W2 ) H H = W1 R R & W1 both W both R P ( H ) P P(W2 ) + P 1 P(W2 ) + P(T ) P P(W2 ) P (W2 ) + P P (W2 ) + P 1 T H T H T

1 3 2 1 1 + 2 5 5 2 12 = = 23 13 30

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS.

63.

Let a1, a2, a3, .., a100 be an arithmetic progression with a1 = 3 and Sp =

n with 1 n 20, let m = 5n. If

Sm does not depend on n, then a2 is Sn

a

i =1

Ans. Sol.

[9]

a1 = 3

S5 n is independent of n so d = 6 Sn So a2 = a1 + d = 3 + 6 = 9

64.

Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let 1 be the area of the triangle formed by the end points of its latus rectum 1 and the point P , 2 on the parabola, and 2 be the area of the triangle formed by drawing tangents at P 2 and at the end points of the latus rectum. Then 1 is 2

Ans. Sol.

[2] It is a property that area of triangle formed by joining three points lying on parabola is twice the area of triangle formed by tangents at these points Alternate : y2 = 8x

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

30 / 33

PAPER-1

1 P , 2 2

CAREER POINT

B(2, 4)

1 |Base Height| 2 1 3 = 8 =6 2 2 Also

1 =

1 Equation of tangent at P , 2 2

P

1 y (2) = 4. x + 2 y = 2x + 1 .(1) Tangent at A : y = x + 2 Tangent at B : y = + x + 2 y = x 2 Point of intersection L(2, 0), M (1, 3), N (1, 1)

1 [8 + 3 1] = 3 2

1 6 = =2 2 3

65.

Ans.

[7] CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

31 / 33

PAPER-1

Sol. Let

= n

CAREER POINT

1 1 1 = + sin sin 2 sin 3 1 1 1 = sin sin 3 sin 2 [sin 3 sin ] sin 2 = sin sin 3 2 sin cos 2 sin 2 = sin sin 3

Q sin 0 2 cos 2 sin 2 = sin 3 sin 4 = sin 3 so either 4 = 3 or 4 = 3 so = 0 or = so n = 7 7 66. Ans. Sol.

1 sin d Let f() = sin tan cos 2 , where 4 < < 4 . Then the value of d (tan ) (f ()) is [1]

sin 1 Q tan1 = sin tan cos 2 so f () = sin (sin1 tan ) = tan d ( f ()) d (tan ) Q = =1 d (tan ) d (tan )

If z is any complex number satisfying | z 3 2i| 2, then the minimum value of | 2z 6 + 5i| is [5]

(3, 2) B

Min value

A

5 P 3, 2

The minimum value of the sum of real numbers a5, a4, 3a3, 1, a8 and a10 with a > 0 is [8] A.M. G.M.

a 5 + a 4 + a 3 + a 3 + a 3 + 1 + a 8 + a10 (a5. a4. a3. a3. a3. 1. a8 .a10)1/8 8 a5 + a4 + a3 + a3 + a3 + 1 + a8 + a10 8 so minimum value is 8

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

32 / 33

PAPER-1

69.

CAREER POINT

Let f : [1, ) [2, ) be a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If 6 f (t ) dt = 3x f(x) x3 for all x 1,

1

Ans. Sol.

f (t ) dt

1

= 3xf(x) x3

1 dx x

= eln x =

1 x

y.

1 = x

x. x dx

y = x + c y = x2 + cx x

Q f(1) = 2 c = 1 y = x2 + x f(2) = 4 + 2 = 6

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

33 / 33

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

CODE - 9

Part I : (CHEMISTRY) SECTION I (Total Marks : 24) (Single Correct Answer Type)

10/04/2011

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Ans. Sol.

[D]

+3

Haematite is F e 2 O 3

+2 +3

Magnetite is Fe3O4 or

F eO . F e2 O 3

Ans. Sol.

[B] Aldohexose

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

1 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.

[B]

Sol.

R- CH2 OH H (anhydrous)

OCH2R Acetal

Ans. Sol.

[C]

CH3

NH2

CH3

N2 Cl OH

Alkaline solution

CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

2 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

2

= 2.26 10

2.3 10

Ans.

2

= 1.67

= 1.57 V

Ans. Sol.

[A] Cu , Hg

+2 +2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

3 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.

[C] (L) : [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (M) : Na3[Co(Ox)3] (O) : K2[Pt(CN)4] (P) : [Zn(H2O)6] (NO3)2

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each questions has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.

Ans. Sol.

[A, C, D]

In

alkaline solution, KMnO4 is first reduced to mangnate and then to insoluble MnO2

+7 +4

acidic MnO 4 + 8H + + 5e Mn +2 + 4H2 O

Ans.

[A, B, D]

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

4 / 38

PAPER-2

Sol.

CAREER POINT

C A = C A 0 e kt [ A ]

t1 =

2

4

Ans. Sol.

Ans. Sol.

[A, B, C, D] Factual

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

5 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

This section contains 6 Question. The answer to each of the question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The total bubble corresponding answer it to be darkened in the ORS.

Ans. Sol.

[7]

[ Ag + ] =

K1 K1 + K 2

Q K1 < < K2 K 1 + K 2 K 2

[ Ag + ] =

1.6 10 10 1.0 10

6

= 1.6 10

x=7

Ans. Sol.

[8]

CH3CH2 CH CH3CH3 CH3

Cl

or CH3 CH2 CCH2 CH3 (1) CH3

Cl2 / h

CH3 CH2 CHCH2 CH3 (1) CH2Cl

or

Ans. Sol.

[4]

PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2HCl PCl5 + H2SO POCl3 + H2O + SO2Cl2 6PCl5 + P4O10 10POCl3 PCl5 + SO2 POCl3 + SO2Cl2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

6 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[8]

8 Hexagonal faces

Ans. Sol.

V=

0.3 2 = 6 ml 0.1

Ans. Sol.

[6] 6 ( H 6)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

7 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

This section contain 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in column II. Any given statement in column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement (s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS

Ans. Sol.

[A p, r, s; B r, s; C t ; D p, q, t] [A] CO2(s) CO2(g) p, r, s [B] CaCO3 (s) CaO (s) + CO2(g) r, s [C] [D] 2H H2 (g) t Pwhite Pred p, q, t

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

8 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[A r, t, s; B p, s, t; C r, s ; D r, q] Factual

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

9 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

This section contains 6 Question. The answer to each of the question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The total bubble corresponding answer it to be darkened in the ORS.

Ans. Sol.

[7]

[ Ag + ] =

K1 K1 + K 2

Q K1 < < K2 K 1 + K 2 K 2

[ Ag + ] =

1.6 10 10 1.0 10

6

= 1.6 10

x=7

Ans. Sol.

[8]

CH3CH2 CH CH3CH3 CH3

Cl

or CH3 CH2 CCH2 CH3 (1) CH3

Cl2 / h

CH3 CH2 CHCH2 CH3 (1) CH2Cl

or

Ans. Sol.

[4]

PCl5 + H2O POCl3 + 2HCl PCl5 + H2SO POCl3 + H2O + SO2Cl2 6PCl5 + P4O10 10POCl3 PCl5 + SO2 POCl3 + SO2Cl2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

10 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[8]

8 Hexagonal faces

Ans. Sol.

V=

0.3 2 = 6 ml 0.1

Ans. Sol.

[6] 6 ( H 6)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

11 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

This section contain 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in column II. Any given statement in column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement (s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS

Ans. Sol.

[A p, r, s; B r, s; C t ; D p, q, t] [A] CO2(s) CO2(g) p, r, s [B] CaCO3 (s) CaO (s) + CO2(g) r, s [C] [D] 2H H2 (g) t Pwhite Pred p, q, t

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

12 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[A r, t, s; B p, s, t; C r, s ; D r, q] Factual

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

13 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Code : 9

10/04/2011

Ans.[C]

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

14 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[A] In order to have net force zero, the mean position will be shifted towards right but the time period will remain unaffected.

0.5 = 0.01 50

main scale, reading = 2.5 mm circular scale reading = 20 reading = 2.5 mm + (20 0.01) mm = 2.5 mm + 0.2 mm = 2.7 mm =

m 4 D 3 2

3

m D = +3 m D

%error =

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

15 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[D]

m1 = 0.01 kg m2 = 0.2 kg v

T=

2H = 1 sec g

Let v1 & v2 be velocity of bullet & ball respectively just after collision. v2 1 = 20 & v1 = 100 From conservation of momentum 0.01 v = (0.01 100) + (0.2 20) 0.01 v = 1 + 4 = 5 v=

5 10 2

v2 = 20

= 500 m/sec.

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

16 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[C] Electric lines of force for induced electric field is closed loop.

Ans.[B]

A

30 120 A

3A A and A sin 30 + B cos = A B cos = 2 2 4 Solving above, B = A and = 60 = . Hence = 240 = 3 3

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

17 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[A]

dr a

r x

N ba

0i N dr 2r b a

0 (dN)i 2r

0iN 2(b a)

r

a

dr

0iN b ln 2(b a) a

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

18 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[B]

GmM e mv 2 = r r2

r=

GMe V2

....(1)

GmM e GMe 2 = 0 K = m = mv r r

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

19 / 38

PAPER-2

Ans.[A,B,D]

CAREER POINT

system will be in equilibrium with tension in string only if df > dA and dB > df. If both A & B are considered as a system then dA + dB = 2df 2Vdfg = V (dA + db)g

Ans.[C,D]

Ans.[B,C]

C

1 Z1 = R 2 + C

2

4C

1 Z2 = R2 + 4 C

2

~ z1 > z2

A VC = A IK C

A B IR < IR

B VC =

IB K ; 4C

B A VC < VC

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

20 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[A,C]

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

21 / 38

PAPER-2

Ans.[5]

CAREER POINT

VA VB

6 3 + 6 + 1 . 5 7. 5 = 1 2 = = = 5V 1 1 1 .5 1.5 + 1 2

Ans.[4] Z = R = RC R2 +

1.25

1 2 =Z 500C

1 2 = R 1. 25 500C

2 2

R2 +

1 2 = 0.25 R 500 C

1 = 0.5R 500C

1 = RC 2500 1 = RC 250

Ans.[5] T =

2 10 3 = 2 10

3 sec

1 a ( 3 )2 + 1.15 2

(a : acceleration of train)

a = 5 m/sec2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

22 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans.[2]

3 1 2 1 3 2 = + R1 R2 v u 4 7 7 1 1 4 = 4 + 3 4 24 3V 6

1 4 1 + = 24 8 3V

1 4 = V = 16 cm 3 V 12

Ans.[4]

k = 2N/m m = 0.18 kg = 0.1

Using W E theorem

1 1 m(u)2 = K (x)2 + mg (x) 2 2 1 1 2 (0.18) u = 2 36 104 + 0.1 0.18 10 0.06 2 2

u = 0.4 m/sec.

4 m/sec. 10

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

23 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Maximum KE of a electron = 6.2 eV 4.7 eV When potential on surface of sphere becomes equal to 1.5V

q = 1.5 V 4 0 r

q = 1.5 (4 0) r

1.5 ( 40 )r 1.6 10

19

= 1. 04 107

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

24 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

T 3

T T then TC = 3 9

T then TD = T 9

U = nCvT = positive W = positive Q = positive Process D A : TD = T andTA = T Hence process is isothermal U = 0 W = negative Q = negative CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

25 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

(A)

f =L 4 f = 4L

f =L 2

(D)

f = L f = 2L 2

f + f =L 2 2 f = L

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

26 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Code-9

10/04/2011

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONLY ONE is correct.

Ans. Sol.

a2 x b2 y + = a2 + b2 6 3

9a 2 = a2 + b2 6 a2 2

b2 =

Now b2 = a2 (e2 1) e2 1 =

e =

2

1 2

3 2

e=

3 2

Ans. Sol.

[C] h=

t2 2t ,k= 4 4

t2 = 4h, t = 2k so 4k2 = 4h CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

27 / 38

PAPER-2

k2 = h hence required locus is y2 = x

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[A] gof(x) = gf(x) = g(x2) = sin x2 go (gof(x)) = g(sin x2) = sin (sin x2) fo(gogof(x)) = f(sin (sin x2)) = (sin(sin x2))2 (sin (sin x2))2 = sin (sin x2) sin (sin x2) (sin (sin x2) 1) = 0 sin (sin x2) = 0 sin x2 = n At n = 0 sin x2 = 0 x2 = n x=

n ;

2

At n = 0 sin x2 =

2

Ans. Sol.

[C] R1 = R1 =

2

1 2

1

x f (x ) dx

(1 x ) f (1 x) dx

(i)

(1 x ) f ( x) dx

2

(ii)

1

f ( x) dx = R2

2R1 = R2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

28 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

x 0

1 2 x ln(1+ b2 ) lim [1 + xln (1 + b )] x 0 ln(1+ b2 )

b > 0; (, )

= 2b sin

2

e ln(1+ b ) = 2b sin

2

1 b

1 2 b

as b > 0

2

Ans. Sol.

(h, 2)

(0, 2)

(1, 0)

h=

5 2

2 2

Equation of circle is

5 5 2 x + + (y 2) = 0 2 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

29 / 38

PAPER-2

x2 +

25 25 + 5x + y2 + 4 4y = 4 4

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

[A]

1 2 a b 1 c 0 1

2 2 2 2

(1 c) a ( c) + b( ) 0 1 c a + ac 0 (1 c) a (1 c) 0 (1 c) (1 a) 0 c & a & b = or

2 2 2

(a , b, c) (, , ) or (, 2, )

Ans. Sol.

[B]

x + bx 1 = 0 x +x+b=0 (i) (ii) we get x = Put this value in (i)

2 2

(i) (ii)

b +1 b1

b + 1 +b b 1

b + 1 1 = 0 b 1

b3 + 3b = 0 b(b2 + 3) = 0 b = 0 or b = i 3

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

30 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

(Multiple Correct Answers Type)

This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of which ONE OR MORE may be correct.

Ans. Sol.

[A, B, C, D] At x =

2

2

2

At x = 0 LHD = 0; RHD = 1 So f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0 At x = 1 LHD = 1, RHD = 1 So f(x) is differentiable at x = 1 in , 0 ; f(x) = cos x 2

so f(x) is differentiable at x =

3 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

31 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

Ans. Sol.

[A, D] P(E) (1 P(F)) + (1 P(E)) P(F) = P(E) + P(F) 2P (E) P(F) = (1 P(E)) (1 P(F)) =

2 25 2 25 11 25 11 25

(1)

1 P(E) P(F) + P(E) P(F) = P(E) + P(F) P(E) P(F) = From (1) & (2) P(E) P(F) =

12 25 7 5 23 25

(2)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

32 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

bx 1 bx

b (0, 1) = () ve

f (x) =

b2 1 (1 bx )2

So f(x) is monotonically decreasing for x (0, 1) so for x (0, 1) f(x) (f(1), f(0)) f(x) (1, b) so f(x) is not onto. so f(x) is not invertible function.

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened in the ORS

Ans. Sol.

[0]

dy +y=g dg I. F. = 1.dg = g

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

33 / 38

PAPER-2

y.e =

g g

CAREER POINT

ge

g

.dg = ge

g

.dg

ye = ge e + c g y = g 1 + ce

at x = 0 0 0 = 0 1 + Ce C=1 g y = g 1 + e at x = 2 0 y(2) = 0 1 + e = 0

Ans. Sol.

[9]

r r r , b= j, c = j + 3k a= i k i+ i + 2

Ans. Sol.

[*]

wrong question if = e i 2 / 3 then ans is 3. If = e i / 3 then no integral solution is possible.

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

34 / 38

PAPER-2

Ans. Sol. [9]

a b c Let M = d e f g h i 0 QM 1 = 0

CAREER POINT

1 2 b = 1, e = 2, h = 3 3

1 1 a = 0, d = 3, g = 2 1

1 M 1 = 0 1 M 1 = 1

0 c = 1, f = 5, i = 7 0 12

So a + e + i = 0 + 2 + 7 = 9

Ans. Sol.

[2] Let f(x) = x4 4x3 + 12x2 + x 1 Let , , , are the root of equation. = 1 so the equation has at least two real roots. ..(i) 3 2 f'(x) = 4x 12x + 24x + 1 f"(x) = 12x2 24x + 24 = 12((x + 1)2 + 1) so f"(x) > 0 so f'(x) = 0 has only one real roots so f(x) = 0 has at most two real roots. from (i) & (ii) f(x) = 0 has exactly two real roots.

.(ii)

Ans. Sol.

[2]

1 ,0 2

(2, 3)

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

35 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

2 2 Pont (x1, y1) lies inside the region if x1 + y1 6 0 & 2x1 3y1 1 0.

3 P1 2, 4

4+

5 P2 , 2 1 P3 , 4

3 4

1 4

1 1 P4 , 8 4

(Integer Answer Type)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any given statement Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in q and r, then for the particular question, against statement B, darken the bubbles corresponds to q and r in the ORS.

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

36 / 38

PAPER-2

Ans. Sol. [A q; B p; C s; D s] (A)

CAREER POINT

r c

r b

r a

r r a b 1 2 = cos = r r = 3 2 | a || b |

b

(B)

(f ( x ) 3( x ))dx = a

a

b2

f (b ) = b

So f =

(C) I =

2 ln 3

5/6

sec x dx

7/6

I=

I=

(D)

ln 3 = ln3

|z| = 1

so maximum values is .

i cot

2 2

z- 2

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

37 / 38

PAPER-2

CAREER POINT

Ans. Sol.

so

2iz 1 z

2

(2n + 1)

so Re

= 8 3x 9 32 x

(B)

8 3 x 2 1 32 x 2 x Let 3 = t

1 on solving 9 t2 x ( , 0] [2, ) {1} (C) f() = 2 sec2 so f() [2, ) (D) f(x) = 3x5/2 10x3/2

f'(x) =

8t

Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com

38 / 38

- PILUploaded byNilesh Gupta
- XtraEdge Feb 2011Uploaded byMadhurima Dutta
- K.O.T.A (Novel on struggle of IIT aspirants of India)Uploaded byKshitij Mall
- Guide to Engineering Admissions in India - 2012 EditionUploaded byAditya Kumar
- How to Crack IIT JEEUploaded byeduflix
- NCERT Book Physics XI Part-IUploaded bynikhilam.com
- Physics formula-book jeeUploaded byPritish Jaiswal
- Chemistry Study Material For CBSE Class-12Uploaded byApex Institute
- Plane Attack The IRSUploaded byJoshua J. Israel
- Mathematics Paper With Answer Solution Paper2Uploaded byLucky
- Sample iit jeeUploaded byAnmol Vashistha
- Geometrical Optics Book With Special LectureUploaded bychdeepak96
- JEE-Main-2017-Detailed-Analysis-Resonance-v1.pdfUploaded byDevashish Raj
- JEE-Main-2017-Detailed-Analysis-Resonance-v1.pdfUploaded byVivek Singh
- BiologyUploaded bysatya1942
- Solutions to I.E. Irodov's Problems in General Physics [Vol. 2] (2)Uploaded byKhalid Abdullah Quidwai
- H-C-Verma-Concepts-in-Physics vol-2.pdfUploaded bySteel Being
- Organic ChemistryUploaded bytechzones
- Bansal Classes Maths DPP - Grade 12Uploaded bymohit24031986
- 37965435 Bansal Classes Chemistry Study Material for IIT JEEUploaded bySankar Kumarasamy
- 2nd-Dispatch DLPD IIT-JEE Class-XII English PC(Maths)Uploaded byAnirban Paul
- resume.pdfUploaded bylink
- Information Booklet Admission Test Jan & Feb 2013 (ROI) 15,000Uploaded byFIITJEE Mumbai Centre
- 81185130 00 Schaum s OutlinesUploaded bygpraveenroy
- book_list_14-15Uploaded byRavish Yadav
- Queston 25Uploaded byMaths Partner
- JEE(Main) AcknowledgementPageUploaded byKarthik Nimmaturi
- Aieee 2020Uploaded bySanjeev Official
- Notification for Counselling of WBJEEM 2016Uploaded byCarlisle D-Cullen

- gmatUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Understanding English LanguageUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Current Clinical Strategies Psychiatry - Rhoda K HahnUploaded byLetitia Claudia Dobranici
- 85757_634183817000080000Uploaded byKrishna Kanth
- faqUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Tips to Remember Maths FormulaUploaded byNcnagesh Prasad
- Respaper Cbse Class Xii 2011 Mathematics [Set 1][1]Uploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- GeometryUploaded byKarunakar Reddy
- 8 thclassUploaded bysapabapjava2012
- Sentence-StructureUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- SAP IDES Installation Manual 4.7Uploaded bysagiinfo1
- AIEEE 2011 Weightage AnalysisUploaded byResonance Kota
- Math_Formula_SheetUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- vedic mathsUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- AIEEE Physics ImpFormUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- AIEEEUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Integration Formula 2012Uploaded byNcnagesh Prasad
- 12th syllabus___(1)Uploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Vocabulary FlashcardsUploaded byjustttka
- GMAT Prep HelpUploaded byRohit Subramanian
- Franchise PresentationUploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- 1938-1990 Telugu Movies Database (1200 Movies)Uploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad
- Constructive AnatomyUploaded bygazorninplotz
- TimeTables01111181Uploaded byN C Nagesh Prasad

- ITS 17 JAN 07Uploaded byapi-3735388
- Power Shell for Share Point How ToUploaded byMicSantos
- Lotus Framework in Knowledge ManagementUploaded bypktun
- Practical 5Uploaded byFarid Fazamy
- Trepanation in ancient EgyptUploaded byMogg Morgan
- B600Uploaded bygfgugf
- day14 volume surface area projectUploaded byapi-341785011
- Electronics -1, Lecture 14Uploaded byrizwanspirit11
- sap_tablesUploaded byJoao Ramos
- 1st Sessional With SolutionUploaded byTahir Iqbal
- CDP Kotar EnglishUploaded byCity Development Plan Madhya Pradesh
- S&P CMBS FrameworkUploaded byMarija Beleska
- Seller Copy of InvoiceUploaded byEdu Tainment
- List of Participants - WorkshopUploaded bySven del Pino
- Ves MinosusUploaded byAmilton filho
- 14_plan.pdfUploaded bySuniel Chhetri
- Use of scrubs and related apparelUploaded byReza Khaje
- 66832_siemens_3vu1300_1mm00Uploaded byjitendramahajan9
- Emerald BrazilUploaded byZoltánSáfár
- PC1431 MasteringPhysics Assignment 8Uploaded bystpmoment
- A macro that is contained in an encrypted Office Open XML file does not run in 2007 Office programsUploaded bySun Narto
- Eli Lilly R&D Innovation SetupUploaded bysushaantb400
- LOTAN Permaculture Study NotesUploaded byHaris A
- YD25DDTi and ZD30DDT Engines in NISSAN Repair ManualsUploaded byMoaed Kanbar
- aejmc2009Uploaded byVivek_Bhaskaran
- ADR155c to P5.7.0 Ang_Ed5Uploaded bySyar Arif
- Zomato Case StudyUploaded bySharath Kumar
- Kagan Structures2Uploaded byLaura de los Santos
- Regular Evaluation Test IV Science X AUploaded byB.L. Indo Anglian Public School, Aurngabad, Bihar
- Signalling_flow2.pptUploaded bySalman Zahid